Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 22, 2005
Registration No. 333-               


UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)


         
Delaware   6199   20-0723270
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3525 East Post Road, Suite 120

Las Vegas, Nevada 89120
(702) 855-3006
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)


Kirk Sanford

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
3525 East Post Road, Suite 120
Las Vegas, Nevada 89120
(702) 855-3006
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)


Please send copies of all communications to:

     
Paul “Chip” L. Lion III
Justin L. Bastian
Timothy J. Harris
Morrison & Foerster LLP
755 Page Mill Road
Palo Alto, California 94304-1018
  Patrick A. Pohlen
Latham & Watkins LLP
135 Commonwealth Drive
Menlo Park, California 94025


     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.     o

     If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, check the following box.     o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

         


Proposed Maximum
Title of Each Class of Aggregate Offering Amount of
Securities to be Registered Price Registration Fee

Common stock, $0.001 par value
  $471,500,000   $55,495.55

Guarantee of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes of Global Cash Access, Inc. due 2012
  (1)   (1)


(1)  No separate consideration will be received for the guarantee. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, there is no filing fee with respect to the guarantee.

     The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated March 22, 2005.

                             Shares

(GLOBAL CASH ACCESS LOGO)

Common Stock


     This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is offering                     of the shares to be sold in the offering. The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional                     shares. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

     Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.’s common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between $               and $                per share.

      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. intends to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GCA”.

      See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 to read about certain factors you should consider before buying shares of the common stock.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission or other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

                                 
Underwriting Proceeds to
Price to Discounts and Proceeds the Selling
Public Commissions to Us Stockholders




Per Share
  $       $       $       $    
Total
  $       $       $       $    

     To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                     shares of common stock, the underwriters have the option to purchase up to an additional                     shares of common stock from the selling stockholders at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.

     The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                     , 2005.

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. JPMorgan

  Banc of America Securities LLC
  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
  Citigroup
  Deutsche Bank Securities
SG Cowen & Co. Wachovia Securities


Prospectus dated                           , 2005.


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHICS INSIDE THE FRONT COVER

     The next page consists of three rows of pictures, logos and text.

      First Row

     The first row consists of five photographs of the registrant’s cash access products. From left to right are photographs of a Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM, an Automated Cashier Machine and a QuikCash kiosk. To the right of the photograph of the QuikCash kiosk is a photograph of a TODD device directly above a photograph of an EDITH device.

      Second Row

     The second row consists of a logo and text. On the left side of the row is a Central Credit logo, which consists of a red square with rounded corners, inside of which appear the portions of two white concentric circles designed to resemble a smaller letter “C” inside of a larger letter “C,” and below which appears the name “Central Credit” in black letters. To the right of the logo is the following text: “Central Credit, the leading gaming patron credit bureau, provides detailed patron credit histories to gaming establishments to improve their credit decisions.”

      Third Row

     The third row consists of a photograph and a logo. On the left side of the row is a photograph of the screen display of a personal computer running QuikCash Plus Web. To the right of the photograph is a TeleCheck logo, which consists of a red rectangle with rounded corners, inside of which appears the name “TeleCheck” in white letters and five white lines that extend horizontally from the left margin, curl downwards at a rounded 90 degree angle at approximately one-third of the distance from the left margin to the right margin and extend upwards to the top margin at an approximately 45 degree angle. The “registered” trademark symbol is positioned just outside the lower right corner of the rectangle and the words “A First Data Company” appear beneath the red rectangle.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

         
Page

    1  
    8  
    29  
    30  
    31  
    31  
    32  
    33  
    36  
    49  
    68  
    80  
    92  
    95  
    100  
    101  
    103  
    106  
    110  
    110  
    111  
    F-1  
  EXHIBIT 3.2
  EXHIBIT 4.5
  EXHIBIT 5.1
  EXHIBIT 10.26
  EXHIBIT 10.27
  EXHIBIT 10.28
  EXHIBIT 10.29
  EXHIBIT 21.1
  EXHIBIT 23.1


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

      The following is a summary of some of the information contained in this prospectus. It may not contain all of the information that is important to you. To understand this offering fully, you should read carefully the entire prospectus, including the risk factors and the financial statements. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. Global Cash Access, Inc. directly owns certain of the assets and the equity interests of certain subsidiaries which operate our business. Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Global Cash Access,” “we,” “us,” “our,” “our company” and “our business” refer to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries. The information contained in this prospectus assumes (1) the merger of Casino Credit Services, LLC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of M&C International that provides gaming patron credit bureau services to gaming establishments in Michigan, with and into Central Credit, LLC, a subsidiary of ours, concurrent with the consummation of the offering of common stock described herein, (2) the amendment of our senior secured credit facilities to permit the consummation of certain of the transactions described in this prospectus, including allowing Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. to guarantee the obligations of Global Cash Access, Inc. under its currently outstanding 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and allowing Global Cash Access, Inc. to acquire the patent covering our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality as described below, (3) the effectiveness of that guarantee upon the consummation of the offering of common stock described herein, (4) our acquisition from USA Payments of the patent covering our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality for $10 million effective upon the consummation of this offering, (5) the transfer by M & C International of shares of our capital stock and cash to Kirk Sanford in full redemption of his ownership interest in M & C International, (6) the transfer by M & C International of shares of our capital stock to Mr. Sanford, the issuance of a promissory note by M&C International to Mr. Sanford and the forgiveness of a note from Mr. Sanford to M&C International in consideration of Mr. Sanford’s prior advisory services to M & C International, and (7) Mr. Sanford’s execution of the employment agreement described in this prospectus.

Business

      We are the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean. Our products and services provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advances, point-of-sale, or POS, debit card transactions, check verification and warranty and money transfers. In addition, we provide products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments.

      Substantially all gambling transactions within a gaming establishment must be completed in cash. Consequently, gaming revenues are critically dependent on the amount of cash available to patrons within gaming establishments. We believe that the proliferation of card-based payment instruments has led to a general reduction in the amount of cash that consumers carry, including when they visit gaming establishments. Therefore, the ability of gaming establishments to maximize revenues depends upon the ease with which patrons can access cash. Our products and services allow patrons to easily access their cash within a gaming establishment. For example, our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality allows a gaming patron to easily convert an unsuccessful ATM cash withdrawal into a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash advance.

      We provide cash access products and related services at approximately 960 gaming establishments worldwide, including those of seven of the top ten gaming operators in the United States based on 2004 revenues: Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., Caesars Entertainment, Inc., Mandalay Resort Group, Boyd Gaming Corporation, Foxwoods Resort Casino, Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority and Penn National Gaming, Inc. In addition, we provide cash access products and related services to three of the top four gaming operators in the United Kingdom based on 2004 revenues, including Stanley Leisure plc, Gala Casinos Ltd. and London Clubs International. In general, our contracts with gaming

1


Table of Contents

establishments are exclusive, range in duration from three to five years and are global in that they govern all of an operator’s gaming establishments wherever they are located around the world.

      Our cash access products and services enable three different types of electronic payment transactions: ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advance and POS debit card transactions. Patrons can complete any of these three transactions at any one of 848 Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM machines, 262 Automated Cashier Machines, or ACMs, or thirteen 3-in-1 QuickJack Plus devices enabled with our proprietary software, or 3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus devices. In addition, patrons can obtain credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions at any one of more than 3,000 QuikCash kiosks. We also provide check verification and warranty services to gaming establishments that cash patron checks. Our Central Credit service, the leading gaming patron credit bureau, provides detailed patron credit histories to gaming establishments to improve their credit decisions. We also maintain a separate patron transaction database that can enhance a gaming establishment’s patron marketing activities. In addition, we have developed, together with our strategic partners, products to facilitate an efficient means of accessing funds in a cashless gaming environment.

      In 2004, we processed over 66 million transactions which resulted in approximately $13.7 billion in cash being disbursed to gaming patrons. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated revenues and operating income of $403.0 million and $74.0 million, respectively.

Industry Trends

      We believe that demand for our cash access products and related services will be driven by the following:

  •  Gaming Industry Growth. Future gaming industry growth is expected to be driven by continued market expansion in the United States and from the development of European, Asian and other international markets.
 
  •  Importance of Access to Cash. Without cash access services, gaming revenues would be limited by the amount of cash that patrons bring to gaming establishments. Therefore, casino operators increasingly realize the importance of offering gaming patrons the ability to access different sources of funds while in the gaming establishment. Most gaming establishments outsource their cash access services to third-party providers.
 
  •  Migration from Cash to Electronic Forms of Payment. We believe that the proliferation of card-based payment instruments in retail environments has led to a general reduction in the amount of cash that patrons bring to gaming establishments, increasing the demand for cash access products and services within gaming establishments.
 
  •  Innovation of Cash Access Products and Related Services. We believe that gaming establishments will demand new or enhanced products and services that increase the amount of cash available to gaming patrons and continue to reduce transaction times and cashier labor costs.
 
  •  Demand for Effective Patron Marketing. Gaming establishments target profitable, repeat customers and increasingly rely on the aggregation and analysis of patron transaction data to develop, implement and refine patron marketing strategies that increase loyalty and revenues.

Competitive Strengths

      We believe our competitive strengths are as follows:

  •  Industry leader. We are the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry. We have a leading market share, providing our cash access products and services at approximately 960 gaming establishments worldwide. We have contracts to provide cash access products and related services to seven of the top ten gaming operators in the United States and three of the top four gaming operators in the United Kingdom, based on 2004

2


Table of Contents

  revenues. We focus solely on the gaming industry and believe we have the industry leading brand.
 
  •  Best-in-class products and services. We believe that we offer the most innovative, reliable, comprehensive and integrated cash access products and services. Based upon information obtained from certain of our customers that have switched from our competitors’ products and services to our products and services, we believe that our cash access products and services result in substantially more cash being disbursed within gaming establishments.
 
  •  Proprietary patron information. Our proprietary databases contain credit histories and patron transaction data generated across multiple gaming establishments over time. Central Credit is the de facto industry standard credit bureau and is used by gaming establishments to improve their credit decision-making. Our proprietary patron transaction database contains information about patron cash access activity that can enhance a gaming establishment’s patron marketing activities.
 
  •  Exclusive strategic alliances. We have partnered with gaming industry leaders on an exclusive basis to develop, market and provide innovative products to gaming establishments. We enjoy the benefit of our alliance partners’ existing installed bases, reputations and relationships with gaming establishments.

Business Strategy

      We intend to enhance our position as the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry by pursuing the following strategies:

  •  Generate additional revenue from existing customers. We intend to generate additional revenue by maintaining and broadening our existing customer relationships. By renewing our global contracts with our existing customers we expect to benefit from our customers’ growth in existing and new markets. We also intend to provide them additional cash access products and services.
 
  •  Expand our customer base in existing markets. We seek to enter into contracts with new customers when our competitors’ contracts expire or when new participants enter our existing markets. We believe that the breadth and quality of our products and services provides us with a significant competitive advantage.
 
  •  Enter new markets. We plan to grow our business by further expanding our geographic presence in the United States and internationally. Legislation permitting or expanding gaming has been proposed or passed in a number of jurisdictions both in the United States and internationally. We believe that many of our existing customers will participate in this expansion, and our contracts typically provide that we will have the right to provide cash access services at these new establishments. We also believe that our market leadership will allow us to capitalize upon this expansion even in the absence of existing contractual relationships.
 
  •  Continue to innovate. We plan to enhance the features of our existing products and services as well as develop additional products and services using new technologies to provide more efficient access to cash at gaming establishments.

Our History

      We began our operations in July 1998 as a joint venture limited liability company among M&C International and entities affiliated with Bank of America and First Data Corporation. In September 2000, Bank of America sold its entire ownership interest to M&C International and First Data Corporation. In March 2004, Global Cash Access, Inc. issued $235 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and borrowed $260 million under senior secured credit facilities. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold all of the outstanding capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. and to guarantee the obligations under the senior secured credit

3


Table of Contents

facilities. A substantial portion of the proceeds of these senior subordinated notes and senior secured credit facilities were used to redeem all of First Data Corporation’s interest and a portion of M&C International’s interest. Simultaneously, Bank of America Corporation acquired a 4.99% ownership interest. In May 2004, M&C International sold a portion of its ownership interest to a number of private equity investors, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners, and we converted from a limited liability company to a corporation.


      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.’s principal executive offices are located at 3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120. Our telephone number is (800) 833-7110. Our web site address is www.globalcashaccess.com. The information on our web site is not deemed to be part of this prospectus.

      This prospectus contains trademarks and service marks owned by us and our subsidiaries, such as Global Cash Access®, QuikCash®, ACM®, QuikCredit® and QuikMarketing®, and also contains trademarks and service marks owned by third parties.

4


Table of Contents

The Offering

 
Common stock offered by us shares
 
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders shares(1)
 
Total common stock offered shares
 
Common stock outstanding after this offering shares
 
Use of proceeds We intend to (i) use approximately $89.4 million of the net proceeds of the common stock offered by us to redeem $82.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes of Global Cash Access, Inc. due 2012, (ii) use $10.0 million to acquire the patent covering our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality, and (iii) retain the remainder of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital. For more information, see “Use of Proceeds” on page 30 of this prospectus.
 
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock by the selling stockholders in the offering.
 
Proposed New York Stock Exchange symbol GCA
 
Risk Factors See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 8 of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.
 
Dividend policy We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
Guarantee of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes of Global Cash Access, Inc. due 2012 Effective upon the consummation of this offering of common stock, we will guarantee the obligations of our wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., under its currently outstanding 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012. Our guarantee will be full and unconditional and will be joint and several with the existing guarantee of the same obligations by Central Credit, LLC. See “Description of Guarantee.”

      Except as otherwise indicated, whenever we present the number of shares of common stock outstanding, we have:

  •  assumed full conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into common stock;
 
  •  based this information on the shares outstanding as of December 31, 2004, excluding:

  •  722,215 shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of an outstanding option at an exercise price of $8.046 per share; and
 
  •  shares of common stock available for future issuance pursuant to our stock option plan;

  •  assumed no exercise of options after December 31, 2004; and
 
  •  assumed no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.


(1)  Does not include                      shares of common stock that may be sold by the selling stockholders upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

5


Table of Contents

Summary Consolidated Financial Data

      The following summary consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Other than insubstantial assets that are immaterial in amount and nature, the sole asset of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. The formation of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and the transfer of ownership of Global Cash Access, Inc. to Global Cash Access Holding, Inc. were treated as a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the income and expense of Global Cash Access, Inc. for all periods are included in the accompanying financial statements. Our summary historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. See “Consolidated Financial Statements”. The pro forma income tax amounts below are unaudited and have been calculated to reflect the taxes that would have been reported had we been subject to federal and state income taxes as a C Corporation during the periods presented.

                                             
For the Years Ended December 31,

2000 2001(1) 2002 2003 2004





(In thousands except per share)
Income Statement Data:
                                       
Revenues
                                       
 
Cash advance
  $ 170,792     $ 174,787     $ 182,754     $ 186,547     $ 209,962  
 
ATM
    33,634       110,074       119,424       132,341       158,433  
 
Check services
    26,997       26,614       29,412       26,326       23,768  
 
Central Credit and other
    10,216       10,152       10,303       10,500       10,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    241,639       321,627       341,893       355,714       403,003  
Cost of revenues
    147,900       203,274       216,658       232,463       270,112  
Gross profit
    93,739       118,353       125,235       123,251       132,891  
Operating expenses
    (38,250 )     (54,270 )     (57,649 )     (45,430 )     (45,322 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (11,084 )     (16,838 )     (11,820 )     (14,061 )     (13,548 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    44,405       47,245       55,766       63,760       74,021  
Interest expense, net(2)
    (1,177 )     (5,082 )     (4,933 )     (5,450 )     (32,025 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income tax (provision) benefit and minority
ownership loss
    43,228       42,163       50,833       58,310       41,996  
Income tax (provision) benefit
    (637 )     (442 )     (1,451 )     (321 )     212,346  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before minority ownership loss
    42,591       41,721       49,382       57,989       254,342  
Minority ownership loss(3)
          420       1,040       400       213  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 42,591     $ 42,141     $ 50,422     $ 58,389     $ 254,555  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 1.32     $ 1.30     $ 1.57     $ 1.81     $ 7.91  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.60     $ 0.58     $ 0.71     $ 0.82     $ 3.52  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175  
 
Diluted
    71,500       71,500       71,500       71,500       72,222  
Pro forma computation related to conversion to corporation for tax purposes
                                       
Income before provision for income taxes and minority ownership loss — historical
  $ 43,228     $ 42,163     $ 50,833     $ 58,310     $ 41,996  
Income tax provision — historical, exclusive of one-time tax benefit(4)
    (637 )     (442 )     (1,451 )     (321 )     (10,519 )
Pro forma income tax provision — unaudited(5)
    (17,951 )     (16,154 )     (16,940 )     (20,741 )     (4,600 )
Minority ownership loss — historical
          420       1,040       400       213  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 24,640     $ 25,987     $ 33,482     $ 37,648     $ 27,090  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.77     $ 0.81     $ 1.04     $ 1.17     $ 0.84  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.34     $ 0.36     $ 0.47     $ 0.53     $ 0.38  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175  
 
Diluted
    71,500       71,500       71,500       71,500       72,222  

6


Table of Contents

                   
December 31, 2004

Actual As Adjusted(6)


(In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 49,577     $    
 
Total assets
    496,625          
 
Total borrowings
    478,250          
 
Stockholders’ deficiency and members’ capital
    (56,779 )        
                           
For the Years Ended
December 31,

2002 2003 2004



Other Data:
                       
Aggregate dollar amount processed (in billions):
                       
 
Cash advance
  $ 3.6     $ 3.8     $ 4.2  
 
ATM
    6.2       6.9       8.4  
 
Check warranty
    1.3       1.2       1.1  
Number of transactions completed (in millions):
                       
 
Cash advance
    8.2       8.1       8.8  
 
ATM
    42.5       45.7       53.2  
 
Check warranty
    7.0       5.5       4.8  


(1)  The increase in revenues and operating expenses during fiscal 2001, as compared to fiscal 2000, is primarily attributable to our acquisitions of the gaming ATM portfolios of Bank of America, N.A. and InnoVentry Corporation.
 
(2)  Interest expense, net, includes interest income.
 
(3)  Minority ownership loss represents the portion of the loss from operations of QuikPlay, LLC that is attributable to the 40% ownership interest in QuikPlay, LLC that is not owned by us.
 
(4)  In connection with our conversion to a taxable corporate entity for United States income tax purposes, we recognized a net tax asset created by a step up in the tax basis of our net assets due to the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Overview.” For purposes of determining the pro forma net income, the recognition of this one-time step up in basis has been excluded from our pro forma tax computation.
 
(5)  The pro forma unaudited income tax adjustments represent the tax effects that would have been reported had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes as a corporation. Pro forma expenses are based upon the statutory income tax rates and adjustments to income for estimated permanent differences occurring during the period. Actual rates and expenses could have differed had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes for all periods presented. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma amounts are for informational purposes only and are intended to be indicative of the results of operations had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes for all periods presented.

The following table presents the computation of the pro forma income tax expense for all the periods presented (in thousands):

                                         
For the Years Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004





Income before income taxes, as reported
  $ 43,228     $ 42,163     $ 50,833     $ 58,310     $ 41,996  
Effective pro forma income tax rate
    43.00 %     39.36 %     36.18 %     36.12 %     36.00 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma income tax expense
  $ 18,588     $ 16,596     $ 18,391     $ 21,062     $ 15,119  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(6)  The as adjusted balance sheet data gives effect to the sale of our shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $           per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses and the redemption of $82.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012. See “Capitalization”.

7


Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

      You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. The following risks and uncertainties could materially adversely affect or business, financial condition or operating results. In this event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risk Related to Our Business

If we are unable to maintain our current customers on terms that are favorable to us, our business, financial condition and operating results may suffer a material adverse effect.

      We enter into contracts with our gaming establishment customers to provide our cash access products and related services. Most of our contracts have a term ranging from three to five years in duration and provide that we are the only provider of cash access products to these establishments during the term of the contract. However, some of our contracts are terminable upon 30 days advance notice and some of our contracts either become nonexclusive or terminable by our gaming establishment customers in the event that we fail to satisfy certain covenants, including related to our ongoing product development. We are typically required to renegotiate the terms of our customer contracts upon their expiration, and in certain circumstances we may be forced to modify the terms of our contracts before they expire. When we have successfully renewed these contracts, these negotiations have in the past resulted in, and in the future may result in, financial and other terms that are less favorable to us than the terms of the expired contracts. In particular, we are often required to pay a higher commission rate to a gaming establishment than we previously paid in order to renew the relationship. Assuming constant transaction volume, increases in commissions or other incentives paid to gaming establishments would reduce our operating results. We may not succeed in renewing these contracts when they expire, which would result in a complete loss of revenue from that customer, either for an extended period of time or forever. Our contracts are often global, in that they cover all of the gaming establishments of a particular operator wherever they are located around the world. So, the loss of a single contract often results in the loss of multiple gaming establishments. If we are required to pay higher commission rates or agree to other less favorable terms to retain our customers or we are not able to renew our relationships with our customers upon the expiration of our contracts, our business, financial condition and operating results would be harmed.

Because of significant concentration among our top customers, the loss of a top customer could have a material adverse effect on our revenues and profitability.

      In 2004, our five largest customers, Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., Caesars Entertainment, Inc., Mandalay Resort Group, Boyd Gaming Corporation and Station Casinos, Inc., accounted for approximately 38.0% of our revenues. In 2004, revenues attributable to our largest customer, Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., were approximately 11.7% of our revenues. The loss of, or a substantial decrease in revenues from, any one of our top customers could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

      Consolidation among operators of gaming establishments may also result in the loss of a top customer to the extent that customers of ours are acquired by our competitors’ customers. For example, Mandalay Resort Group is currently the subject of a pending acquisition by MGM MIRAGE. We are engaged in competitive bidding for a new contract with MGM MIRAGE. If we are unsuccessful in securing a long-term contract with MGM MIRAGE and the pending acquisition of the Mandalay Resort Group by MGM MIRAGE is consummated, we may lose Mandalay Resort Group as a customer upon the expiration of our contract with it.

8


Table of Contents

Competition in the market for cash access services is intense which could result in higher commissions or loss of customers to our competitors.

      The market for cash access products and related services is intensely competitive, and we expect competition to increase and intensify in the future. We compete with other providers of cash access products and services such as Game Financial Corporation, a subsidiary of Certegy Inc., operating as GameCash; Global Payment Systems operating as Cash & Win; Cash Systems, Inc; and financial institutions such as U.S. Bancorp and other regional and local banks that operate ATM machines on the premises of gaming establishments. We face potential competition from gaming establishments that may choose to operate cash access systems on their own behalf rather than outsource to us. We may in the future also face competition from traditional transaction processors, such as First Data Corporation, that may choose to enter the gaming patron cash services market. In connection with our redemption of First Data Corporation’s interest in us, First Data Corporation agreed not to compete with us prior to March 10, 2007. This agreement not to compete, however, is limited to the United States and Canada and is subject to a number of exceptions. Given its familiarity with our specific industry and business and operations as a result of being our majority owner from inception until March 10, 2004, First Data Corporation could be a significant competitive threat upon the expiration of this covenant not to compete. In addition, we may in the future face potential competition from new entrants into the market for cash access products and related services. Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significant advantages over us, including greater name recognition, longer operating histories, pre-existing relationships with current or potential customers, significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and more ready access to capital which allow them to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities. In addition, certain providers of cash access products and services to gaming establishments have established cooperative relationships with financial institutions in order to expand their service offerings.

      Other providers of cash access products and services to gaming establishments have in the past increased, and may in the future continue to increase, the commissions or other incentives they pay to gaming establishments in order to win those gaming establishments as customers and to gain market share. To the extent that competitive pressures force us to increase commissions or other incentives to establish or maintain relationships with gaming establishments, our business and operating results could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, we may lose a valuable competitive advantage or be forced to incur costly litigation to protect our rights.

      Our success depends on developing and protecting our intellectual property. We have entered into license agreements with other parties for intellectual property that is critical to our business. We rely on the terms of these license agreements, as well as copyright, patent, trademark and trade secret laws to protect our intellectual property. We also rely on other confidentiality and contractual agreements and arrangements with our employees, affiliates, business partners and customers to establish and protect our intellectual property and similar proprietary rights. We hold two issued patents and we have four patent applications pending. However, we can provide no assurance that these applications will become issued patents. If they do not become issued patents, our competitors would not be prevented from using these inventions.

      We have also entered into license agreements with other parties for the exclusive use of their technology and intellectual property rights in the gaming industry, such as our license to use certain portions of the software infrastructure upon which our systems operate from Infonox on the Web. We rely on these other parties to maintain and protect this technology and the related intellectual property rights. If our licensors fail to protect their intellectual property rights in material that we license and we are unable to protect such intellectual property rights, the value of our licenses may diminish significantly and our business could be significantly harmed. It is possible that third parties may copy or otherwise obtain and use our information and proprietary technology without our authorization or otherwise infringe on our intellectual property rights or intellectual property rights that we exclusively

9


Table of Contents

license. In addition, we may not be able to deter current and former employees, consultants, and other parties from breaching confidentiality agreements with us and misappropriating proprietary information from us or other parties. If we are unable to adequately protect our intellectual property or our exclusively licensed rights, or if we are unable to continue to obtain or maintain licenses for proprietary technology from other parties, including in particular Infonox on the Web, it could have a material adverse effect on the value of our intellectual property, our reputation, our business and our operating results.

      We may have to rely on litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights and contractual rights. For example, we are pursuing a patent infringement action against U.S. Bancorp, Certegy Inc. and Game Financial Corporation to discontinue what we believe to be their infringement of the rights arising under our patent to the “3-in-1 rollover” functionality. By pursuing this litigation, we are exposed to the risk that the defendants will attempt to invalidate the patent or otherwise limit its scope. If litigation that we initiate is unsuccessful, including the litigation described above, we may not be able to protect the value of our intellectual property and our business could be adversely affected. We may also face difficulty enforcing our rights in the QuikCash trademark because of the timing and sequence of certain assignment and renewal actions relating to the trademark.

      In addition, we may face claims of infringement that could interfere with our ability to use technology or other intellectual property rights that are material to our business operations. In the event a claim of infringement against us is successful, we may be required to pay royalties to use technology or other intellectual property rights that we had been using or we may be required to enter into a license agreement and pay license fees, or we may be required to stop using the technology or other intellectual property rights that we had been using. We may be unable to obtain necessary licenses from third parties at a reasonable cost or within a reasonable time. Any litigation of this type, whether successful or unsuccessful, could result in substantial costs to us and diversions of our resources.

We are subject to extensive rules and regulations of card associations, including MasterCard International, Visa International and Visa U.S.A., that are always subject to change, which may harm our business.

      In 2004, a substantial portion of our revenues were derived from transactions subject to the extensive rules and regulations of the leading card associations, Visa International and Visa U.S.A., or VISA, and MasterCard International, or MasterCard. From time to time, we receive correspondence from these card associations regarding our compliance with their rules and regulations. In the ordinary course of our business, we engage in discussions with the card associations, and the bank that sponsors us into the card associations, regarding our compliance with their rules and regulations. The rules and regulations do not expressly address some of the contexts and settings in which we process cash access transactions, or do so in a manner subject to varying interpretations. For example, one of the major card associations has not determined that our ability to process credit card cash advance transactions using biometric technology at an unmanned machine and without cashier involvement through our ACM complies with its regulations. As a result, we are currently not able to use this feature of our ACMs to process credit card cash advances or POS debit card transactions involving that card association. Therefore, patrons still must complete these transactions at the cashier, which is inconvenient to patrons and prevents gaming establishments from realizing potential cashier labor cost savings. As another example, in 2003, one of the major card associations informed our sponsoring bank that authorization requests originating from our systems needed to be encoded to identify our transactions as gambling transactions, even though our services do not directly involve any gambling activity. This resulted in a large number of card issuing banks declining all transactions initiated through our services. We resolved this issue by encoding the authorization requests with an alternative non-gambling indicator that the card association agreed was applicable. These examples only illustrate some of the ways in which the card association rules and regulations have affected us in the past or may affect us in the future; there are many other ways in which these rules and regulations may adversely affect us beyond the examples provided in this prospectus.

10


Table of Contents

      The card associations’ rules and regulations are always subject to change, and the associations modify their rules and regulations from time to time. Our inability to anticipate changes in rules, regulations or the interpretation or application thereof may result in substantial disruption to our business. In the event that the card associations or our sponsoring bank determine that the manner in which we process certain card transactions is not in compliance with existing rules and regulations, or if the card associations adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or restrict the manner in which we process certain card transactions, we may be forced to pay a fine, modify the manner in which we operate our business or stop processing certain types of cash access transactions altogether, any of which could have a material negative impact on our business and operating results.

      We also process transactions involving the use of the Discover Card and the American Express card. The rules and regulations of the proprietary credit card networks that service these cards present risks to us that are similar to those posed by the rules and regulations of VISA and MasterCard.

Changes in interchange rates and other fees may affect our cost of revenues and net income.

      We pay credit card associations fees for services they provide in settling transactions routed through their networks, called interchange fees. In addition, we pay fees to participate in various ATM or POS debit card networks as well as processing fees to process our transactions. The amounts of these interchange fees are fixed by the card associations and networks in their sole discretion, and are subject to increase at any time. VISA increased certain interchange fees in February 2004 and MasterCard increased certain interchange fees in April 2004. Also in 2004, VISA’s Interlink network, through which we process a substantial portion of our POS debit card transactions, materially increased the interchange rates for those transactions. Many of our contracts enable us to pass through to our customers increases in interchange or processing fees, but competitive pressures might prevent us from passing all or some of these fees through to our customers in the future. To the extent that we are unable to pass through to our customers all or any portion of any increase in interchange or processing fees, our cost of revenues would increase and our net income would decrease, assuming no change in transaction volumes. Any such decrease in net income could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results.

      We receive fees from the issuers of ATM cards that are used in our ATM machines, called reverse interchange fees. We rely to some extent on these reverse interchange fees to finance the ongoing operation and maintenance of our ATM machines. The amounts of these reverse interchange fees are fixed by electronic funds transfer networks, and are subject to decrease in their discretion at any time. Unlike credit card association interchange fees, our contracts do not enable us to pass through to our customers the amount of any decrease in reverse interchange fees. To the extent that reverse interchange fees are reduced, our net income would decrease, assuming no change in transaction volumes, which may result in a material adverse effect on our operating results.

Our substantial indebtedness could materially adversely affect our operations and financial results and prevent us from obtaining additional financing, if necessary.

      We have a significant amount of indebtedness. On December 31, 2004, we had total indebtedness of $478.3 million (of which $235 million consisted of senior subordinated notes and $243.3 million consisted of senior secured debt). Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences. For example, it:

  •  makes it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to either our senior secured debt or our senior subordinated notes, which, if we fail to do, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt;
 
  •  increases our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;
 
  •  requires us to dedicate a substantial portion (in the case of our senior secured debt, up to 75% of our excess cash flow, depending upon our total leverage ratio) of our cash flow from operations to

11


Table of Contents

  payments on our indebtedness, which would reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, expansion efforts and other general corporate purposes;
 
  •  limits our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industry in which we operate;
 
  •  restricts our ability to pay dividends;
 
  •  places us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt;
 
  •  prohibits us from acquiring businesses or technologies that would benefit our business
 
  •  restricts our ability to engage in transactions with affiliates or create liens or guarantees; and
 
  •  limits, along with the financial and other restrictive covenants in our other indebtedness, among other things, our ability to borrow additional funds.

      In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture for our senior subordinated notes contain financial and other restrictive covenants that limit our ability to engage in activities that we may believe to be in our long-term best interests. These restrictions include, among other things, limits on our ability to make investments, pay dividends, incur debt, sell assets, or merge with or acquire another entity. Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default which, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.

      Our senior secured debt currently bears interest at a rate that is based on the London Interbank Offering Rate, or LIBOR, and is adjusted periodically to reflect changes in LIBOR. We are therefore exposed the risk of increased interest expense in the event of any increase in LIBOR. The substantial amount of our senior secured debt magnifies this risk.

To service our indebtedness we will require a significant amount of cash, and our ability to generate cash flow depends on many factors beyond our control.

      Our ability to generate cash flow from operations depends on general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. Due to these factors, it is possible that our business will not generate sufficient cash flow from operations to enable us to pay our indebtedness as it matures and to fund our other liquidity needs. This would cause us to have to borrow money to meet these needs and future borrowing may not be available to us at all or in an amount sufficient to satisfy these needs. In such events, we will need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. We could have to adopt one or more alternatives, such as reducing or delaying planned expenses and capital expenditures, selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity or debt financing or joint venture partners. There can be no assurance that any of these financing strategies could be effected on satisfactory terms, if at all. Our failure to generate sufficient cash flow to satisfy our debt obligations or to refinance our obligations on commercially reasonable terms would have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness.

      The terms of our senior secured debt require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which will reduce the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, expansion efforts and other general corporate purposes.

Because of our dependence on a few providers, or in some cases one provider, for some of the financial services we offer to patrons, the loss of a provider could have a material adverse effect on our business or our financial performance.

      We depend on a few providers, or in some cases one provider, for some of the financial services that we offer to patrons.

12


Table of Contents

      Check warranty services. We rely on TRS Recovery Services, Inc. (formerly known as TeleCheck Recovery Services, Inc.), or TeleCheck, to provide the check warranty services that our gaming establishment customers use when cashing patron checks. Our contract with TeleCheck expires on March 31, 2006, and unless we and TeleCheck mutually agree to renew the contract, we will need to make alternative arrangements for check warranty services. There can be no assurance that we will be able to make such alternative arrangements on terms that are as favorable to us as the terms of our contract with TeleCheck, or on any terms at all. In addition, our Central Credit check warranty service, as currently deployed, uses risk analytics provided by third-party providers.

      Authorizations and Settlement. We rely on USA Payments and USA Payment Systems to obtain authorizations for credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions, ATM cash withdrawal transactions and to settle certain of these transactions.

      Card association sponsorship. We rely on Bank of America Merchant Services for sponsorship into the Visa U.S.A. and MasterCard card associations for domestic transactions at no cost to us. We also rely on a foreign bank in each foreign jurisdiction in which we operate for sponsorship into the Visa International and MasterCard card associations for transactions conducted in those jurisdictions.

      Money order instruments. We rely on Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. to issue the negotiable instruments that are used to complete credit card cash advance and POS debit card transactions.

      ATM cash supply. We rely on Bank of America, N.A. to supply cash for substantially all of our ATMs.

      Software development and system support. We generally rely on Infonox on the Web, which is under common control with M&C International, for software development and system support. In addition, we rely on NRT Technology Corporation, or NRT, for software development and system support related to 3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus devices.

      Product Development. We rely on our joint venture partner and strategic partners for certain aspects of our product development. For example, we are developing cashless gaming products through QuikPlay, LLC, our joint venture with International Game Technology, or IGT. We have jointly developed and are marketing self-service slot ticket and player point redemption kiosks that incorporate our cash access services with our strategic partners NRT and Western Money Systems. These activities have risks resulting from unproven combinations of disparate products and services, reduced flexibility in making design changes in response to market changes, reduced control over product completion schedules and the risk of disputes with our joint venture partners and strategic partners. In addition, if our cashless gaming products are unsuccessful, we could lose our entire investment in QuikPlay, LLC.

      Money transfers. We rely on Western Union Financial Services, Inc. to facilitate money transfers.

      Our contracts with these providers are for varying terms and provide early termination rights in the event of our breach of or the occurrence of an event of default under these contracts. Replacing any of these or other products and services we obtain from third parties could be materially disruptive to our operations. There can be no assurance that we would be able to enter into contracts or arrangements with alternate providers on terms and conditions as beneficial to us as the contracts or arrangements with our current providers, or at all. A change in our business relationships with any of these third-party providers or the loss of their services or failed execution on their part could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operation.

Certain providers upon whom we are dependent are under common control with M&C International, the loss of which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

      We depend on services provided by USA Payments, USA Payment Systems and Infonox on the Web, each of which is affiliated with M&C International, to provide many of the financial services that we offer to patrons. We cannot assure you that the interests of M&C International or its principals will coincide with the interests of the holders of our common stock or that such principals will not take action

13


Table of Contents

that benefits themselves or these entities to our detriment. For example, M&C International’s principals could cause any of these entities to take certain actions that impair the ability of these entities to provide us with the license or services they provide today or that reduce the importance of us to them in the future. M&C International’s principals could dispose of their interests in these entities at any time and there can be no assurance that the successor owner or owners of such interests would cause such entities to treat us with the same importance as they treat us today. The loss of the license or any loss of the services of these entities could adversely impact our business. During 2004, we incurred costs and expenses from USA Payments, USA Payment Systems and Infonox on the Web of an aggregate of $5.7 million.

Our business depends on our ability to introduce new, commercially viable products and services in a timely manner.

      Our ability to maintain and grow our business will depend upon our ability to introduce successful new products and services in a timely manner. Our product development efforts are based upon a number of complex assumptions, including assumptions relating to gaming patron habits, changes in the popularity and prevalence of certain payment methods, anticipated transaction volumes, the costs and time required to bring new products and services to market, and the willingness and ability of both patrons and gaming establishment personnel to use new products and services and bear the economic costs of doing so. Our new products and services may not achieve market acceptance if any of our assumptions are wrong, or for other reasons.

      Our ability to introduce new products and services may also require regulatory approvals, which may significantly increase the costs associated with developing a new product or service and the time required to introduce a new product or service into the marketplace. In order to obtain these regulatory approvals we may need to modify our products and services which would increase our costs of development and may make our products or services less likely to achieve market acceptance.

      For example, the commercial success of our ticket-out debit device, or TODD, cashless gaming product, and our electronic debit interactive terminal housing, or EDITH, depends upon the continued viability of the cashless gaming market segment. A curtailment in the prevalence of cashless gaming opportunities, as a result of legislative action, responsible gaming pressures or other factors beyond our control, would threaten the commercial success of our cashless gaming products and services. TODD required extensive laboratory testing and certification and to date has only been approved for use in one casino, and EDITH has not yet been approved for use in any location.

      Our ability to grow our business through the introduction of new products and services depends in part on our joint development activities with third parties over whom we have little or no control. We have engaged in joint development projects with third parties in the past and we expect to continue doing so in the future. Joint development can magnify several risks for us, including the loss of control over development of aspects of the jointly developed products and disputes with our joint venture partners.

Our products and services are complex, depend on a myriad of complex networks and technologies and may be subject to software or hardware errors or failures that could lead to an increase in our costs, reduce our revenues or damage our reputation.

      Our products and services, and the networks and third-party services upon which our products and services are based, are complex and may contain undetected errors or may suffer unexpected failures. We are exposed to the risk of failure of our proprietary computer systems, many of which are deployed, operated, monitored and supported by Infonox on the Web, whom we do not control. We rely on Infonox on the Web to detect and respond to errors and failures in our proprietary computer systems. We rely on NRT for software development and system support of the 3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus devices. We are exposed to the risk of failure of the computer systems that are owned, operated and managed by USA Payments Systems, whom we do not control. USA Payment Systems owns the data center through which most of our transactions are processed, and we rely on USA Payment Systems to maintain the

14


Table of Contents

security and integrity of our transaction data, including backups thereof. We also are exposed to the risk of failure of card association and electronic funds transfer networks that are used to process and settle our transactions. These networks, that are owned and operated by others, are subject to planned and unplanned outages and may suffer degradations in performance during peak processing times. Finally, we are subject to the risk of disruption to or failure of the telecommunications infrastructure upon which the interfaces among these systems are based. All of these systems and networks, upon which we rely to provide our services, are vulnerable to computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, natural disasters and similar disruptions, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of data, public release of confidential data or the inability to complete patron transactions. The occurrence of these errors or failures, disruptions or unauthorized access could adversely affect our sales to customers, diminish the use of our cash access products and services by patrons, cause us to incur significant repair costs, result in our liability to gaming establishments or their patrons, divert the attention of our development personnel from product development efforts, and cause us to lose credibility with current or prospective customers or patrons.

We may not successfully enter new markets and therefore not achieve all of our strategic growth objectives.

      We intend to enter new and developing domestic markets. Pennsylvania enacted legislation in 2004 that authorizes as many as 61,000 slot machines for horse tracks, resorts and slot parlors across the state. Oklahoma approved in 2004 measures that would allow the installation of slot machines at specified locations, subject to certain conditions. Broward County, Florida approved in 2005 a measure requiring the State of Florida to begin negotiations to allow slot machines to be installed and operated at racetracks and jai lai establishments in Broward County. California and certain Native American tribes in the state signed agreements in 2004 to allow an unlimited number of slot machines at tribal gaming establishments. If and as these markets continue to develop, competition among providers of cash access products and services will intensify and we will have to expand our sales and marketing presence in these markets. In competitive bidding situations, we may not enjoy the advantage of being the incumbent provider of cash access products and services to gaming establishments in these new markets and developers and operators of gaming establishments in these new markets may have pre-existing relationships with our competitors. We may also face the uncertainty of compliance with new or developing regulatory regimes with which we are not currently familiar and oversight by regulators that are not familiar with us or our business. Each of these risks could materially impair our ability to successfully expand our operations into these new and developing domestic markets.

      We also intend to enter new and developing international markets, including markets in which we have not previously operated. Our strategy of entering foreign markets may expose us to political, economic and regulatory risks not faced by businesses that operate only in the United States. The legal and regulatory regimes of foreign markets and their ramifications on our business are less certain. Our international operations will be subject to a variety of risks, including different regulatory requirements, trade barriers, difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations, higher rates of fraud, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, difficulty in enforcing contracts, political and economic instability and potentially adverse tax consequences. In these new markets, our operations will rely on an infrastructure of financial services and telecommunications facilities that may not be sufficient to support our business needs, such as the authorization and settlement services that are required to implement electronic payment transactions and the telecommunications facilities that would enable us to reliably connect our networks to our products at gaming establishments in these new markets. These risks, among others, could materially adversely affect our business and operating results. In connection with our expansion into new international markets, we may forge strategic relationships with business partners to assist us. The success of our expansion into these markets therefore may depend in part upon the success of the business partners with whom we forge these strategic relationships. We have entered into an agreement with an overseas representative to assist us in the sales and marketing of our cash access services to gaming establishments in Eastern Europe, and we are attempting to form relationships with foreign banks to assist us in the processing of transactions originating from these

15


Table of Contents

markets. If we do not successfully form strategic relationships with the right business partners or if we are not able to overcome cultural differences or differences in business practices, and our ability to penetrate these new international markets will suffer.

      We are also subject to the risk that the domestic or international markets that we are attempting to enter or expand into may not develop as quickly as anticipated, or at all. The development of new gaming markets is subject to political, social, regulatory and economic forces beyond our control. The expansion of gaming activities in new markets can be very controversial and may depend heavily on the support and sponsorship of local government. Changes in government leadership, failure to obtain requisite voter support in referendums, failure of legislators to enact enabling legislation and limitations on the volume of gaming activity that is permitted in particular markets may inhibit the development of new markets.

      Our estimates of the potential future transaction volumes in new markets are based on a variety of assumptions which may prove to be inaccurate. To the extent that we overestimate the potential of a new market, incorrectly gauge the timing of the development of a new market, or fail to anticipate the differences between a new market and our existing markets, we may fail in our strategy of growing our business by expanding into new markets. Moreover, if we are unable to meet the needs of our existing customers as they enter markets that we do not currently serve, our relationships with these customers could be harmed.

We may encounter difficulties managing our growth, which could adversely affect our operating results.

      We will need to effectively manage the expansion of our operations in order to execute our growth strategy of entering into new markets, expanding in existing markets and introducing new products and services. Growth will strain our existing resources. It is possible that our management, employees, systems and facilities currently in place may not be adequate to accommodate future growth. In this situation, we will have to improve our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures. If we are unable to effectively manage our growth, our operations and financial results may be adversely affected.

      From inception through March 2004, we were a majority-owned subsidiary of First Data Corporation and received legal, accounting, tax and regulatory compliance support services from First Data Corporation. Since our transition to an independent company in March 2004, we have either increased our abilities and resources to be able to perform these services ourselves or we have arranged to obtain them from third parties. We do not have an extensive operating history as an independent company and any shortcomings in our existing resources, controls, systems or procedures may hinder our ability to grow.

We depend on key personnel and they would be difficult to replace.

      We depend upon the ability and experience of a number of our key members of senior management who have substantial experience with our operations and the gaming patron cash access industry. For example, we are highly dependent on the involvement of Kirk Sanford, our President and Chief Executive Officer, Harry Hagerty, our Chief Financial Officer, and other members of our senior management team. Other than Messrs. Sanford and Hagerty, none of our executive officers have employment agreements with us. The loss of Mr. Sanford, Mr. Hagerty or other members of our senior management team would have a material adverse effect on our business.

      Our future success depends upon our ability to attract, train and retain key managers involved in the development and marketing of our products and services to gaming establishments. We may need to increase the number of key managers as we further develop our products and services and as we enter new markets and expand in existing markets. Our ability to enter into contracts with gaming establishments depends in large part on the relationships that our key managers have formed with management-level personnel of gaming establishments. Competition for individuals with such

16


Table of Contents

relationships is intense, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in recruiting such personnel. In addition, we may not be able to retain such individuals as they may leave our company and go to work for our competitors. Our sales efforts would be particularly hampered by the defection of personnel with long-standing relationships with management-level personnel of gaming establishments. If we are unable to attract or retain key personnel, our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

The loss of our sponsorship into the Visa U.S.A., Visa International and MasterCard card associations could have a material adverse effect on our business.

      We cannot provide cash access services involving VISA cards and MasterCard cards in the United States without sponsorship into the Visa U.S.A. and MasterCard card associations. Bank of America Merchant Services currently sponsors us into the card associations at no cost to us. Bank of America Merchant Services began this sponsorship of us into the card associations in 1998 when it held a significant ownership interest in us. When Bank of America Merchant Services sold its interest in us in 2000, Bank of America Merchant Services agreed to continue its sponsorship of us at no cost to us conditioned upon First Data Corporation’s continued indemnification of Bank of America Merchant Services for any losses it may suffer as a result of such sponsorship. When we redeemed First Data Corporation’s ownership interest in us in 2004, First Data Corporation agreed to continue to indemnify Bank of America Merchant Services for any losses it may suffer as a result of sponsoring us into the card associations through September 2010. First Data Corporation will have the right to terminate its indemnification obligations prior to September 2010 in the event that we breach certain indemnification obligations that we owe to First Data Corporation, in the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of certain levels, in the event that we are fined in excess of certain amounts for violating card associations’ operating rules, or in the event that we amend the sponsorship agreement without First Data Corporation’s consent.

      In the event that First Data Corporation terminates its indemnification obligations and as a result we lose our sponsorship by Bank of America Merchant Services into the card associations, we would need to obtain sponsorship into the card associations through another member of the card associations that is capable of supporting our transaction volume. We would not be able to obtain such alternate sponsorship on terms as favorable to us as the terms of our current sponsorship by Bank of America Merchant Services, which is at no cost to us. We cannot assure you that we would be able to obtain alternate sponsorship at all. Our inability to obtain alternate sponsorship on favorable terms or at all would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

      We cannot provide cash access services involving VISA cards and MasterCard cards outside of the United States without sponsorship into the Visa International and MasterCard card associations by a bank in each foreign jurisdiction in which we conduct cash access transactions. We are currently sponsored into these card associations by foreign banks in each of the foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct cash access transactions. In the event that any foreign bank that currently sponsors us into these card associations terminates its sponsorship of us, we would need to obtain sponsorship into the card associations through another foreign bank that is capable of supporting our transaction volume in the relevant jurisdiction. For example, we were recently notified that Bank of America is not authorized to sponsor us in certain Caribbean markets. If we are unable to find an alternative sponsor, we may be fined and/or required to discontinue our business operations in the Caribbean. We may not be able to obtain alternate sponsorship in any region on terms as favorable to us as the terms of our current sponsorship by foreign banks, or at all. Our inability to obtain alternate sponsorship on favorable terms or at all could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

An unexpectedly high level of chargebacks, as the result of fraud or otherwise, could adversely affect our cash advance business.

      When patrons use our cash access services, we either dispense cash or produce a negotiable instrument that can be endorsed and exchanged for cash. If a completed cash access transaction is

17


Table of Contents

subsequently disputed and if we are unsuccessful in establishing the validity of the transaction, we may not be able to collect payment for such transaction and such transaction becomes a chargeback. An increased level of chargebacks could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operation. Moreover, in the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of certain levels, First Data Corporation will have the right to terminate its indemnification obligations to Bank of America Merchant Services, and we could lose our no-cost sponsorship into the card associations. In addition, in the event that we incur chargebacks in excess of certain levels, we could be censured by the card associations by way of fines or otherwise.

A material increase in market interest rates or changing regulations could adversely affect our ATM business.

      We obtain a supply of cash for our ATMs from Bank of America, N.A. Pursuant to our contract with Bank of America, N.A., we are obligated to pay a monthly fee that is based upon the amount of cash used to supply our ATMs and a market interest rate. Assuming no change in the amount of cash used to supply our ATMs, an increase in market interest rates will result in an increase in the monthly fee that we must pay to obtain this supply of cash, thereby increasing our ATM operating costs. Any increase in the amount of cash required to supply our ATMs would magnify the impact of an increase in market interest rates. An increase in interest rates may result in a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results. In 2004, we paid approximately $5.7 million in aggregate fees for this supply of cash, including amounts that we paid to the suppliers of this cash other than Bank of America, N.A.

      Our ATM services are subject to the applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. Our ATM services may also be subject to local regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits on the amounts that may be withdrawn from ATM machines, the location of ATM machines and our ability to surcharge cardholders who use our ATM machines. These regulations may impose significant burdens on our ability to operate ATMs profitably in certain locations, or at all. Moreover, because these regulations are subject to change, we may be forced to modify our ATM operations in a manner inconsistent with the assumptions upon which we relied in entering into contracts to provide ATM services at gaming establishments.

An unexpected increase in check warranty expenses could adversely affect our check warranty business.

      We currently rely on TeleCheck to provide check warranty services to our customers. When a gaming establishment obtains an authorization from TeleCheck pursuant to its check warranty service, TeleCheck warrants payment on the patron’s check. If the patron’s check is subsequently dishonored upon presentment for payment, TeleCheck purchases the dishonored check from the gaming establishment for its face amount. Pursuant to the terms of our contract with TeleCheck, we share a portion of the loss associated with these dishonored checks. Although this contract limits the percentage of the dishonored checks to which we are exposed, there is no limit on the aggregate dollar amount to which we are exposed, which is a function of the face amount of checks warranted. TeleCheck manages and mitigates these dishonored checks through the use of risk analytics and collection efforts, including the additional fees that it is entitled to collect from check writers of dishonored checks. During the year ending December 31, 2004, the aggregate of our warranty expenses with respect to TeleCheck’s check warranty service were $10.1 million. We have no control over TeleCheck’s decision to warrant payment on a particular check and we have limited visibility into TeleCheck’s collection activities. As a result, we may incur an unexpectedly high level of check warranty expenses at any time, and if we do, we may suffer a material adverse effect to our business or results of operation.

      As an alternative to TeleCheck’s check warranty service, we are currently developing our own Central Credit check warranty service that is based upon our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau database, our proprietary patron transaction database, third-party risk analytics and certain actuarial assumptions. If these risk analytics or actuarial assumptions are ineffective, we may incur an

18


Table of Contents

unexpectedly high level of check warranty expenses which may have a material adverse effect on our business or operating results.

To execute our growth strategy, we may make acquisitions or strategic investments, which involve numerous risks that we may not be able to address without substantial expense, delay or other operational or financial problems.

      In order to obtain new customers in existing markets, expand our operations into new markets, or grow our business through the introduction of new products and services, we may consider acquiring additional businesses, technologies, products and intellectual property. For example, we may consider acquiring or forming a bank or other financial services company for the purpose of, among other things, issuing our own credit cards and using our own vault cash to supply cash to our ATMs. Acquisitions and strategic investments involve various risks, such as:

  •  difficulty integrating the technologies, operations and personnel from the acquired business;
 
  •  overestimation of potential synergies or a delay in realizing those synergies;
 
  •  disruption to our ongoing business, including the diversion of management’s attention and of resources from our principal business;
 
  •  inability to obtain the desired financial and strategic benefits from the acquisition or investment;
 
  •  loss of customers of an acquired business;
 
  •  assumption of unanticipated liabilities;
 
  •  loss of key employees of an acquired business; and
 
  •  entering into new markets in which we have limited prior experience.

      Acquisitions and strategic investments could also result in substantial cash expenditures, the dilutive issuance of our equity securities, our incurring of additional debt and contingent liabilities, and amortization expenses related to other intangible assets that could adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. Acquisitions and strategic investments may also be highly dependent upon the retention and performance of existing management and employees of acquired businesses for the day-to-day management and future operating results of these businesses.

Risks Related to the Industry

Economic downturns, a decline in the popularity of gaming or changes in the demographic profile of gaming patrons could reduce the number of patrons that use our services or the amounts of cash that they access using our services.

      We provide our cash access products and related services exclusively to gaming establishments for the purpose of enabling their patrons to access cash. As a result, our business depends on consumer demand for gaming. Gaming is a discretionary leisure activity, and participation in discretionary leisure activities has in the past and may in the future decline during economic downturns because consumers have less disposable income. Therefore, during periods of economic contraction, our revenues may decrease while some of our costs remain fixed, resulting in decreased earnings. Gaming activity may also decline based on changes in consumer confidence related to general economic conditions or outlook, fears of war, future acts of terrorism, or other factors. A reduction in tourism could also result in a decline in gaming activity. A decline in gaming activity as a result of these or any other factors would have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

      Changes in consumer preferences could also harm our business. Gaming competes with other leisure activities as a form of consumer entertainment, and may lose popularity as new leisure activities arise or as other leisure activities become more popular. In addition, gaming in traditional gaming

19


Table of Contents

establishments competes with Internet based gaming for gaming patrons, and due to regulatory concerns, we have elected not to participate in the Internet gaming market at this time. The popularity and acceptance of gaming is also influenced by the prevailing social mores and changes in social mores could result in reduced acceptance of gaming as a leisure activity. To the extent that the popularity of gaming in traditional gaming establishments declines as a result of either of these factors, the demand for our cash access services may decline and our business may be harmed.

      Aside from the general popularity of gaming, the demographic profile of gaming patrons changes over time. The gaming habits and use of cash access services varies with the demographic profile of gaming patrons. For example, a local patron may visit a gaming establishment regularly but limit his or her play to the amount of cash that he or she brings to the gaming establishment. In contrast, a vacationing gaming patron that visits the gaming establishment infrequently may play much larger amounts and have a greater need to use cash access services. To the extent that the demographic profile of gaming patrons in the markets we serve either narrows or migrates towards patrons who use cash access services less frequently or for lesser amounts of cash, the demand for our cash access services may decline and our business may be harmed.

Changes in consumer willingness to pay a fee to access their funds could reduce the demand for our cash access products and services.

      Our business depends upon the willingness of patrons to pay a fee to access their own funds on the premises of a gaming establishment. In most retail environments, consumers typically do not pay an additional fee for using non-cash payment methods such as credit cards, POS debit cards or checks. In order to access cash in a gaming establishment, however, patrons must pay service charges to access their funds. Gaming patrons could bring more cash with them to gaming establishments, or access cash outside of gaming establishments without paying a fee for the convenience of not having to leave the gaming establishment. To the extent that gaming patrons become unwilling to pay these fees for convenience or lower cost cash access alternatives become available, the demand for cash access services within gaming establishments will decline and our business could suffer.

The cash access industry is subject to change, and we must keep pace with the changes to successfully compete.

      The demand for our products and services is affected by new and evolving technology and industry standards. Cash access services are based on existing financial services and payment methods, which are also continually evolving. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to successfully develop and introduce new cash access services based on emerging financial services and payment methods. Stored value cards, Internet-based payment methods and the use of portable consumer devices such as personal digital assistants and mobile telephones are examples of evolving payment technologies that could impact our business. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to successfully develop and introduce new cash access products and services and to enhance our existing products and services to respond to changes in technology and industry standards on a timely basis. We cannot be sure that the products or services that we choose to develop will achieve market acceptance or obtain any necessary regulatory approval. In addition, alternative products, services or technologies may replace our products and services or render them obsolete. If we are unable to develop new products or services or enhance existing products or services in a timely and cost-effective manner in response to technological or market changes, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially adversely affected.

      The cash access industry also changes based on changing consumer preferences. Our failure to recognize or keep pace with changing preferences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. For example, we have observed a decline in the volume of check cashing at gaming establishments over time as patron familiarity and comfort with credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions and ATM cash withdrawal transactions has increased. To the extent that we continue to rely on check warranty services for a substantial portion of

20


Table of Contents

our business, a continued decline in check cashing volume could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Growth of the gaming industry in any market is subject to political and regulatory developments that are difficult to anticipate.

      We expect a substantial portion of our future growth to result from the general expansion of the gaming industry. The expansion of gaming activities in new markets can be very controversial and may depend heavily on the support of national and local government. Changes in government leadership, failure to obtain requisite voter support in referenda, failure of legislators to enact enabling legislation and limitations on the volume of gaming activity that is permitted in particular markets may prevent us from expanding our operations into new markets. A failure by the gaming industry to expand at the rate that we expect could have a material adverse effect on our business, growth rates, financial condition and operating results.

We are subject to extensive governmental gaming regulation, which may harm our business.

      We are subject to a variety of regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. Most of the jurisdictions in which we operate distinguish between gaming-related suppliers and vendors, such as manufacturers of slot machine or other gaming devices, and non-gaming suppliers and vendors, such as food and beverage purveyors, construction contractors and laundry and linen suppliers. In these jurisdictions, we are generally characterized as a non-gaming supplier or vendor and we must obtain a non-gaming supplier’s or vendor’s license, qualification or approval. The obtaining of these licenses, qualifications or approvals and the regulations imposed on non-gaming suppliers and vendors are typically less stringent than for gaming-related suppliers and vendors. However, a few of the jurisdictions in which we do business do not distinguish between gaming-related and non-gaming related suppliers and vendors, and in those jurisdictions we currently are subject to the same stringent licensing, qualification and approval requirements and regulations that are imposed upon vendors and suppliers that would be characterized as gaming-related in other jurisdictions. Such requirements include licensure or finding of suitability for certain officers, directors and beneficial owners of our securities. If regulatory authorities were to find any such officer, director or beneficial owner unsuitable, we would be required to sever our relationship with that person. Certain public issuances of securities and certain other transactions by us also require the approval of certain regulatory authorities.

      If we must obtain a gaming-related supplier’s or vendor’s license, qualification or approval because of the introduction of new products (such as products related to cashless gaming) or services or because of a change in the laws or regulations, or interpretation thereof, our business could be materially adversely affected. This increased regulation over our business could include, but is not limited to: requiring the licensure or finding of suitability in many jurisdictions of any officer, director, key employee or beneficial owner of our securities; the termination or disassociation with any officer, director, key employee or beneficial owner of our securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a license or finding of suitability; the submission of detailed financial and operating reports; submission of reports of material loans, leases and financing; and, requiring regulatory approval of certain commercial transactions such as the transfer or pledge of equity interests in the company.

      Prior changes in our ownership, management and corporate structure, including the recapitalization of our ownership and our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation in 2004, required us to notify many of the state and tribal gaming regulators under whose jurisdiction we operate. In many cases, those regulators have asked us for further information and explanation of these changes. To date, we have satisfied some of these inquiries, and are continuing to cooperate with those that are ongoing. Given the magnitude of the changes in our ownership that resulted from recapitalization, we were required to reapply for new permits or licenses in many jurisdictions but we were not required to discontinue our operation during the period of re-application. We cannot assure you that any new gaming license or related approval that may be required in the future will be granted, or that our existing licenses will not be revoked, suspended or limited or will be renewed. In certain

21


Table of Contents

jurisdictions we are in the process of obtaining licenses and have yet to receive final approval of such licenses from the applicable regulatory authority. In these jurisdictions, we operate under temporary licenses or without a license. There is no assurance that we will be issued a license in these jurisdictions.

      Regulatory authorities at the federal, state, local and tribal levels have broad powers with respect to the licensing of gaming-related activities and may revoke, suspend, condition or limit our licenses, impose substantial fines and take other actions against us or the gaming establishments that are our customers, any one of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. We cannot assure you that any new gaming license or related approval that may be required in the future will be granted, or that our existing licenses will be renewed or will not be revoked, suspended or limited. If additional gaming regulations are adopted in a jurisdiction in which we operate, such regulations could impose restrictions or costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business. From time to time, various proposals are introduced in the legislatures of some of the jurisdictions in which we have existing or planned operations that, if enacted, could adversely affect the tax, regulatory, operational or other aspects of the gaming industry or cash access in the gaming industry. Legislation of this type may be enacted in the future.

      In addition, certain new products and services that we may develop cannot be offered in the absence of regulatory approval of the product or service or licensing of us, or both. For example, our TODD cashless gaming product has to date only been approved for use at one casino and cannot be used at any other location until we receive approval from the appropriate authority in such additional location. These approvals could require that we and our officers, directors or ultimate beneficial owners obtain a license or be found suitable and that the product or service be approved after testing and review. We cannot assure you that we will obtain any such approvals in the future.

      When contracting with tribal owned or controlled gaming establishments, we become subject to tribal laws and regulations that may differ materially from the non-tribal laws and regulations under which we generally operate. In addition to tribal gaming regulations that may require us to provide certain disclosures or obtain certain licenses or permits to conduct our business on tribal lands, we may also become subject to tribal laws that govern our contracts. These tribal governing laws may not provide us with processes, procedures and remedies that enable us to enforce our rights as effectively and advantageously as the processes, procedures and remedies that would be afforded to us under non-tribal laws, or to enforce our rights at all. Many tribal laws permit redress to a tribal adjudicatory body to resolve disputes; however, such redress is largely untested in our experience. We may be precluded from enforcing our rights against a tribal body under the legal doctrine of sovereign immunity. A change in tribal laws and regulations or our inability to obtain required licenses or licenses to operate on tribal lands or enforce our contract rights under tribal law could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Many of the financial services that we provide are subject to extensive rules and regulations, which may harm our business.

      Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services are subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003 and similar state laws. Our QuikCredit service and TeleCheck’s and our collection practices in connection with dishonored checks with respect to which TeleCheck or Central Credit has issued authorizations pursuant to TeleCheck’s or Central Credit’s check warranty service, are subject to the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act and applicable state laws relating to debt collection. All of our cash access services and patron marketing services are subject to the privacy provisions of state and federal law, including the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. Our POS debit card transactions and ATM withdrawal services are subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act. Our ATM services are subject to the applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. Our ATM services may also be subject to local regulations relating to the imposition of daily limits on the amounts that may be withdrawn from ATM machines, the location of ATM machines and our ability to surcharge cardholders who use our ATM machines. The cash access

22


Table of Contents

services we provide are subject to certain recordkeeping and reporting obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001. In most gaming establishments, our cash access services are provided through gaming establishment cashier personnel, in which case the gaming establishment is required to file Currency Transaction Reports, or CTRs, or Suspicious Activity Reports, or SARs. In a limited number of gaming establishments, we provide our cash access services directly to patrons at satellite cashiers or booths that we staff and operate, in which case we are required to file CTRs or SARs on a timely basis. If we fail to file these CTRs or SARs on a timely basis or if we are found to be noncompliant in any way with these laws, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher or offer our QuikCredit service, we are subject to the applicable state licensing requirements and regulations governing check cashing activities and deferred deposit service providers. See “Business — Regulation.”

      In the event that any regulatory authority determines that the manner in which we provide cash access services, patron marketing services or gaming patron credit bureau services is not in compliance with existing rules and regulations, or the regulatory authorities adopt new rules or regulations that prohibit or restrict the manner in which we provide cash access services, patron marketing services or gaming patron credit bureau services, we may be forced to modify the manner in which we operate, or stop processing certain types of cash access transactions or providing patron marketing services or gaming patron credit bureau services altogether. We may also be required to pay substantial penalties and fines in we fail to comply with applicable rules and regulations. For example, if we fail to file CTRs or SARs on a timely basis or if we are found to be noncompliant in any way with either the Bank Secrecy Act and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, we could be subject to substantial civil and criminal penalties. In addition, our failure to comply with applicable rules and regulations could subject us to private litigation. Any such actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

      Following the events of September 11, 2001, the United States and certain other governments have imposed and are considering a variety of new regulations focused on the detection and prevention of money laundering and money transmitting to or from terrorists and other criminals. Compliance with these new regulations may impact our business operations or increase our costs.

If consumer privacy laws change, or if we are required to change our business practices, the value of our patron marketing services may be hampered.

      Our patron marketing services depend on our ability to collect and use certain non-public personal information relating to patrons who use our products and services and the transactions they consummate using our services. We are required by applicable privacy legislation to safeguard and protect the privacy of such information, to make certain disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing policies and, in some cases, to provide patrons an opportunity to “opt out” of the use of their information for certain purposes. We cannot assure you that regulators reviewing our policies and practices would not require us to modify our practices in a material or immaterial manner or impose fines or other penalties if they believe that our policies and practices do not meet the necessary standard. To the extent that our patron marketing services have in the past failed or now or in the future fail to comply with applicable law, our privacy policies or the notices that we provide to patrons, we may become subject to actions by a regulatory authority or patrons which cause us to pay monetary penalties or require us to modify the manner in which we provide patron marketing services. To the extent that patrons exercise their right to “opt out,” our ability to leverage existing and future databases of information would be curtailed. Consumer and data privacy laws are evolving, and to the extent that such laws are broadened in their application or narrow the types of information that may be collected or used for marketing or certain other purposes or require patrons to “opt-in” to the use of their information for certain purposes, the value of our patron marketing services may be hampered.

23


Table of Contents

Responsible gaming pressures could result in a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

      Responsible gaming pressures can have a similar effect on us as governmental gaming regulation. Our ability to expand our business and introduce new products and services, depend in part on the support of, or lack of opposition from, social responsibility organizations that are dedicated to addressing problem gaming. If we are unable to garner the support of responsible gaming organizations or if we face substantial opposition from responsible gaming organizations, we may face additional difficulties in sustaining our existing customer relationships, establishing new customer relationships, or obtaining required regulatory approvals for new products or services, each of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

      Lawsuits could be filed against gaming establishments and other gaming related product and service providers on behalf of problem gamblers. We may be named in such litigation because we provide patrons the ability to access their cash in gaming establishments. This litigation could develop as individual complaints or as mass tort or class action claims. We would vigorously defend ourselves in any such litigation, and this defense could result in substantial expense to us and distraction of our management. The outcome of any such litigation would be substantially uncertain, and it is possible that our business, financial condition and operating results could be materially affected by an unfavorable outcome against either us or our gaming establishment customers.

Risk Related to Investing in Our Stock

Our stock price will fluctuate after this offering which could result in the loss of all or a significant part of your investment.

      The initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock has been determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering. Once trading in our common stock commences, the market price for our common stock will vary from the initial public offering price. You may be unable to resell your shares at or above the offering price and this could result in substantial losses. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above under “— Risks Related to Our Business,” “— Risks Related to the Industry” and the following:

  •  our failure to maintain our current customers, including because of consolidation in the gaming industry;
 
  •  increases in commissions paid to gaming establishments as a result of competition;
 
  •  increases in interchange rates or processing or other fees paid by us or decreases in reverse interchange rates;
 
  •  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our or our competitors’ revenue, operating results or growth rate;
 
  •  our inability to adequately protect or enforce our intellectual property rights;
 
  •  any adverse results in litigation initiated by us or by other against us;
 
  •  our inability to make payments on our outstanding indebtedness as they become do or our inability to undertake actions that might otherwise benefit us based on the financial and other restrictive covenants contained in our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture for our senior subordinated notes;
 
  •  the loss of a significant supplier or strategic partner, or the failure of a significant supplier or strategic partner to provide the goods or services that we rely on them for;

24


Table of Contents

  •  our inability to introduce successful, new products and services in a timely manner or the introduction of new products or services by our competitors that reduce the demand for our products and services;
 
  •  our failure to successfully enter new markets or the failure or new markets to develop in the time and manner that we anticipate;
 
  •  announcements by our competitors of significant new contracts or contract renewals or of new products or services;
 
  •  changes in general economic conditions, financial markets, the gaming industry or the payments processing industry;
 
  •  the trading volume of our common stock;
 
  •  sales of common stock or other actions by our current officers, directors and stockholders;
 
  •  acquisitions, strategic alliances or joint ventures involving us or our competitors;
 
  •  future sales of our common stock or other securities;
 
  •  the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock after this offering or changes in financial estimates or recommendations by analysts;
 
  •  additions or departures of key personnel; and
 
  •  terrorist acts.

      In addition, the stock market in general has experienced price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of particular businesses. These broad market and industry factors may materially reduce the market price of our common stock, regardless of our operating performance.

No market currently exists for our common stock and we cannot assure you that an active trading market will develop for our common stock.

      Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot assure you that an active trading market for our common stock will develop or be sustained following this offering. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other businesses, products or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Future sales of our common stock may cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

      The market price of our common stock could decline as a result of sales of additional shares of our common stock by us or our stockholders after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur. Upon the completion of this offering, there will be                      shares of our common stock outstanding. The                      shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradeable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, so long as held by persons that are not affiliated with us.

      Each of our officers, directors and stockholders have entered into the lock-up agreements described in “Underwriting.” Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc., in their sole discretion, may release all or some portion of the shares subject to the lock-up agreements without notice at any time or from time to time after the date of this prospectus, prior to the expiration of the 180 day minimum period provided for in the lock-ups. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. have no pre-established conditions to waiving the terms of the lock-up agreements, and any decision them it to waive those conditions would depend on a number of factors, which may include

25


Table of Contents

market conditions, the performance of our common stock in the market and our financial condition at that time. The                      shares of common stock outstanding that were not sold as part of this offering will be eligible for resale under Rules 144, 144(k) and 701 under the Securities Act, subject in some cases to volume and other limitations, upon the expiration of the expiration of or release from the 180 day minimum period provided for in the lock-ups. In addition, options to purchase                      shares of our common stock are outstanding as of the date of this prospectus and approximately                     of those shares will be vested and eligible for sale upon expiration of or release from the 180 day minimum period provided for in the lock-ups. For a further description of the eligibility of shares for sale into the public market following this offering, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

      Following completion of this offering, certain of our stockholders, holding                      shares of our common stock, will have the right to require us to register those shares of our common stock. If we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act of 1933 either for our own account or for the accounts of other stockholders after this offering, subject to certain conditions and limitations, the holders of registration rights will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registered offering. In addition, holders of registration rights may require us on not more than six occasions at any time beginning approximately six months from the effective date of this offering, to file a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to their shares of common stock. Further, the holders of registration rights may require us to register their shares on Form S-3 if and when we become eligible to use this form.

      In the future, we will also issue additional shares or options to purchase additional shares to our employees, directors and consultants, in connection with corporate alliances or acquisitions, and in follow-on offerings to raise additional capital. Based on all of these factors, sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales could reduce the market price of our common stock. In addition, future sales of our common stock by our stockholders could make it more difficult for us to sell additional shares of our common stock or other securities in the future.

M&C International and entities affiliated with Summit Partners possess significant voting power and may take actions that are not be in the best interests of our other stockholders.

      Upon completion of this offering M&C International and entities affiliated with Summit Partners will own or control shares representing, in the aggregate,           % of the outstanding shares of our common stock. Accordingly, M&C International and these entities affiliated with Summit Partners will exert substantial influence over all matters requiring approval of our stockholders, including the election and removal of directors and the approval of mergers or other business combinations. M&C International’s and these entities’ ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company or discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. These actions may be taken even if other stockholders oppose them and even if they are not in the interests of other stockholders.

Conflicts of interest may arise because certain of our directors are also principals or partners of our controlling stockholders.

      Two of our directors are principals of M&C International and two of our other directors are partners and members of various entities affiliated with Summit Partners. We depend on certain licenses and services provided by entities affiliated with M&C International to provide many of the financial services that we offer to patrons as discussed in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions”. Summit Partners and its affiliates may invest in entities that directly or indirectly compete with us or companies in which they currently invest may begin competing with us. As a result of these relationships, when conflicts between the interests of M&C International or Summit Partners, on the one hand, and the interests of our other stockholders, on the other hand, arise, these directors may not be disinterested.

26


Table of Contents

Some provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may delay or prevent transactions that many stockholders may favor.

      Some provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that will become effective upon the completion of this offering may have the effect of delaying, discouraging, or preventing a merger or acquisition that our stockholders may consider favorable or a change in our management or our board of directors. These provisions:

  •  divide our board of directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms, which will have the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings instead of one, to replace a majority of our directors, which could have the effect of delaying of preventing a change in our control or management;
 
  •  provide that special meetings of stockholders can only be called by our board of directors, chairman of the board or chief executive officer. In addition, the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders is limited to the business specified in the notice of such meeting to the stockholders;
 
  •  provide for an advance notice procedure with regard to business to be brought before a meeting of stockholders which may delay or preclude stockholders from bringing matters before a meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay or deter takeover attempts or changes in management;
 
  •  eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent so that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting;
 
  •  provide that directors may only be removed for cause with the approval of stockholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting stock;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum and that our board of directors may fix the number of directors by resolution;
 
  •  allow our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock and that otherwise could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights and the right to approve or not to approve an acquisition or other change in control, of the holders of common stock, without any further vote or action by the stockholders; and
 
  •  not provide for cumulative voting for our directors, which may make it more difficult for stockholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our board of directors. In addition, we are also subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides, subject to enumerated exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% or more of our voting stock, the person is an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in “business combinations” with us for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of our voting stock.

      These provisions may have the effect of entrenching our management team and may deprive you of the opportunity to sell your shares to potential acquirors at a premium over prevailing prices. This potential inability to obtain a premium could reduce the price of our common stock.

Being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified directors.

      As a public company, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange. Our operating subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., has been subject to the Exchange Act and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act since 2004 as a result of the registration of its senior subordinated notes. The requirements of these

27


Table of Contents

rules and regulations will increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs, make some activities more difficult, time-consuming or costly and may place significant strain on our personnel, systems and resources. The Exchange Act will require, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act will require, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. In order to maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, significant resources and management oversight will be required. As a result, management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

      Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, we will also be required to establish an independent board of directors and an independent audit committee, which we currently have not established. Failure to establish either an independent board of directors or an independent audit committee within the timelines prescribed by the New York Stock Exchange may result in the delisting of our common stock, which may result in there being no public market for shares of our common stock. We also expect these rules and regulations will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to maintain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to maintain coverage. If we are unable to maintain adequate director and officer insurance, our ability to recruit and retain qualified officers and directors, especially those directors who may be deemed independent for purposes of the rules and regulations of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the New York Stock Exchange, will be significantly curtailed.

You will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

      The assumed initial public offering price of our common stock is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of outstanding common stock immediately after this offering. You will incur immediate and substantial dilution of $           per share in the net tangible book value of our common stock as of December 31, 2004 at an assumed initial public offering price of $           per share. You will incur additional dilution if the holders of options to purchase shares of common stock, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise their options following this offering.

We do not intend to pay dividends in the future.

      We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. See “Dividend Policy.” In addition, the terms of our current senior secured credit facilities limit our ability to pay dividends, and our future debt or credit facilities may preclude us from paying any dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of potential gain for the foreseeable future.

28


Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

      This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industry in which we operate, management’s beliefs and assumptions made by management. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under the headings “Prospectus Summary,” “Risk Factors,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business.” Words such as “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “plan,” “believe,” “seek,” “estimate,” variations of such words and similar expressions are intended to identify such forward looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions which are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements. Except as required under the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, we do not have any intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. You should read carefully the factors described in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus, among other things, for a description of certain risks that could cause actual results to differ from these forward-looking statements.

29


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

      We estimate that we will receive net proceeds of approximately $          from this offering of our common stock, based on the initial public offering price of $           per share and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses.

      We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock by the selling stockholders.

      We intend to use approximately $89.4 million of the net proceeds of the common stock offered by us to redeem $82.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 issued by Global Cash Access, Inc. and pay the corresponding $7.1 million premium associated with that redemption. We intend to use $10.0 million of the net proceeds to acquire the patent covering our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality. The remaining net proceeds that we receive will be used for general corporate purposes, including working capital. In addition to these uses of the net proceeds of this offering, the other purposes of this offering are to enhance our ability to acquire other businesses, products or technologies, to create a public market for our common stock, to facilitate our future access to public equity markets, to provide liquidity for our existing stockholders, to improve the effectiveness of our stock option plans in attracting and retaining key employees, to increase the visibility of our company in a marketplace in which several of our competitors are publicly-held companies, and to provide our customers greater assurances as to our long-term viability, which is enhanced by being subject to the financial reporting and disclosure obligations of a public company. We may use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire businesses that are complementary to our own, but we currently have no commitments, agreements nor are we in any negotiations relating to any of these types of transactions. The amounts and timing of our actual expenditures will depend on numerous factors, including the status of our product development efforts, sales and marketing activities, technological advances, amount of cash generated or used by our operations and competition. We may find it necessary or advisable to use the net proceeds for other purposes, and we will have broad discretion in the application of the balance of the net proceeds. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.

30


Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

      We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock and do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all our earnings to finance the growth and development of our business. Any future change in our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on contractual restrictions, our results of operations, earnings, capital requirements and other factors considered relevant by our board of directors. In addition, our senior secured credit facilities and the indenture governing our senior subordinated notes limit the ability of Global Cash Access, Inc. to declare and pay cash dividends. Because we conduct our business entirely through Global Cash Access, Inc. and its subsidiaries, as a practical matter these restrictions similarly limit our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. Prior to converting into a corporation, we made distributions to our members when we conducted our operations as a limited liability company that was taxed as a partnership for federal income tax purposes.

DILUTION

      Your interest in our common stock will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock in this offering and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering.

      Net tangible book value of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering, was $           million, or $           per share. We determined pro forma net tangible book value per share before this offering by dividing the net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by 71,500,000, or the number of shares of common stock outstanding immediately prior to the consummation of the offering. After giving effect to the sale of our common stock in the offering at $           per share, and after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with the offering, our adjusted pro forma net tangible book value, as of December 31, 2004, would have been $           million, or $           per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $          to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma net tangible book value per share of $          to new stockholders who receive shares in the offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

         
Initial public offering price per share
  $    
Net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2004
       
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the offering
       
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after giving effect to the offering
       
Dilution per share to new holders of common stock
       

      The discussion and table above exclude the following:

  •  all of the approximately                      shares of our common stock that will underlie outstanding stock options granted to our employees and consultants under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan upon the consummation of this offering; and
 
  •  all of the approximately                      shares of our common stock that may be issued pursuant to equity-based awards to be granted to our employees under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan in connection with future grants of equity-based awards.

      To the extent any of these equity-based compensation awards become exercisable at a price below the initial public offering price, there will be further dilution to new investors.

31


Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

      Our capitalization as of December 31, 2004 is set forth in the following table;

  •  on an actual basis, giving effect to a 13-for-1 stock split completed on January 7, 2005;
 
  •  on a pro forma basis to reflect the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of our common stock and the adoption of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation immediately prior to this offering; and
 
  •  on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds to us from this offering, at the initial public offering price of $           per share and the redemption of $82.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012.

                               
December 31, 2004

Pro Forma as
Actual Pro Forma Adjusted



(In thousands except per share)
(Unaudited) (Unaudited)
Long-term debt, including current portion:
                       
 
Senior secured credit facilities:
                       
   
Revolving credit facility
  $     $     $  
   
Term loan
    243,250       243,250       243,250  
 
Senior subordinated notes
    235,000       235,000       152,750  
     
     
     
 
     
Total long-term debt, including current portion:
    478,250       478,250       396,000  
Stockholders’ (deficiency) equity:
                       
 
Convertible preferred stock, 52,325 shares authorized, actual;        shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 39,325 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares issued and outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted
    40              
 
Common stock, 110,500 shares authorized, actual;        shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 32,175 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 71,500 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;        shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted
    32       72          
 
Additional paid in capital
                     
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,950       1,950       1,950  
 
Accumulated deficit
    (58,801 )     (58,801 )     (58,801 )
     
     
     
 
     
Total stockholders’ (deficiency) equity
    (56,779 )     (56,779 )        
     
     
     
 
     
Total capitalization
  $ 421,471     $ 421,471     $    
     
     
     
 

32


Table of Contents

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

      The following selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 and 2004 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. Other than insubstantial assets that are immaterial in amount and nature, the sole asset of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. The formation of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and the transfer of ownership of Global Cash Access, Inc. to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. were treated as a reorganization of entities under common control. Accordingly, the income and expense of Global Cash Access, Inc. for all periods are included in the accompanying financial statements. Our selected consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future financial condition or results of operations. The pro forma income tax amounts below are unaudited and have been calculated to reflect the taxes that would have been reported had we been subject to federal and state income taxes as a corporation during the periods presented.

                                             
For the Years Ended December 31,

2000 2001(1) 2002 2003 2004





(In thousands except per share)
Income Statement Data:
                                       
Revenues
                                       
 
Cash advance
  $ 170,792     $ 174,787     $ 182,754     $ 186,547     $ 209,962  
 
ATM
    33,634       110,074       119,424       132,341       158,433  
 
Check services
    26,997       26,614       29,412       26,326       23,768  
 
Central Credit and other
    10,216       10,152       10,303       10,500       10,840  
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    241,639       321,627       341,893       355,714       403,003  
Cost of revenues
    147,900       203,274       216,658       232,463       270,112  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Gross profit
    93,739       118,353       125,235       123,251       132,891  
Operating expenses
    (38,250 )     (54,270 )     (57,649 )     (45,430 )     (45,322 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (11,084 )     (16,838 )     (11,820 )     (14,061 )     (13,548 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Operating income
    44,405       47,245       55,766       63,760       74,021  
Interest expense, net(2)
    (1,177 )     (5,082 )     (4,933 )     (5,450 )     (32,025 )
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before income tax (provision) benefit and minority ownership loss
    43,228       42,163       50,833       58,310       41,996  
Income tax (provision) benefit
    (637 )     (442 )     (1,451 )     (321 )     212,346  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Income before minority ownership loss
    42,591       41,721       49,382       57,989       254,342  
Minority ownership loss(3)
          420       1,040       400       213  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Net income
  $ 42,591     $ 42,141     $ 50,422     $ 58,389     $ 254,555  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 1.32     $ 1.30     $ 1.57     $ 1.81     $ 7.91  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.60     $ 0.58     $ 0.71     $ 0.82     $ 3.52  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                                       
 
Basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175       32,175  
 
Diluted
    71,500       71,500       71,500       71,500       72,222  

33


Table of Contents

                                           
For the Years Ended December 31,

2000 2001(1) 2002 2003 2004





(In thousands except per share)
Pro forma computation related to conversion to corporation for tax purposes (unaudited)
                                       
Income before provision for income taxes and minority ownership loss — historical
  $ 43,228     $ 42,163     $ 50,833     $ 58,310     $ 41,996  
Income tax provision — historical, exclusive of one-time tax benefit(4)
    (637 )     (442 )     (1,451 )     (321 )     (10,519 )
Pro forma income tax provision — unaudited(5)
    (17,951 )     (16,154 )     (16,940 )     (20,741 )     (4,600 )
Minority ownership loss — historical
          420       1,040       400       213  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 24,640     $ 25,987     $ 33,482     $ 37,648     $ 27,090  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma earnings per share:
                                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.77     $ 0.81     $ 1.04     $ 1.17     $ 0.84  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.34     $ 0.36     $ 0.47     $ 0.53     $ 0.38  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Other Data:
                                       
Net cash used in investing activities(6)
  $ 14,348     $ 6,295     $ 9,750     $ 7,047     $ 4,861  
                                                   
As of December 31,

2004
2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 Pro Forma






(unaudited)(7)
(In thousands)
Balance Sheet Data:
                                               
(at end of period)
                                               
 
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 27,448     $ 37,500     $ 57,584     $ 23,423     $ 49,577          
 
Total assets
    291,249       276,207       287,039       243,627       496,625          
 
Total borrowings
                            478,250       396,000  
 
Stockholders’ deficiency and members’ capital
    220,448       205,202       202,271       199,247       (56,779 )        


(1)  The increase in revenues and operating expenses during fiscal 2001, as compared to fiscal 2000, is primarily attributable to our acquisitions of the gaming ATM portfolios of Bank of America, N.A. and InnoVentry Corporation.
 
(2)  Interest expense, net, includes interest income.
 
(3)  Minority ownership loss represents the portion of the loss from operations of QuikPlay, LLC that is attributable to the 40% ownership interest in QuikPlay, LLC that is not owned by us.
 
(4)  In connection with our conversion to a taxable corporate entity for United States income tax purposes, we recognized a net tax asset created by a step up in the tax basis of our net assets due to the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation — Overview.” For purposes of determining the pro forma net income, the recognition of this one-time step up in basis has been excluded from our pro forma tax computation.
 
(5)  The pro forma unaudited income tax adjustments represent the tax effects that would have been reported had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes as a corporation. Pro forma expenses are based upon the statutory income tax rates and adjustments to

34


Table of Contents

income for estimated permanent differences occurring during the period. Actual rates and expenses could have differed had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes for all periods presented. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma amounts are for informational purposes only and are intended to be indicative of the results of operations had the Company been subject to United States federal and state income taxes for all periods presented.

     The following table presents the computation of the pro forma income tax expense for all the periods presented (in thousands):

                                         
For the Years Ended December 31,

2000 2001 2002 2003 2004





Income before income taxes, as reported
  $ 43,228     $ 42,163     $ 50,833     $ 58,310     $ 41,996  
Effective pro forma income tax rate
    43.00 %     39.36 %     36.18 %     36.12 %     36.00 %
     
     
     
     
     
 
Pro forma income tax expense
  $ 18,588     $ 16,596     $ 18,391     $ 21,062     $ 15,119  
     
     
     
     
     
 

(6)  In 2004, net cash used in investing activities includes $1.0 million of non-compete payments to two former executives.
 
(7)  The pro forma balance sheet data gives effect to the sale of our shares of common stock in this offering, at an assumed public offering price of $           per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses and the redemption of $82.3 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due in 2012. See “Capitalization”.

35


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

      The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions, as set forth under “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth in the following discussion and under “Risk Factors,” “Business” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Overview

      We are the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean. Our products and services provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advances, point-of-sale, or POS, debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services and money transfers. In addition, we also provide products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments. In 2004, we processed over 66 million transactions, disbursing approximately $13.7 billion in cash to gaming patrons. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated $403.0 million in revenues, $74.0 million in operating income and $254.6 million in net income. Our net income in the year ended December 31, 2004 benefited from a one-time realization of an estimated deferred tax asset that was created by the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring described below. Excluding the effects of the initial realization and adjustments of this estimated deferred tax asset, our net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $27.1 million.

      We began our operations as a joint venture limited liability company among M&C International and entities affiliated with Bank of America and First Data Corporation in July 1998. In September 2000, Bank of America Corporation sold its entire ownership interest in us to M&C International and First Data Corporation. In March 2004, Global Cash Access, Inc. issued $235 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012 and borrowed $260 million under senior secured credit facilities. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. was formed to hold all of the outstanding capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. and to guarantee the obligations under the senior secured credit facilities. A substantial portion of the proceeds of these senior subordinated notes and senior secured credit facilities were used to redeem all of First Data Corporation’s interest in us and a portion of M&C International’s interest in us through a recapitalization (the “Recapitalization”), in which Bank of America Corporation acquired an ownership interest in us. In May 2004, we completed a private equity restructuring (the “Private Equity Restructuring”) in which M&C International sold a portion of its ownership interest in us to a number of private equity investors, including entities affiliated with Summit Partners and we converted from a limited liability company to a Delaware corporation.

      Other than insubstantial assets that are immaterial in amount and nature, the sole asset of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. The consolidated financial data set forth and discussed below reflects our financial condition as if Global Cash Access, Inc. had been a wholly-owned subsidiary of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. during each of periods and at the dates presented.

      In connection with our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, we recognized deferred tax assets and liabilities from the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the book basis and tax basis of our assets and liabilities at the date of conversion into a taxable entity. Prior to our conversion to a corporation, we operated our business through a limited liability company that was treated as a “pass through” entity for United States federal income tax purposes, so that our owners were responsible for the taxes on our

36


Table of Contents

earnings. The pro forma information included within our consolidated statements of income reflect the expected tax effects had we operated our business through a taxable corporation during all periods presented.

Principal Sources of Revenues and Expenses

      We derive our revenues as follows:

      Cash Advance. Cash advance revenues are comprised of transaction fees assessed to gaming patrons in connection with credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions at the time the transactions are authorized. Such fees are based on a combination of a fixed amount plus a percentage of the face amount of the credit card cash advance or POS debit card transaction amount.

      ATM. ATM revenues are comprised of transaction fees in the form of cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals at the time the transactions are authorized and reverse interchange fees paid to us by the patrons’ issuing banks. Cardholder surcharges are recognized as revenue when a transaction is initiated and reverse interchange is recognized as revenue on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month. The cardholder surcharges assessed to gaming patrons in connection with ATM cash withdrawals are currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction amount.

      Check Services. Check services revenues are principally comprised of check warranty revenues and are generally based upon a percentage of the face amount of checks warranted. These fees are paid to us by gaming establishments. In some cases, gaming establishments pass on the fees to patrons.

      Central Credit and Other Revenues. Central Credit revenues are based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated, while other revenues are primarily based on a fee for specific service performed.

      Our principal costs and expenses include:

      Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues are costs and expenses directly related to the generation of revenue. For cash advance, ATM and, to a lesser extent, check services, we pay a commission to the gaming establishment at which the transaction occurs. Commissions are the largest component of cost of revenues. We pay credit card associations and POS debit networks interchange fees for services they provide in routing transactions through their networks. In addition, we pay fees to participate in various ATM networks. The amounts of these interchange fees are determined by the card associations and networks in their sole discretion, and are subject to increase in their discretion from time to time. Many of our cash advance contracts enable us to pass through to our gaming establishment customers, who may in turn pass through to patrons, the amount of any increase in interchange or processing fees. We pay connectivity and processing fees to our network services providers. We incur warranty expense when checks that we have warranted through our Central Credit check warranty service or that TeleCheck has warranted through its check warranty service are dishonored upon presentment for payment. Our contract with TeleCheck limits our warranty expense for checks warranted by TeleCheck to a maximum percentage of the total face amount of dishonored checks. Other cost of revenues consists primarily of costs related to maintaining our Central Credit database and our patron transaction database.

      Operating Expenses. Operating expenses consist primarily of salaries and benefits, armored carrier expenses, telecommunications expenses, the cost of repair and maintenance on our cash access devices and gain (loss) on sale or disposal of assets.

      Interest Expense. Interest expense includes interest incurred on our senior secured credit facilities and our senior subordinated notes, and the amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense also includes the cash usage fees associated with the cash used in our ATM machines.

37


Table of Contents

      Interest Income. We generate interest income on the amount of cash in our bank accounts and on cash that is deposited into accounts to settle our credit card cash advance and POS debit card transactions.

      Income Tax. Our earnings are subject to taxation under the tax laws of the jurisdictions in which we operate. Prior to our conversion to a Delaware corporation, our domestic earnings were not subject to corporate taxation because we were organized as a Delaware limited liability company. Subsequent to our conversion to a Delaware corporation, our domestic earnings have been subject to corporate taxation.

      Minority Interest. We operate a cashless gaming joint venture with IGT through QuikPlay, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, or QuikPlay, of which we own 60% of the equity interests and of which IGT owns 40% of the equity interests. The joint venture was formed to develop and market a cash access product that allows patrons to utilize a debit card to access cash directly at gaming machines. The minority interest shown on the consolidated financial statements reflects the addition to our net income of the 40% of QuikPlay, LLC’s losses that are attributable to IGT.

Results of Operations

 
Year Ended December 31, 2004 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2003

      The following table sets forth the condensed consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2004 and December 31, 2003 (in thousands except per share):

                                     
December 31, 2004 December 31, 2003


$ % $ %




Revenues
                               
 
Cash advance
  $ 209,962       52.1 %   $ 186,547       52.4 %
 
ATM
    158,433       39.3       132,341       37.2  
 
Check services
    23,768       5.9       26,326       7.4  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    10,840       2.7       10,500       3.0  
     
             
         
   
Total revenues
    403,003       100.0       355,714       100.0  
Cost of revenues
    270,112       67.0       232,463       65.4  
     
             
         
Gross profit
    132,891       33.0       123,251       34.6  
Operating expenses
    (45,322 )     (11.2 )     (45,430 )     (12.8 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (13,548 )     (3.4 )     (14,061 )     (4.0 )
     
             
         
Operating income
    74,021       18.4       63,760       17.9  
     
             
         
Interest income (expense), net
    (32,025 )     (7.9 )     (5,450 )     (1.5 )
     
             
         
Income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss
    41,996       10.4       58,310       16.4  
Income tax benefit (provision)
    212,346       52.7       (321 )     (0.1 )
     
             
         
Income before minority ownership loss
    254,342       63.1       57,989       16.3  
Minority ownership loss
    213       0.1       400       0.1  
     
             
         
Net income
  $ 254,555       63.2 %   $ 58,389       16.4 %
     
             
         
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 7.91             $ 1.81          
     
             
         
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 3.52             $ 0.82          
     
             
         
Income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss
  $ 41,996       10.4 %   $ 58,310       16.4 %
Pro forma provision for income taxes
    (15,119 )     (3.8 )     (21,062 )     (5.9 )
Minority ownership loss
    213       0.1       400       0.1  
     
             
         
Pro forma net income
  $ 27,090       6.7 %   $ 37,648       10.6 %
     
             
         

38


Table of Contents

 
Total Revenues

      Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $403.0 million, an increase of $47.3 million, or 13.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to the reasons described below.

      Cash Advance. Cash advance revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $210.0 million, an increase of $23.4 million, or 12.6%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily due to a 51.2% increase in POS debit card transaction revenue and a 9.4% increase in credit card cash advance revenue. We anticipate that POS debit card transaction revenue will continue to grow more rapidly than credit card cash advance revenue. The total amount of cash disbursed increased 12.0% from $3.8 billion to $4.2 billion and the number of transactions completed increased 8.6% from 8.1 million to 8.8 million. Revenue per cash advance transaction increased 3.6%, from $22.93 to $23.76.

      ATM. ATM revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $158.4 million, an increase of $26.1 million, or 19.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily attributable to a 16.4% increase in the number of transactions from 45.7 million to 53.2 million. Revenue per ATM transaction increased 2.9% from $2.90 to $2.98. There was a 21.9% increase in the total amount of cash disbursed from $6.9 billion to $8.4 billion.

      Check Services. Check services revenue for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $23.8 million, a decrease of $2.6 million, or 9.7%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The face amount of checks warranted declined 8.8% from $1.2 billion to $1.1 billion. The number of checks warranted decreased 11.9% from 5.5 million to 4.8 million, while the average face amount per check warranted increased from $216.44 to $223.87. Check warranty revenue as a percent of face amount warranted was 2.08% in 2004 as compared to 2.14% for the year ended December 31, 2003, and revenue per check warranty transaction increased 0.7% from $4.63 to $4.66. We expect check services revenue, including check warranty revenue, to continue to decline as patrons increasingly use ATMs, POS debit cards and credit cards to access funds.

      Central Credit and Other. Central Credit and other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2004, were $10.8 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 3.2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily a result of our prior year price increases being in effect for the entire year and increases in our marketing revenue.

 
Costs and Expenses

      Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues increased 16.2% from $232.5 million to $270.1 million. The largest component of cost of revenues is commissions, and commissions increased 17.2% in 2004 as contracts were signed or renewed at higher commission rates than experienced in 2003. The second-largest component of cost of revenues is interchange; interchange expenses increased 16.0%. Warranty expenses increased 3.3% even as check service revenue declined. We expect that commissions and interchange will continue to increase, and we expect that in 2005 cost of revenues will increase at a rate faster than revenues.

      Primarily as a result of the factors described above, gross profit increased 7.8%, from $123.3 million to $132.9 million. We expect that, even though cost of revenues will grow more rapidly than revenues, gross profit will increase in 2005.

      Operating Expenses. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2004 were $45.3 million, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. Operating expenses in 2004 include several expenses aggregating $6.1 million that we consider to be unusual in nature. These expenses consist of $2.3 million in settlement and related expenses of a lawsuit, $1.5 million in payment of disputed Canadian taxes, $1.8 million in expenses related to the Private Equity Restructuring, and $0.5 million of other unusual expenses. Excluding these unusual expenses, operating expenses in 2004 would have been $39.2 million, a reduction of $6.2 million, or

39


Table of Contents

13.6%, from 2003. This reduction is primarily due to the full year of cost savings that were obtained through various initiatives in 2003, including the restructuring of certain ATM service contracts, headcount reductions, and renegotiation of the TeleCheck agreement. We believe that excluding the unusual items for 2004 provides a more representative understanding of our 2004 operating expenses. We expect that operating expenses will increase in 2005 at a rate of growth lower than the rate of growth in cost of revenues.

      Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $7.9 million, an increase of $0.3 million, or 4.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase was primarily due to the procurement of additional ATM equipment. Amortization expense, which relates principally to computer software and customer contracts, decreased $0.8 million from $6.5 million to $5.7 million, as a result of certain capitalized software projects becoming fully amortized.

      Primarily as a result of the factors described above, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $74.0 million, an increase of $10.3 million, or 16.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.

      Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income was $1.3 million in 2004, essentially unchanged from $1.3 million in 2003. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2004, was $33.3 million, an increase of $26.6 million, or 393.1%, as compared to December 31, 2003. The increase is primarily due to the borrowings incurred in March 2004 in connection with the Recapitalization. Interest expense on borrowings (including amortization of deferred financing costs) was $27.6 million in 2004 as compared to $0 in 2003. The cash usage fee for cash used in our ATMs is included in interest expense. ATM cash usage fees were $5.7 million in 2004 as compared to $6.8 million in 2003, a reduction of $1.0 million or 15.5%. The reduction resulted primarily from a more favorable supply agreement for ATM cash that was entered into in June 2004.

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss was $42.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, a decrease of $16.3 million, or 28.0%, as compared to the prior year.

      Income Tax. For all of 2003, we were a limited liability company. As a consequence, all of our United States federal and state tax obligations were passed through to our members and we recorded no provision for such taxes. Income tax expense of $0.3 million in 2003 was entirely attributable to income taxes in non-United States jurisdictions. In 2004, we were a limited liability company up until May 14, 2004, at which point we converted to a Delaware corporation and elected to be taxed at the corporate level. United States income tax obligations for the period prior to May 14, 2004, were passed through to our members. Income tax benefit of $212.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, represents foreign income tax expense of $1.7 million, United States state and federal income tax expense of $8.8 million, and the estimated realization of a net deferred tax asset created by the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring of $222.9 million.

      The amount of the net deferred tax asset will depend upon the ultimate gain reported by the sellers in both the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring. The amount included as income in 2004 is based on current estimates of those gains. To the extent that we receive revised information about the gain realized by the sellers, we will be obligated to recompute the deferred tax asset, and changes in the balance of the deferred tax asset will be recognized as income tax benefit or expense in the period in which we receive the revised information. We expect that the component of the net deferred tax asset attributable to the Recapitalization and the Private Equity Restructuring will be amortized over 15 years, with the result that our United States federal income taxes paid (to the extent that we have taxable income) will be approximately $15.9 million lower per year than the amount we record as income tax expense in each of the next 15 years. We expect that in 2005 the provision for income tax expense will be approximately 36% of income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss.

40


Table of Contents

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, income before minority ownership loss was $254.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $196.4 million, or 338.6%, as compared to the prior year.

      Minority Ownership Loss. Minority ownership loss attributable to QuikPlay, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $0.2 million, a decrease of $0.2 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2003. This decrease was primarily due to a full year of revenue being realized in 2004 as opposed to only a partial year in 2003. We expect that QuikPlay, LLC will record a loss in 2005 as well.

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income was $254.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, an increase of $196.2 million, or 336.0%, as compared to the prior year.

 
      Year Ended December 31, 2003 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2002

      The following table sets forth the condensed consolidated results of operations for the years ended December 31, 2003 and December 31, 2002 (in thousands except per share):

                                     
December 31, 2003 December 31, 2002


$ % $ %




Revenues
                               
 
Cash advance
  $ 186,547       52.4 %   $ 182,754       53.5 %
 
ATM
    132,341       37.2       119,424       34.9  
 
Check services
    26,326       7.4       29,412       8.6  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    10,500       3.0       10,303       3.0  
     
             
         
   
Total revenues
    355,714       100.0       341,893       100.0  
Cost of revenues
    232,463       65.4       216,658       63.4  
     
             
         
Gross profit
    123,251       34.6       125,235       36.6  
Operating expenses
    (45,430 )     (12.8 )     (57,649 )     (16.9 )
Depreciation and amortization
    (14,061 )     (4.0 )     (11,820 )     (3.5 )
     
             
         
Operating income
    63,760       17.9       55,766       16.3  
     
             
         
Interest income (expense), net
    (5,450 )     (1.5 )     (4,933 )     (1.4 )
     
             
         
Income before income tax provision and minority ownership loss
    58,310       16.4       50,833       14.9  
Income tax provision
    (321 )     (0.1 )     (1,451 )     (0.4 )
     
             
         
Income before minority ownership loss
    57,989       16.3       49,382       14.4  
Minority ownership loss
    400       0.1       1,040       0.3  
     
             
         
Net income
  $ 58,389       16.4 %   $ 50,422       14.7 %
     
             
         
Basic earnings per common share
  $ 1.81             $ 1.57          
     
             
         
Diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.82             $ 0.71          
     
             
         
Income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss
  $ 58,310       16.4 %   $ 50,833       14.9 %
Pro forma provision for income taxes
    (21,062 )     (5.9 )     (18,391 )     (5.4 )
Minority ownership loss
    400       0.1       1,040       0.3  
     
             
         
Pro forma net income
  $ 37,648       10.6 %   $ 33,482       9.8 %
     
             
         

41


Table of Contents

 
      Total Revenues

      Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $355.7 million, an increase of $13.8 million, or 4.0%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to the reasons described below.

      Cash Advance. Cash advance revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $186.5 million, an increase of $3.8 million, or 2.1%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to a 20.0% increase in POS debit card transaction revenue and a 0.8% increase in credit card cash advance revenue. The total amount of cash disbursed increased 4.7% from $3.6 billion to $3.8 billion. The number of transactions completed declined 0.4% from 8.2 million to 8.1 million. Revenue per cash advance transaction increased 2.5% from $22.38 to $22.93.

      ATM. ATM revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $132.3 million, an increase of $12.9 million, or 10.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The increase was driven by a 7.4% increase in the number of transactions from 42.5 million to 45.7 million. Revenue per ATM transaction rose from $2.81 to $2.90, and increase of 3.1%. The total amount of cash disbursed increased 11.2% from $6.2 billion to $6.9 billion.

      Check Services. Check services revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $26.3 million, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 10.5%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. The total face amount of checks warranted declined 11.7% from $1.3 billion to $1.2 billion. The number of checks warranted decreased 21.0% from 7.0 million to 5.5 million, and the average face amount per check warranted increased 11.8%, from $193.68 to $216.44. Check warranty revenue as a percent of face amount warranted decreased from 2.17% to 2.14% and revenue per check warranty transaction increased from $4.21 to $4.63.

      Central Credit and Other. Central Credit and other revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003, were $10.5 million, an increase of $0.2 million, or 1.9%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to our first price increase for Central Credit services in the last five years.

 
Costs and Expenses

      Cost of Revenues. Cost of revenues for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $232.5 million, an increase of $15.8 million, or 7.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. Commissions increased 5.4%, principally due to the fact that ATM revenues, which carry the highest commission rate, grew more rapidly than other categories of revenue. Interchange and processing expenses increased 13.3% primarily as a result of higher dollar volumes of cash advance and an increase in applicable interchange rates. Warranty expense was unchanged, but was higher as a percentage of the face amount of checks warranted. Other costs and expenses declined modestly primarily as a result of a change in product mix.

      Primarily as a result of the factors described above, gross profit declined 1.6% to $123.3 million in 2003 as compared to $125.2 million in 2002.

      Operating Expenses. Operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2003 were $45.4 million, a decrease of $12.2 million, or 21.2%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was primarily due to cost reduction initiatives implemented in 2003 offset by higher operating expenses due to increased ATM transactional volumes.

      Depreciation and Amortization. Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $7.6 million, an increase of $2.2 million, or 42.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to the procurement of additional ATM equipment to support new business we gained during the year. Amortization expense related to computer software and customer contracts for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $6.5 million, unchanged as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

42


Table of Contents

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, operating income for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $63.8 million, an increase of $8.0 million, or 14.3%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

      Interest Income (Expense), Net. Interest income was $1.3 million in 2003, essentially unchanged from $1.3 million in 2002. Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2003, was $6.8 million, an increase of $0.5 million, or 8.8%, as compared to December 31, 2002. This increase was primarily due to an increase in cash balances necessary to support the growth in the ATM business offset by lower interest rates.

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, income before income tax provision and minority ownership loss increased $7.5 million, or 14.7% in the year ended December 31, 2003 as compared to the prior year.

      Income Tax Provision. The provision for income taxes relates solely to foreign income taxes. The provision for foreign income tax for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $0.3 million, a decrease of $1.1 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was primarily due to unanticipated provincial taxes that were paid in 2002.

      Primarily due to the factors described above, income before minority ownership loss increased $8.6 million, or 17.4%, in 2003 as compared to the prior year.

      Minority Ownership Loss. Minority ownership loss attributable to QuikPlay, LLC for the year ended December 31, 2003 was $0.4 million, a decrease of $0.6 million as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002. This decrease was primarily due to the completion of development and the first installation of the TODD product.

      Primarily as a result of the foregoing, net income for the year ended December 31, 2003, was $58.4 million, an increase of $8.0 million, or 15.8%, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2002.

Critical Accounting Policies

      The preparation of our financial statements in conformity with United States GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements. The SEC has defined a company’s critical accounting policies as the ones that are most important to the portrayal of the financial condition and results of operations, and which require management to make its most difficult and subjective judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. Based on this definition, we have identified our critical accounting policies as those addressed below. We also have other key accounting policies that involve the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions. You should review the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a summary of these policies. We believe that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable, based upon information presently available; however, actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

 
Goodwill

      We have approximately $156.7 million in net unamortized goodwill on our consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2004 resulting from our acquisition of other businesses. A new accounting standard adopted in 2002 requires an annual review of goodwill and other non-amortizing intangible assets for impairment. We completed our initial assessment for impairment of goodwill and determined that no impairment was necessary at that time. Our most recent annual assessment was performed as of October 1, 2004 and it was determined that no impairment adjustment was necessary at that time. The annual evaluation of goodwill and other non-amortizing intangible assets requires the use of estimates about future operating results of each reporting unit to determine their estimated fair value. Changes in forecasted operations can materially affect these estimates, which could significantly affect our results of operations.

43


Table of Contents

 
Revenue Recognition

      We recognize revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, our price fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. We evaluate our revenue streams for proper timing of revenue recognition.

      Cash advance revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and a percentage of the face amount of the cash advance. Cash advance revenue is recognized at the point that a negotiable money order instrument is generated by the casino cashier.

      ATM revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees or surcharges assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and a percentage of interchange fees paid by the patron’s issuing bank. These issuing banks share the interchange revenue, or reverse interchange, with us to cover the costs we incur to acquire the ATM transaction. Upfront patron transaction fees are recognized when a transaction is authorized, and reverse interchange is recognized on a monthly basis.

      Check services revenue is generally contractually based upon a percentage of the face amount of total checks warranted. Check services revenue is recognized on a monthly basis.

      Central Credit revenue is based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated. This revenue is recognized on a monthly basis. Revenue derived from our patron marketing products and services is recognized upon completion of services.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

      In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Interpretation No., or FIN, 46 (and subsequently revised its interpretation through February 2004), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities , or VIEs. FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , and establishes standards for determining under what circumstances VIEs should be consolidated with their primary beneficiary, including those to which the usual condition for consolidation does not apply. FIN 46 also requires disclosures about unconsolidated VIEs in which a company has a significant variable interest. The consolidation requirements of FIN 46 apply immediately to VIEs created after December 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements apply to older entities in the first period ending after March 15, 2004. Certain disclosure requirements apply to all financial statements issued after December 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which establishes accounting standards for all transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods and services. SFAS No. 123(R) focuses primarily on accounting for transactions with employees, and carries forward without change prior guidance for share-based payments for transactions with non-employees.

      SFAS No. 123(R) eliminates the intrinsic value measurement objective in APB Opinion No. 25 and generally requires us to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant. The standard requires grant date fair value to be estimated using either an option-pricing model, which is consistent with the terms of the award, or a market observed price, if such a price exists. Such cost must be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. The standard also requires us to estimate the number of instruments that will ultimately be issued, rather than accounting for forfeitures as they occur.

      We are required to apply SFAS No. 123(R) to all awards granted, modified or settled in our first reporting period under U.S. GAAP beginning after June  15, 2005. We are also required to use either the “modified prospective method” or the “modified retrospective method.” Under the modified

44


Table of Contents

prospective method, we must recognize compensation cost for all awards granted after we adopt the standard and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that are outstanding on that date.

      Under the modified retrospective method, we must restate our previously issued financial statements to recognize the amounts we previously calculated and reported on a pro forma basis, as if the prior standard had been adopted.

      Under both methods, we are permitted to use either a straight line or an accelerated method to amortize the cost as an expense for awards with graded vesting. The standard permits and encourages early adoption. We have commenced our analysis of the impact of SFAS 123(R), but have not yet decided: (1) whether we will elect to adopt early, (2) if we elect to adopt early, then at what date we would do so, (3) whether we will use the modified prospective method or elect to use the modified retrospective method, and (4) whether we will elect to use straight line amortization or an accelerated method.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 . This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. The Statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date this Statement is issued. Retroactive application is not permitted. Management is analyzing the requirements of this new Statement and believes that its adoption will not have any significant impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 
Cash Flows

      The following table summarizes our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively:

                         
For the Years Ended December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(In thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
  $ 75,212     $ 33,471     $ 81,964  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (4,861 )     (7,047 )     (9,750 )
Net cash used in financing activities
    (43,950 )     (63,067 )     (52,333 )
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    (247 )     2,482       203  
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    26,154       (34,161 )     20,084  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
    23,423       57,584       37,500  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
  $ 49,577     $ 23,423     $ 57,584  
     
     
     
 

      Our principal source of liquidity is cash flows from operating activities, which were $75.2 million, $33.5 million and $82.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. Our cash flows from operating activities are influenced by changes in settlement receivables and the timing of payments related to settlement liabilities. For example, in 2003, changes in settlement liabilities resulted in a $34.3 million use of cash. This compares to a $19.0 million source of cash in 2004. The variation is due to the timing of our settlement liability payments. As a result, our cash flows from operating activities have changed and may in the future change substantially based upon the timing of our settlement liability payments. We calculate our net cash position as cash and cash equivalents plus

45


Table of Contents

settlement receivables less settlement liabilities. The following table presents our net cash position at year-end for the last three fiscal years:
                           
December 31,

2004 2003 2002



(In thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 49,577     $ 23,423     $ 57,584  
Settlement receivables
    30,357       20,307       20,829  
Settlement liabilities
    (42,192 )     (22,968 )     (61,615 )
     
     
     
 
 
Net cash position
  $ 37,742     $ 20,762     $ 16,798  
     
     
     
 

      Net cash used in investing activities totaled $4.9 million, $7.0 million, and $9.8 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Included in net cash used in investing activities were funds spent on software development in the amounts of $0.6 million, $1.0 million and $2.0 million, and funds spent on the procurement of cash access equipment, computer and other hardware in the amounts of $3.2 million, $6.0 million and $7.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002, respectively. In 2004, we also made severance payments in the aggregate amount of $1.0 million to two departing executives in consideration of covenants not to compete with us for a period of two years. We have capitalized those non-compete agreements and are amortizing them over the term of the non-compete period. We have met our capital requirements to date through cash flows from operating activities. We expect that capital expenditures in 2005 will be higher than in 2004, but we do not expect capital expenditures in 2005 to exceed $8 million.

      Net cash used in financing activities were $44.0 million, $63.1 million and $52.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 respectively. In 2004, this is the result of $464.3 million in net borrowings (which include debt repayments, and payments for debt issuance costs), $508.6 million of distributions on or redemptions of membership interests, and $0.3 million in capital contributions from IGT related to QuikPlay, LLC, our joint venture with IGT. In 2003 and 2002, these cash outflows were a result of cash distributions on membership interests offset partially by capital contributions from IGT related to QuikPlay, LLC.

 
Indebtedness

      On March 10, 2004 we entered into senior secured credit facilities arranged by Banc of America Securities LLC with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent in an aggregate principal amount of $280.0 million, consisting of a five-year revolving credit facility of $20.0 million and a six-year term loan facility of $260.0 million. Proceeds of the term loan under the senior secured credit facilities were used to finance in part the Recapitalization and to pay related fees and expenses. The revolving credit facility will be used to provide ongoing working capital and for other general corporate purposes. Amounts available under this revolving credit were reduced by $3.4 million of letters of credit outstanding at December 31, 2004. The terms of our senior secured credit facilities require that a significant portion of our excess cash flow be devoted to reducing amounts outstanding under these facilities. As a result, we anticipate making a payment of $28.3 million in March 2005 from our excess cash flow for the year ended December 31, 2004 to reduce the amounts outstanding under these facilities. Under the terms of our senior secured credit facilities we are required to maintain certain financial covenants related to our leverage ratio, senior leverage ratio and fixed charge cover ratio. Additionally, we have a covenant related to our allowable capital expenditures. As of December 31, 2004, we believe we are in compliance with all of our debt covenants.

      After giving effect to the Recapitalization, our total consolidated debt increased and, as a result, our interest expense increased compared to historic levels.

      The following is a summary of our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2004, including our senior subordinated notes and our senior secured credit facilities. These amounts exclude

46


Table of Contents

payments for excess cash flow, described above. Further, they assume a LIBOR rate of 2.42% for all periods presented.
                                         
2-3 4-5 After
Contractual Cash Obligations Total 1 Year Years Years 5 Years






(In thousands)
Long-term debt
  $ 478,250     $ 13,000     $ 26,000     $ 162,500     $ 276,750  
Estimated interest payments
    207,892       32,885       63,753       59,315       51,939  
Operating leases
    2,926       488       1,001       962       475  
     
     
     
     
     
 
Total cash obligations
  $ 689,068     $ 46,373     $ 90,754     $ 222,777     $ 329,164  
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
Other Liquidity Needs and Resources

      Bank of America, N.A. supplies us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our ATMs pursuant to a treasury services agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee based upon the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by the average London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, for one-month United States dollar deposits for each day that rate is published in that month plus a margin of 25 basis points. We are therefore exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that the applicable LIBOR rate increases. As of December 31, 2004, the rate in effect, inclusive of the 25 basis points margin, was 2.67%, and the currency supplied by Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to this agreement was $371.2 million.

      We need supplies of cash to support each of our foreign operations that involve the dispensing of currency. For some foreign jurisdictions, such as the United Kingdom, applicable law and cross-border treaties allow us to transfer funds between our domestic and foreign operations efficiently. For other foreign jurisdictions, we must rely on the supply of cash generated by our operations in those foreign jurisdictions, and the costs of repatriation are prohibitive. For example, CashCall Systems, Inc., the subsidiary through which we operate in Canada, generates a supply of cash that is sufficient to support its operations, and all cash generated through such operations is retained by CashCall Systems, Inc. As we expand our operations into new foreign jurisdictions, we must rely on treaty-favored cross-border transfers of funds, the supply of cash generated by our operations in those foreign jurisdictions or alternate sources of working capital.

      Pursuant to the terms of our agreement with IGT, we are obligated to invest up to our pro rata share of $10.0 million in capital to QuikPlay. Our obligation to invest additional capital in QuikPlay is conditioned upon capital calls, which are in our sole discretion. As of December 31 2004, we had invested a total of $3.2 million in QuikPlay.

      We believe that borrowings available under our senior secured credit facilities, together with our anticipated operating cash flows will be adequate to meet our anticipated future requirements for working capital, capital expenditures and scheduled interest payments on the notes and under our senior secured credit facilities for the next 12 months and for the foreseeable future. Although no additional financing other than this Offering is currently contemplated, we may seek, if necessary or otherwise advisable and to the extent permitted under the indenture governing the notes and the terms of the senior secured credit facilities, additional financing through bank borrowings or public or private debt or equity financings. We cannot assure you that additional financing, if needed, will be available to us, or that, if available, the financing will be on terms favorable to us. The terms of any additional debt or equity financing that we may obtain in the future could impose additional limitations on our operations and/or management structure. We also cannot assure you that our estimates of our reasonably anticipated liquidity needs are accurate or that new business developments or other unforeseen events will not occur, resulting in the need to raise additional funds.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

      We obtain currency to meet the normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs and ACMs pursuant to a treasury services agreement with Bank of America, N.A. Under this agreement, all

47


Table of Contents

currency supplied by Bank of America, N.A. remains the sole property of Bank of America, N.A. at all times until it is dispensed, at which time Bank of America, N.A. obtains an interest in the corresponding settlement receivable. Because it is never an asset of ours, supplied cash is not reflected on our balance sheet. Because Bank of America, N.A. obtains an interest in our settlement receivables, there is no liability corresponding to the supplied cash reflected on our balance sheet. The fees that we pay to Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to the treasury services agreement are reflected as interest expense in our financial statements. Currency for the normal operating requirements of our foreign ATMs is supplied by the gaming establishments in which those ATMs are located.

Effects of Inflation

      Our monetary assets, consisting primarily of cash and receivables, are not significantly affected by inflation. Our non-monetary assets, consisting primarily of our deferred tax asset, goodwill and other intangible assets, are not affected by inflation. We believe that replacement costs of equipment, furniture and leasehold improvements will not materially affect our operations. However, the rate of inflation affects our operating expenses, such as those for salaries and benefits, armored carrier expenses, telecommunications expenses and equipment repair and maintenance services, which may not be readily recoverable in the financial terms under which we provide our cash access products and services to gaming establishments and their patrons.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

      In the normal course of business, we are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk. We operate and conduct business in foreign countries and, as a result, are exposed to movements in foreign currency exchange rates. Our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk related to our foreign operations is not material to our results of operations, cash flows or financial position. At present, we do not hedge this risk, but continue to evaluate such foreign currency translation risk exposure. At present, we do not hold any derivative securities of any kind.

      Bank of America, N.A. supplies us with currency needed for normal operating requirements of our domestic ATMs and ACMs pursuant to a treasury services agreement. Under the terms of this agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee based upon the product of the average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs and ACMs multiplied by the average LIBOR for one-month United States dollar deposits for each day that rate is published in that month plus a margin of 25 basis points. We are therefore exposed to interest rate risk to the extent that the applicable LIBOR rate increases. As of December 31, 2004, the rate in effect, inclusive of the 25 basis points margin, was 2.67% and the currency supplied by Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to this agreement was $371.2 million. Based upon the average outstanding amount of currency to be supplied by Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to this agreement during 2004, which was $273.5 million, each 1% change in the applicable LIBOR rate would have had a $2.7 million impact on income before taxes and minority ownership loss in 2004. Currency for the normal operating requirements of our foreign ATMs is supplied by the gaming establishments in which those ATMs are located.

      Our senior secured credit facilities bear interest at rates that can vary over time. We have the option of having interest on the outstanding amounts under these credit facilities paid based on a base rate (equivalent to the prime rate) or based on the Eurodollar rate (equivalent to LIBOR). We have historically elected to pay interest based on one month United States dollar LIBOR, and we expect to continue to pay interest based on LIBOR of various maturities. Our interest expense on these credit facilities is the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin on 275 basis points for the term loan portion and LIBOR plus 300 basis points for the revolving credit portion. The margin for the term loan portion may decrease if our leverage ratio, as defined, decreases. At December 31, 2004, we had $0 drawn under the revolving credit portion and we had $243.3 million outstanding under the term loan portion at an interest rate, including the margin, of 5.17%. Based upon the outstanding balance on the term loan of $243.3 million on December 31, 2004, each 1% increase in the applicable LIBOR rate would add an additional $2.4 million of interest expense in 2005.

48


Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Overview

      We are the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean. Our products and services provide gaming establishment patrons access to cash through a variety of methods, including ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advances, point-of-sale, or POS, debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services and money transfers. In addition, we provide products and services that improve credit decision-making, automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities for gaming establishments.

      Substantially all gambling transactions within a gaming establishment must be completed in cash. Consequently, gaming revenues are critically dependent on the amount of cash available to patrons within gaming establishments. We believe that the proliferation of card-based payment instruments has led to a general reduction in the amount of cash that consumers carry generally, including when they visit gaming establishments. Therefore, the ability of gaming establishments to maximize revenues depends upon the ease with which patrons can access cash. Our products and services allow patrons to easily access their cash within a gaming establishment. For example, our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality allows a gaming patron to easily convert an unsuccessful ATM cash withdrawal into a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash advance.

      We provide cash access products and related services at approximately 960 gaming establishments worldwide, including those of seven of the top ten gaming operators in the United States based on 2004 revenues: Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., Caesars Entertainment, Inc., Mandalay Resort Group, Boyd Gaming Corporation, Foxwoods Resort Casino, Mohegan Tribal Gaming Authority and, Penn National Gaming, Inc. In addition, we provide cash access products and related services to three of the top four gaming operators in the United Kingdom based on 2004 revenues, including Stanley Leisure plc, Gala Casinos Ltd. and London Clubs International. In general, our contracts with gaming establishments are exclusive, range in duration from three to five years and are global in that they govern all of an operator’s gaming establishments wherever they are located around the world.

      In 2004, we processed over 66 million transactions which resulted in approximately $13.7 billion in cash being disbursed to gaming patrons. We have an installed base in approximately 960 gaming establishments of over 3,000 cash access kiosks, 848 Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATMs, 262 ACMs and thirteen 3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus devices. For the year ended December 31, 2004, we generated revenues and operating income of $403.0 million and $74.0 million, respectively.

Industry Trends

      We believe that demand for cash access products and related services will be driven by the underlying growth of the gaming industry, the importance of access to cash within gaming establishments, the migration from cash to electronic forms of payment, the continued innovation in cash access products and related services and the demand for effective patron marketing.

 
Gaming Industry Growth

      The historical growth of the United States gaming industry has resulted from the increased acceptance of gaming as a form of entertainment, as well as an increase in the number of jurisdictions where gaming is allowed. On a global basis, future gaming industry growth is expected to be driven by continued market expansion in the United States and from the development of European, Asian and other international markets.

      United States. Since Nevada legalized gambling in 1931, the number of jurisdictions that allow some form of gaming has increased dramatically. Beginning with New Jersey in 1978, several states

49


Table of Contents

legalized gambling in various forms in the late 1980s and early 1990s, including Colorado, Delaware, Illinois, Indiana, Iowa, Louisiana, Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri and South Dakota. In 1988, the passage of the Indian Gaming Regulatory Act, under which Native American tribes were permitted to operate casinos under certain restrictions, led to a rapid increase in Native American gaming establishments, particularly in California. As of 2003, there were 12 states with commercial casinos or race track casinos, or racinos, and 28 states with tribal casinos. According to the American Gaming Association, United States gaming revenue, exclusive of lotteries and charity gaming, grew to more than $50 billion in 2003, representing a compound annual growth rate of 6.3% since 1999.

      In 2004, certain states proposed or passed legislation permitting gaming in new geographies or increased gaming in existing locations. Pennsylvania enacted legislation that authorizes as many as 61,000 slot machines for racinos, resorts and slot parlors across the state. Oklahoma approved measures that would allow the installation of slot machines at specified locations. Broward County, Florida approved a measure requiring the State of Florida to begin negotiations to allow slot machines to be installed at racetracks and jai lai establishments in Broward County. California and certain Native American tribes in the state signed agreements to allow an unlimited number of slot machines at tribal gaming establishments.

      International. The gaming industry is also experiencing strong growth in selected international markets. In the United Kingdom, proposed changes to existing regulation would allow for an increase in the number of gaming establishments and slot machines. In addition, the proposed changes would allow casinos to provide additional gaming opportunities and eliminate the requirement that patrons become members of a gaming establishment before engaging in any gaming activities. In Macau, gaming revenues have become a key driver of economic growth, and both the entrance of international gaming operators as well as the lifting of travel restrictions is expected to lead to further gaming industry expansion. Other Asian countries, Russia and countries in Eastern Europe are expected to experience growth in gaming as governments consider proposals for gaming industry liberalization. Several United States-based gaming operators have announced their intention to participate in expected gaming expansion.

 
Importance of Access to Cash

      Substantially all gambling transactions within a gaming establishment must be completed in cash. Consequently, gaming revenues are critically dependent on the amount of cash available within a gaming establishment. Without cash access services, gaming revenues would be limited by the amount of cash that patrons bring to gaming establishments. Therefore, casino operators increasingly realize the importance of offering gaming patrons the ability to access different sources of funds while in the gaming establishment. Most gaming establishments outsource their cash access services to third-party providers because providing these services is not a core competency of gaming establishment operators. We believe that cash access service providers that offer more efficient means for patrons to access cash will result in more revenue for gaming operators.

 
Migration from Cash to Electronic Forms of Payment

      We believe that the proliferation of card-based payment instruments in retail environments has led to a general reduction in the amount of cash that patrons bring to gaming establishments. Electronic payments, including credit card and debit card transactions, are rapidly displacing cash and checks, the traditional forms of payment. According to the Federal Reserve, in 2003, the number of electronic payment transactions in the United States, which includes ATM cash withdrawals, exceeded the number of checks paid, for the first time. If current growth rates are sustained, the Federal Reserve projects that credit cards and debit cards will both surpass checks in terms of total annual transactions in 2007. We expect that this growth in electronic payment transactions will impact the growth in the number of transactions that we process.

      Debit card transactions are expected to be the most important growth driver in the United States for electronic payments for the next several years. For the five years ended in 2003, total United States

50


Table of Contents

debit purchase volume grew at a 28.6% compound annual growth rate, from $167 billion to $589 billion, according to The Nilson Report, a publication specializing in worldwide consumer payment systems. By 2008, debit purchase volume in the United States is expected to reach $1.2 trillion, representing a 15.9% compound annual growth rate from 2003. As a result, we believe that our POS debit card transaction volume will grow at a faster rate than our credit card cash advance volume.

      Credit card usage has also grown at significant rates, particularly in international markets. For example, according to The Nilson Report, credit card purchase volume increased 15.3% in Europe in 2003 compared to 2002, versus 7.8% in the United States. Certain regions, such as Asia, Russia and Eastern Europe, are experiencing rapid growth in the usage of card-based payments. In China, according to The Nilson Report, VISA and MasterCard purchase volume increased 34% from 2002 to 2003, from $6.8 billion to $9.1 billion.

      One of the most rapidly changing parts of the payments system is the ATM industry. Growth in ATM installations in the United States was 9.3% per year from 1983 to 1995 but accelerated to an annual pace of 15.5% from 1996 to 2002. Much of the acceleration is the result of the placement of ATMs in locations other than bank premises. These off-premise ATMs accounted for only 26% of total ATMs in the United States in 1994, while more than 62% of ATMs were located off bank premises by 2002.

 
Innovation of Cash Access Products and Related Services

      We believe that gaming establishments will demand new or enhanced products and services that increase the amount of cash available to gaming patrons and continue to reduce transaction times and cashier labor costs. Aggregating diverse financial services onto a single integrated hardware and software platform, employing emerging technologies such as biometric facial recognition and cashless gaming, and providing secure remote access to patron and transaction information via the Internet are examples of enhanced features of cash access products.

 
Demand for Effective Patron Marketing

      Gaming establishments target profitable, repeat customers and increasingly rely on the aggregation and analysis of patron data to develop, implement and refine patron marketing strategies that increase loyalty and revenues. The ability to obtain and analyze patron data across several different gaming establishments is a powerful tool in attracting and retaining patrons. Since marketing is one of a gaming establishment’s largest cost items, we believe that our customers will find our proprietary patron transaction database increasingly valuable as they try to attract new patrons and to retain valued patrons.

Competitive Strengths

      Industry leader. We are the leading provider of cash access products and related services to the gaming industry in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean. We have a leading market share, providing our cash access products and services at approximately 960 gaming establishments worldwide. We have exclusive, global and long-term contracts to provide cash access products or related services to seven of the top ten gaming operators in the United States and three of the top four gaming operators in the United Kingdom, based on 2004 revenues. We believe that our status as the incumbent provider of cash access products and related services to our current customers and the duration of our relationships with those customers will help us sustain our leading industry position. Our sole focus on the gaming industry and the breadth of our relationships provide us with greater insight into trends and developments in the marketplace and more resources to invest in product development and sales and marketing than other providers. We believe we have the industry leading brand among gaming establishments for cash access products and services and a reputation for quality, reliability, innovation and customer service.

      Best-in-class products and services. We believe that we offer the most innovative, reliable, comprehensive and integrated cash access products and services. Based upon information obtained

51


Table of Contents

from certain of our customers that have switched from our competitors’ products and services to our products and services, we believe that our cash access products and services result in substantially more cash being disbursed within gaming establishments.

      Innovative. We use our knowledge of electronic payment transactions and the gaming industry to continually improve our existing products and services and to develop new ones. Examples of our industry innovation include our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality, the QuikCash Plus (QCP) Web product, and our next generation of cashless gaming products.

      Reliable. We believe that we offer gaming establishments superior reliability for two principal reasons. First, our real-time device monitoring capabilities allow us to respond to maintenance issues as soon as they occur. Second, two fault-tolerant processing centers support our transaction processing operations, which provided an average monthly network uptime of 99.9% in 2004. Our infrastructure and systems are designed to meet the unique needs of the gaming industry, such as settlement procedures and the timing of maintenance.

      Comprehensive and Integrated. We offer gaming establishments a comprehensive and integrated suite of cash access, information and cashless gaming products and services. All of our top ten gaming establishment customers use three or more of our products and services. Our proprietary QCP Web transaction processing system integrates the processing of credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services, money transfer, and Central Credit services online through a single terminal. QCP Web reduces operating complexity in the cashier operations, reduces transaction times and saves space by eliminating multiple pieces of hardware.

      Proprietary patron information. Our proprietary databases contain credit histories and patron transaction data generated across multiple gaming establishments over time. Central Credit is the leading credit reporting agency of the gaming industry and is the de facto industry standard credit bureau for gaming establishments to improve their credit decision-making. Central Credit contains decades of gaming patron credit history and transaction data on millions of patrons. Our proprietary patron transaction database contains information about patron cash access activity and allows gaming establishments to more effectively target their marketing efforts. The combination of these databases enable us to develop unique products and services based on these databases.

      Exclusive strategic alliances. We have partnered with gaming industry leaders on an exclusive basis to develop, market and provide innovative products to our customers and expand our customer base. We have QuikPlay, which is our joint venture with IGT, a leading manufacturer of slot machines and other electronic gaming devices, and strategic alliances with NRT and Western Money Systems, leading providers of slot ticket and player point redemption kiosks. Under our agreement with IGT, IGT is prohibited from competing with QuikPlay in its business of developing and marketing products allowing patrons to access cash with a debit card directly at gaming machines. Under our agreements with NRT and Western Money Systems, they are prohibited from combining their cash handling services with cash access services of other providers. We enjoy the benefit of our alliance partners’ existing installed bases, reputations and relationships with gaming establishments.

Business Strategy

      Generate additional revenue from existing customers. We intend to generate additional revenue from our customers by taking advantage of growth in their businesses and broadening our existing relationships by providing additional products and services. We provide our cash access products and services pursuant to exclusive, global and long-term contracts and we have a strong track record of retaining our existing customers. Our revenues grow as the number of transactions and dollar volume per transaction increases, which is driven by the underlying growth of the gaming industry, the need for access to cash within a gaming establishment and the migration from cash to electronic forms of payment. As our customers acquire, build or assume the management of new gaming establishments, our revenues also grow because our contracts generally provide us with the right to provide cash access services at those new establishments. We also seek to provide our customers with

52


Table of Contents

additional products and services, such as those that enhance their patron marketing activities. We believe that our best-in-class products and services and reputation as an industry leader enable us to generate growth from our existing customer base.

      Expand our customer base in existing markets. We seek to enter into contracts with new customers when our competitors’ contracts expire or when new participants enter our existing markets. We currently have little or no business with a number of national and regional gaming establishment operators, and we believe that we are well positioned to compete for that business. In addition, the opening of new gaming establishments in existing markets provides meaningful opportunities for new customer acquisition. We believe that the breadth and quality of our products and services provides us with a significant competitive advantage.

      Enter new markets. We plan on growing our business by further expanding our geographic presence in the United States and internationally. Legislation permitting or expanding gaming has been proposed or passed in a number of jurisdictions both in the United States and internationally. We believe that many of our existing customers will participate in this expansion by opening new establishments in these jurisdictions, and our contracts typically provide that we will have the right to provide cash access services at these new establishments. We believe that our market leadership will allow us to capitalize upon this expansion even in the absence of existing contractual relationships.

      Continue to innovate. We seek to provide more efficient access to cash at gaming establishments. Toward that end, we will continue to enhance the features of our existing products and services as well as develop additional products and services using new technologies. For example, our exclusive strategic alliance with NRT takes advantage of the emerging demand for redemption devices driven by the proliferation of “ticket-in-ticket-out” slot machines. We are currently focused on developing patron marketing services that take advantage of our proprietary patron transaction database, and we are also developing cashless gaming products. We are also exploring the possibility of launching a private label credit card to further broaden our suite of products and services. These initiatives highlight our position as a leading innovator in the industry.

Our Business

      Our cash access products and services enable three primary types of electronic payment transactions: ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions. Patrons can complete any of these three transactions at any one of 848 Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM machines, 262 ACMs and thirteen 3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus devices. We own nearly all of these devices. In addition, patrons can complete credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions at any one of more than 3,000 QuikCash kiosks, all of which we own. We also provide check verification and warranty services to gaming establishments that cash patron checks.

 
ATM Cash Withdrawals

      ATM cash withdrawal transactions represent the largest category of electronic payment transactions that we process, as measured by dollar and transaction volume. In an ATM cash withdrawal, a patron directly withdraws funds from his or her bank account by swiping an ATM card through either our Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM or ACM machines. Our processor then routes the transaction request through an electronic funds transfer, or EFT, network to the patron’s bank. Depending upon a number of factors, including the patron’s account balance and daily withdrawal limit (which is usually $300 to $500 during a 24-hour period delineated by the patron’s bank), the bank will either decline or authorize the transaction. If the transaction is authorized, then the ATM or ACM machine dispenses the cash to the customer. The patron’s bank account is debited by the amount of cash disbursed plus a surcharge that we assess the patron for the use of our machine, which is currently a fixed dollar amount and not a percentage of the transaction size. In most circumstances we

53


Table of Contents

share a portion of this surcharge with our gaming establishment customer for the right to operate on its premises. We also receive a fee called reverse interchange from the patron’s bank for accommodating the bank’s customer.

      The following hypothetical ATM cash withdrawal transaction and diagram are intended to illustrate the manner in which surcharges are distributed and are not intended to represent the actual dollar amounts that we will receive or pay in every circumstance. The actual cardholder surcharge, commission, processing expenses and reverse interchange that we receive or pay may vary with each transaction. Assuming a $100.00 ATM cash withdrawal with a $2.50 cardholder surcharge, $102.50 would be debited from the patron’s bank account. The patron would receive $100.00 in cash disbursed at the machine. We would receive $2.50 in surcharge, and we would also receive reverse interchange from the patron’s bank, which is assumed to be $0.50 for purposes of this illustration. Our revenue from the transaction would be $3.00. From this amount, we incur certain cost of revenues and expenses. Our largest cost of revenues is commissions to the gaming establishment, which is assumed to be 80% of the surcharge, or $2.00, for purposes of this illustration. After payment of all other costs and expenses, including but not limited to processing expenses, salaries and benefits, maintenance, telecommunications, taxes, interest expense and other costs and expenses, the remaining amount is our profit.

ATM cash withdrawal — patron receives $100

(ATM CASH WITHDRAWAL CHART)

 
Credit Card Cash Advances and POS Debit Card Transactions

      Patrons can also obtain credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions using our Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATMs or ACM machines as well as at our QuikCash kiosks. A patron’s credit card cash advance limit is set by the card issuing bank based on the patron’s credit profile. These limits vary significantly and can be larger or smaller than the POS debit limit. A credit card cash advance transaction obligates the patron to repay the issuing bank over time on terms that are preset by the cardholder agreement. A patron’s POS debit card allows him or her to make cash withdrawals at the point of sale in an amount equal to the lesser of the amount of funds in their account or a daily limit that is generally five to ten times as large as their daily ATM limit. A POS debit card transaction automatically reduces the balance in the patron’s account.

      When a patron requests a credit card cash advance or POS debit card transaction, our processor routes the transaction request through one of the card association (e.g., VISA or MasterCard) or EFT networks (e.g., Star, Interlink or Maestro) to the issuing bank. Depending upon several factors such as

54


Table of Contents

the available credit or bank account balance, the transaction is either authorized or declined by the issuing bank, and the patron’s bank account is debited or credit balance is increased by an amount equal to the funds requested, plus a service fee that we charge the patron, which is a percentage of the transaction size. If the transaction is authorized, our machines inform the patron that the transaction has been approved. If the transaction involves one of the card associations that has permitted us to complete transactions at an ACM, cash is dispensed. Otherwise, our machines instruct the patron to proceed to the casino cashier to complete the transaction, because credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions involving other card associations must currently be completed in face-to-face environments or a unique signature must be received in order to comply with rules of those card associations. Once at the cashier, the patron signs a money order check made payable to the casino in an amount equal to the face amount and receives the face amount in cash. We remit the face amount to our money order provider and retain the fee. The gaming establishment deposits the money order in its own bank, and after a period of two to three days, the money order is presented to our money order provider for payment. As in the case of ATM withdrawals, we pay the gaming establishment a portion of the service fee as a commission for the right to operate on their premises, although this payment as percentage of the fee is generally smaller for credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions than for ATM withdrawals. In addition, we are obligated to pay interchange fees to the issuing bank and processing costs related to the electronic payment transaction.

      The following hypothetical credit card cash advance transaction and diagram are intended to illustrate the manner in which service fees are distributed and are not intended to represent the actual dollar amounts that we will receive or pay in every circumstance. The actual service fee, card association fees and interchange, commission and processing expenses that we receive or pay may vary with each transaction. Assuming a $100.00 credit card cash advance with a $5.50 service fee, $105.50 would be added to the credit balance of the patron’s credit card. The patron would receive $100.00 in cash disbursed at the cashier. We would receive the $5.50 service fee, which we record as revenue. From this amount, we incur certain cost of revenues. Our largest cost of revenues is card association fees and interchange, assumed to be $2.10 for purposes of this illustration. We would also pay a commission to the gaming establishment, which is assumed to be $2.00 for purposes of this illustration. After payment of all other costs and expenses, including but not limited to processing expenses, salaries and benefits, maintenance, telecommunications, taxes, interest expense, interchange and other costs and expenses, the remaining amount is our profit.

Credit card cash advance — patron receives $100

(CREDIT CARD CASH ADVANCE CHART)

55


Table of Contents

      The following hypothetical POS debit card transaction and diagram are intended to illustrate the manner in which service fees are distributed in a transaction and are not intended to represent the actual dollar amounts that we will receive or pay in every circumstance. The actual service fee, commission, card association fees and interchange and processing expenses that we receive or pay may vary with each transaction. Assuming a $100.00 POS debit card transaction with a $3.50 service fee, $103.50 would be debited from the patron’s bank account. The patron would receive $100.00 in cash disbursed at the cashier. We would receive the $3.50 service fee, which we would record as revenue. From this amount, we incur certain cost of revenues, including a commission to the gaming establishment, which is assumed to be $0.60 for purposes of this illustration; and card association fees and interchange, which are assumed to be $0.50 for purposes of this illustration. After payment of all other costs and expenses, including but not limited to processing expenses, salaries and benefits, maintenance, telecommunications, taxes, interest expense, interchange and other costs and expenses, the remaining amount is our profit.

POS debit card transaction — patron receives $100

(POS DEBIT CARD TRANSACTION CHART)

 
Check Verification and Warranty Services

      Although the usage of checks relative to other forms of payment is declining, a significant number of patrons still cash checks at gaming establishments to fund their gaming play. When a patron presents a check at the cashier, the gaming establishment can accept or deny the transaction based on its own customer information and at its own risk; it can obtain third-party verification information about the check writer and the check to manage its risk; or it can obtain a warranty on payment of the check which entitles the gaming establishment to reimbursement of the full face amount of the check if it is dishonored.

      There are a number of check verification services. Our Central Credit database, which is used primarily by gaming establishments to make credit issuing decisions, also has information on the check cashing history of many patrons. In general, we do not charge separately for this service on a per transaction basis, but rather charge a fixed monthly subscription fee.

      If a gaming establishment chooses to have a check warranted, it sends a request to a check warranty service provider, asking whether it will warrant the check. If the check warranty service provider warrants payment on the check, the gaming establishment is obligated to pay a fee. The gaming establishment then pays the patron the face amount and deposits the check. If the check is dishonored by the patron’s bank, the gaming establishment invokes the warranty, and the check

56


Table of Contents

warranty service provider purchases the check from the gaming establishment for the face amount and then pursues collection activities on its own.

      TeleCheck is currently our primary check warranty service provider. Under our agreement with TeleCheck, we receive all of TeleCheck’s check warranty revenue, less operating expenses and warranty expenses. Operating expenses are fixed at a percentage of TeleCheck’s check warranty revenues. Warranty expenses are defined as any amounts paid by TeleCheck to gaming establishments to purchase dishonored checks. Our agreement further provides that TeleCheck will pay us the actual collections realized within 120 days after a check is purchased, subject to the obligation to pay us a guaranteed minimum amount of dishonored checks. As described in more detail below, we are currently developing our own Central Credit check warranty service to augment or ultimately replace TeleCheck’s check warranty service.

 
Central Credit

      In addition to the three primary types of electronic payment transactions described above, gaming establishment patrons can access funds through credit extended by gaming establishments. Central Credit is the leading gaming patron credit bureau, which allows gaming establishments to improve their credit-making decisions. Our Central Credit database contains decades of gaming patron credit history and transaction data on millions of gaming patrons. Our gaming credit reports are comprised of information recorded from patron experiences at hundreds of gaming establishments. We can apply a gaming establishment’s credit rules or business logic to our gaming credit reports to provide our customers with a means of underwriting patron credit requests in advance of their arrival or upon demand in person. At a gaming establishment’s request, we can augment the information provided in our gaming credit reports with traditional credit reports or bank ratings through our relationships with consumer credit bureaus and bank reporting agencies. We charge our customers for Central Credit services on a monthly basis for either unlimited usage or a per transaction fee.

 
Other

      We also market money transfer services that allow patrons to receive money transfers at gaming establishments and provide information services that automate cashier operations and enhance patron marketing activities.

Our Products and Services

      Our customer solutions consist of cash access products and services, information services and cashless gaming products.

         
Cash Access Cashless Gaming
Products and Services Information Services Products



• Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM
• QuikCash
• Automated Cashier Machine
• Check verification and warranty
• QuikCredit
• Money transfers
  • Central Credit
• QuikCash Plus Web
• QuikReports
• QuikMarketing
  • TODD
• EDITH
• 3-in-1 Enabled
QuickJack Plus

Cash Access Products and Services

      We provide gaming establishments the ability to enable their patrons to access cash through a variety of products and services.

      Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM is an unmanned, cash-dispensing machine that offers patrons a quick way to access cash through ATM cash withdrawals, POS debit card transactions and credit card cash advances using our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality. Statistics show that approximately 30%

57


Table of Contents

of standard ATM transactions taking place in gaming properties are denied because of bad PIN numbers, exceeded limits, insufficient funds, and other miscellaneous reasons. Our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality, of which we are the exclusive licensee in the gaming industry, allows a gaming patron to easily convert an unsuccessful ATM cash withdrawal into a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash advance. When a patron is denied a standard ATM transaction, our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality automatically provides the option of obtaining funds via a POS debit card transaction or a credit card cash advance. For authorized ATM transactions, the Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATM dispenses cash to the patron. For successful POS debit card transactions and credit card cash advances, once the transaction is authorized, the Casino Cash Plus 3 in-1 ATM instructs the patron to proceed to the cashier who completes the transaction by verifying the patron’s identity, completing the money order in accordance with the rules of major card associations, and dispensing cash to the patron. By providing gaming patrons seamless access to three different transaction types, our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality provides casino patrons ease of access to their money and makes cash available to patrons for gaming within the gaming establishment. In addition to our own ATM machines, we have a strategic alliance with Hibernia National Bank pursuant to which we have incorporated our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality into certain Hibernia National Bank ATMs that are located in gaming establishments. As of December 31, 2004 we had incorporated our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality into 28 Hibernia National Bank ATMs that are located in gaming establishments.

      QuikCash is the brand name used for our stand-alone, non-ATM cash advance kiosks in the gaming industry. Our QuikCash kiosks are customer-activated, touch screen terminals that provide patrons with access to credit card cash advances and POS debit card transactions. Available in countertop, wall-mount, free-standing and handheld models, our QuikCash terminals can be installed or used virtually anywhere in a gaming establishment. For successful advances, once the transaction is authorized, the patron is instructed to proceed to the cashier who completes the transaction by verifying the patron’s identity, completing the money order in accordance with the rules of major card associations, and dispensing cash to the patron. Our terminals provide gaming patrons with fast, reliable, and easily accessible sources of cash close to the areas within the gaming establishment where gaming activity is conducted.

      Automated Cashier Machine (ACM) is an unmanned, cash-dispensing “virtual cashier” which was designed to provide casino patrons with credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions and ATM cash withdrawals as well as check cashing services without the need to visit the cashier after the initial “registration transaction.” Our ACM devices provide gaming patrons the same seamless cash access features as our Casino Cash Plus 3-in-1 ATMs while allowing gaming establishments to reduce the dependency on casino personnel to complete transactions. Our ACMs use biometric facial recognition technology, as a surrogate for face-to-face interaction with the cashier, to verify the patron’s identity. By eliminating the cashier interaction requirement, our ACMs have the potential to reduce transaction times, to improve the customer experience and to reduce a gaming establishment’s cashier labor costs. ATM transactions, check cashing transactions and credit card cash advance and POS debit card transactions involving one of the major card associations can be completed at the ACM without the assistance of a cashier. The use of biometric facial recognition is not an accepted surrogate for face-to-face interaction by other major card associations, and this functionality is not currently in use on existing ACMs for those credit card cash advance or POS debit card transactions. We have been actively working with the card associations to achieve broader acceptance of biometric facial recognition as an approved transaction completion protocol. Some of our largest and most sophisticated customers have migrated to the ACM as the standard cash access platform in their gaming establishments.

      Check verification and warranty services allow gaming establishments to manage or eliminate risk on patron checks that they cash. A gaming establishment can query our Central Credit database to review the check cashing history of a casino patron before deciding whether to cash the patron’s check. If the gaming establishment wants additional protection against loss, it can seek a warranty on payment of the check. We have an exclusive relationship with TeleCheck to market its check warranty services to gaming establishments. As an alternative to TeleCheck’s check warranty service, we are currently

58


Table of Contents

developing our own Central Credit check warranty service that is based upon our Central Credit database, our proprietary patron transaction database, third-party risk analytics and certain actuarial assumptions. We are currently testing and refining our Central Credit check warranty service in a limited offering. If our risk models and actuarial assumptions prove to be effective in managing warranty exposure, we may augment or replace TeleCheck’s check warranty service with our Central Credit check warranty service.

      QuikCredit is a service through which we provide lines of credit to patrons in gaming establishments that choose not to offer in-house credit. Our QuikCredit service allows a gaming establishment to increase the amount of cash available within the gaming establishment without incurring credit risk. To use QuikCredit, a gaming patron deposits a check payable to us with the gaming establishment. The patron’s check is deposited under deferred presentment terms, meaning the check will not be presented for payment for a specified period of time. A gaming establishment using QuikCredit then seeks an authorization from us. We currently query both our Central Credit database and the TeleCheck database to assess the patron’s credit risk. If the check and check writer satisfy certain risk criteria and underwriting guidelines, we issue an authorization to the gaming establishment to endorse the check over to the gaming establishment and to dispense the patron’s funds. If any authorized check is subsequently dishonored, we purchase the check from the gaming establishment for its face amount, thereby eliminating any collection risk to the gaming establishment. The maximum line of credit we extend is $5,000 per patron and in 2004, the average line of credit extended was approximately $1,400.

      Money transfer services are provided through a contractual relationship with Western Union Financial Services, Inc., or Western Union. We are the worldwide exclusive marketer to the gaming industry of Western Union’s electronic and paper-based systems for receiving funds transfers at gaming establishments. Western Union Financial Services, Inc. contracts directly with gaming establishments and we receive a monthly payment based upon the number of transactions completed.

Information Services

      We market our information services to gaming establishments to improve credit decision-making, to automate cashier operations and to enhance patron marketing activities.

 
Improve Credit Decision-making

      Central Credit is the leading gaming patron credit bureau, which allows gaming establishments to improve their credit making decisions. Our Central Credit database contains decades of gaming patron credit history and transaction data on millions of gaming patrons. Our gaming credit reports are comprised of information recorded from patron experiences at hundreds of gaming establishments. We can apply a gaming establishment’s credit rules or business logic to our gaming credit reports to provide our customers with a means of underwriting patron credit requests in advance of their arrival or upon demand in person. At a gaming establishment’s request, we can augment the information provided in our gaming credit reports with traditional credit reports or bank ratings through our relationships with consumer credit bureaus and bank reporting agencies.

 
Automate Cashier Operations

      QuikCash Plus (QCP) Web is a proprietary browser-based, full service cash access transaction processing system for casino cashier operations which runs on a gaming establishment’s own computer hardware. Cashiers using QCP Web can process credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions, check verification and warranty services, money transfer, and Central Credit services online through a single terminal. Without QCP Web, casino cage operators are required to access multiple systems running on disparate hardware and software platforms. QCP Web reduces cage operating complexity, improves transaction times, saves space by eliminating multiple pieces of hardware and reduces training requirements for cage operators resulting in lower operating costs for

59


Table of Contents

gaming establishments. QCP Web is delivered as an application service with a customizable user interface that allows gaming establishments to add additional workstations by simply connecting them to the application server. In addition, QCP Web assists gaming establishments in satisfying legal reporting requirements by notifying their designated compliance personnel of the need to generate and file required regulatory reports, such as CTRs and SARs.
 
Enhance Patron Marketing

      Using our proprietary patron transaction database, we provide patron marketing data to gaming establishments. Gaming establishment marketing professionals can use our patron data to develop, implement and to refine their customer loyalty programs. Since marketing, including providing complimentary goods and services, is one of a gaming establishment’s largest cost items, we believe that gaming establishments will find our patron marketing services increasingly helpful as they try to attract new patrons and to retain valued patrons. Because we have data on patron cash access activity across multiple gaming establishments, we are uniquely able to help an operator understand how much of a patron’s cash access activity, in aggregate, is being done in other gaming establishments in order to gauge the patron’s loyalty to the gaming establishment.

      QuikReports is a browser-based reporting tool that provides marketing professionals with real-time access to, and analysis of, information on patron cash access activity. We provide this information through a secure Internet connection at user-specified levels of detail ranging from aggregated summary information to individual cash access transactions. For example, an operator may use QuikReports to focus its marketing efforts on target patrons by generating a report of the patrons who accessed the greatest amounts of cash at the operator’s gaming establishment during a specified period, and comparing the amounts of cash accessed at the operator’s gaming establishments with the aggregate amounts of cash accessed at other gaming establishments that are part of our network. A gaming establishment may also use QuikReports to monitor or analyze the cash access activities of its patrons to determine peak periods, the relative popularity of various cash access methods, or the traffic volumes, at particular machines in particular locations.

      QuikMarketing. Through our QuikMarketing service, we query our proprietary patron transaction database of more than 14 million gaming patrons using criteria supplied by the gaming establishment. We then distribute gaming establishment-supplied marketing materials to patrons in our database that match target patron criteria supplied by the gaming establishment. In 2004, some of our largest customers utilized our QuikMarketing services to execute approximately 30 projects which sent out approximately 2.4 million pieces of mail. Our proprietary patron transaction database includes information that is captured from transactions we process in which personal information is available; ATM transactions are not included. As the applicable transaction volume increases, we continue to build existing patron profiles and add new patron profiles. During 2004, we added approximately 94,000 new patron profiles each month.

Cashless Gaming Products

      A recent trend in gaming has been the movement towards cashless gaming as a more efficient means for gaming operators to manage their slot machine operations. Cashless gaming, also known as “ticket-in-ticket-out,” reduces the amount of cash utilized in slot machines and consequently reduces casino labor needs by dispensing bar-coded tickets instead of cash for jackpots and cash-outs. To capitalize on the movement towards cashless gaming initiatives, we have developed, together with our strategic partners, products that facilitate an efficient means of accessing funds in a cashless gaming environment. Our cash access services are platform independent and our existing infrastructure has been designed to be adaptable to new platforms or operating environments.

      TODD “Ticket-Out Debit Device” is a cashless gaming product developed by QuikPlay, our joint venture with IGT, that allows slot machine patrons to access funds without leaving the machines they are playing. When a slot machine is equipped with TODD technology, a slot machine patron swipes his

60


Table of Contents

or her POS debit card and enters the PIN and the requested transaction amount on a terminal mounted on the slot machine. If the transaction is approved, the patron’s funds are either credited to the slot machine for play at that machine or a bar-coded ticket is printed that may be used at another ticket-enabled slot machine. TODD-enabled slot machines offer patrons convenience and reduce the amounts of cash carried by patrons. Our cashless slot technology also reduces the cash-handling burden of gaming establishments. Our TODD cashless gaming product has been approved for use in only one casino and cannot be used at any other location until we receive approval from the appropriate authorities.

      EDITH “Electronic Debit Interactive Terminal Housing” is a next-generation cashless gaming device developed by QuikPlay that allows gaming patrons to purchase slot machine tickets from a customer-activated kiosk. EDITH is functionally similar to TODD, but instead of being deployed at an individual slot machine, EDITH is a stand-alone unit that is placed at the end of one or more banks of slot machines. EDITH has not yet been approved for use at any gaming establishment.

      3-in-1 Enabled QuickJack Plus is a multi-function patron kiosk which incorporates our “3-in-1 rollover” functionality for cash access into NRT’s self-service kiosk for slot ticket redemption services. When a patron presses the cash out button on a cashless slot machine, the patron receives the value of the winnings on a paper ticket dispensed from a printer embedded in the slot machine. The ticket can then be inserted into other slot machines or exchanged for cash at a QuickJack Plus kiosk. The availability of our cash access services on these slot ticket redemption devices provides us with additional points of contact with gaming patrons at locations that are closer to the slot machines than traditional cash access devices that are typically located on the periphery of the area within the gaming establishment where gaming activity is conducted. These additional points of contact provide gaming patrons with more opportunities to access their cash with less cashier involvement, thereby creating labor cost savings for gaming establishments. In addition, by incorporating our cash access services into QuickJack Plus, we enjoy the benefit of NRT’s existing relationships with gaming establishments and its sales and marketing efforts directed towards additional gaming establishments. We have the exclusive right to provide cash access services on NRT’s self-service redemption devices. We have a similar alliance with Western Money Systems, another provider of slot ticket and player point redemption kiosks, subject to completion of development and regulatory approval.

Customer Service

      We operate a customer service call center from our facility in Las Vegas, Nevada that is accessible 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. Our customer service representatives assist cashier personnel and gaming patrons in their use of our products and services. Through our use of third-party translation services, our customer service representatives can serve gaming establishment customers and patrons in approximately 150 different languages.

Intellectual Property

      We believe that the ability to introduce and respond to technological innovation in the gaming industry will be an increasingly important qualification for the future success of any provider of cash access services. Our continued competitiveness will depend on the pace of our product development; our patent, copyright, trademark and trade secret protection; and our relationships with customers. Our business development personnel work with gaming establishments, our joint venture partners, our strategic partners and the suppliers of the financial services upon which our cash access services rely to design and develop innovative cash access products and services and to identify potential new solutions for the delivery and distribution of cash in gaming establishments.

      We have two issued United States patents and four pending United States patent applications, two registered United States trademarks related to our ACM product, one registered United States trademark relating to our name and other trademarks, some of which are only registered in the United States and some of which are pending registration in the United States and in certain other countries.

61


Table of Contents

However, we rely principally on unregistered copyrights and trade secrets for protection of our intellectual property.

      Our ACMs use biometric facial recognition technology and our patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality to provide credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions, ATM cash withdrawals, check cashing and money transfer services at a single, unmanned machine. These technologies are key differentiating technologies from our competitors.

      Certain of our systems, such as the software that implements our QCP Web and QuikReports products and the software that drives our ACM product, were developed by Infonox on the Web, a corporation that is under common control with M&C International, and are hosted and operated on an infrastructure platform that is owned by Infonox on the Web. We own all of the intellectual property developed by Infonox on the Web to implement our products and services on such infrastructure platform, and Infonox on the Web has granted us an exclusive license in the gaming industry to use its infrastructure platform to deliver our products and services to our customers.

Sales and Marketing

      We sell and market our products and services to gaming establishments primarily through the use of a direct sales force. The target customers of our direct sales force are gaming establishments in the United States, the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean as well as gaming establishments in developing markets. These gaming establishments include traditional land-based casinos, gaming establishments operated on Native American lands, racinos, riverboats, cruise ships with gaming operations, pari-mutuel wagering facilities and card rooms. In 2002, 2003 and 2004, revenues from our operations in the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean comprised 3.1%, 3.4% and 3.2%, respectively, of our revenues.

      Our sales and marketing efforts are directed by 13 experienced senior sales executives located in various regions across the United States, each with business development responsibility for the gaming establishments in those regions. These senior sales executives target all levels of gaming establishment personnel, including senior executives, finance professionals, marketing staff and cashiers, and seek to educate them on the benefits of our cash access products and services.

      The senior sales executives are supported by 23 field account managers, who provide on site customer service to most of our customers in the United States. These field account managers reside in the vicinity of the specific gaming establishments that they support to ensure that they respond to the customer service needs of those gaming establishments.

      We also have joint sales efforts with a number of strategic partners, including NRT, Western Money Systems and Hibernia National Bank, which allow us to market our cash access services to gaming establishments through channels other than our direct sales force.

Competition

      We compete with third-party providers of cash access services, such as Game Financial Corporation, a subsidiary of Certegy Inc. operating as GameCash; Global Payment Systems operating as Cash & Win; and Cash Systems, Inc. We compete with financial institutions, such as U.S. Bancorp and other regional and local banks that operate ATM machines on the premises of gaming establishments. In some cases, other third-party providers of cash access services and financial institutions have pre-existing relationships with potential customers that we must overcome to enter into contracts with new customers. Some of these other third-party providers and financial institutions have also established cooperative relationships with each other to expand their service offerings.

      We face potential competition from gaming establishments that may choose to operate their own in-house cash access systems rather than outsource to us. In the past, some gaming establishments have operated their own in-house cash access systems. Most gaming establishments, however, outsource their cash access service to third-party providers because providing these services is not a core

62


Table of Contents

competency of gaming establishment operators, and because gaming establishment operators are unable to achieve the same scale that can be obtained by third-party providers that deploy cash access services across multiple gaming establishments.

      We may in the future also face competition from traditional transaction processors, such as First Data Corporation, that may choose to enter the gaming patron cash access services market. In connection with our redemption of First Data Corporation’s interest in us, First Data Corporation agreed not to compete with us prior to March 10, 2007. This agreement not to compete, however, is limited to the United States and Canada and is subject to a number of exceptions. Given its familiarity with our business, operations and industry as a result of being our majority owner from inception until March 10, 2004, First Data Corporation could be a significant competitive threat upon the expiration of this covenant not to compete. In addition, we may in the future face potential competition from new entrants into the market for cash access products and related services. Some of these potential competitors may have a number of significant advantages over us, including greater name recognition and marketing power, longer operating histories, pre-existing relationships with current or potential customers and significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources and access to capital which allow them to respond more quickly to new or changing opportunities.

Regulation

      Various aspects of our business are subject to gaming regulation and financial services regulation. Depending on the nature of the noncompliance, our failure to comply with these regulations may result in the suspension or revocation of any license or registration at issue, as well as the imposition of civil fines and criminal penalties.

 
Gaming Regulation

      We are subject to a variety of gaming and other regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. As a general matter, we are regulated by gaming commissions or similar authorities at the state or tribal level, such as the New Jersey Casino Control Commission and New Jersey Division of Gaming Enforcement. In some jurisdictions, such as Nevada, we are considered a supplier of “associated equipment” and could be required by the regulatory authorities, in their discretion, to file a license application. In such event, any of our officers, directors or beneficial owners of our securities could be required to apply for a license or a finding of suitability. To date, we have not been required to file such an application. Most of the jurisdictions in which we operate distinguish between gaming-related suppliers and vendors, such as manufacturers of slot machine or other gaming devices, and non-gaming suppliers and vendors, such as food and beverage purveyors, construction contractors and laundry and linen suppliers. In these jurisdictions, we are typically characterized as a non-gaming supplier or vendor and we must obtain a non-gaming supplier’s or vendor’s license, qualification or approval. The licensure, qualification and approval requirements and the regulations imposed on non-gaming suppliers and vendors are generally less stringent than for gaming-related suppliers and vendors, and as such, we are often subject to a lesser degree of regulation than our customers that directly engage in gaming activities. However, some of the jurisdictions in which we do business do not distinguish between gaming-related and non-gaming related suppliers and vendors and we are subject to the same stringent licensing, qualification or approval requirements and regulations that are imposed upon vendors and suppliers that would be characterized as gaming-related in other jurisdictions. Most state and many tribal gaming regulators require us to obtain and maintain a permit or license to provide our services to gaming establishments. The process of obtaining such permits or licenses often involves substantial disclosure of information about us, our officers, directors and beneficial owners of our securities, and involves a determination by the regulators as to our suitability as a supplier or vendor to gaming establishments.

      The expansion of our business or the introduction of new cash access products or services may result in us being characterized as a gaming-related supplier or vendor in jurisdictions in which we are now a non-gaming related supplier or vendor. Our EDITH and TODD cashless gaming products, for

63


Table of Contents

example, interact with a gaming establishment’s slot accounting system and operate in close physical proximity to slot machines, and are therefore much more closely connected to gaming activity than our other products and services that provide access to cash independent of any gaming equipment. These differences may result in a regulatory characterization of us as a gaming-related supplier or vendor, which would subject us to an increased regulatory burden which could include, but is not limited to: requiring the licensure or finding of suitability of any of our officers, directors, key employees or beneficial owners of our securities; the termination or disassociation with such officer, director, key employee or beneficial owner of our securities that fails to file an application or to obtain a license or finding of suitability; the submission of detailed financial and operating reports; submission of reports of material loans, leases and financing; and, requiring regulatory approval of certain commercial transactions such as the transfer or pledge of equity interests in the company. These regulatory burdens are imposed upon gaming-related suppliers or vendors on an ongoing basis.

      Gaming regulatory authorities have broad discretion and can require any beneficial holder of our securities, regardless of the number of shares of common stock or amount of debt securities owned, to file an application, be investigated, and be subject to a determination of suitability. If the beneficial holder of our securities who must be found suitable is a corporation, partnership, or trust, such entity must submit detailed business and financial information including a list of its officers, directors, partners and beneficial owners. Further disclosure by those officer, directors, partners and beneficial owners may be required. Under certain circumstances and in certain jurisdictions, an institutional investor, as defined in the applicable gaming regulations, that acquires a certain amount of our securities may apply to the regulatory authority for a waiver of these licensure, qualification or finding of suitability requirements, provided the institutional investor holds the voting securities for investment purposes only. An institutional investor will not be deemed to hold voting securities for investment purposes unless the securities were acquired and are held in the ordinary course of its business.

      The changes in our ownership, management and corporate structure that resulted from the recapitalizations of our ownership in 2004 and our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation in 2004, required us to notify many of the state and tribal gaming regulators under whose jurisdiction we operate. In many cases, those regulators have asked us for further information and explanation of those changes. To date, we have satisfied certain of these inquiries, and are continuing to cooperate with those that are ongoing. Given the magnitude of the changes in our ownership that resulted from the recapitalizations, we were required to re-apply for new permits or licenses in some jurisdictions, but were not required to discontinue our operations during the period of re-application. We anticipate notifying many of the state and tribal gaming regulators under whose jurisdictions we operate of this offering of our common stock, which we expect may require further disclosures or re-applications for new permits or licenses, none of which we expect will require us to discontinue our operations in any such jurisdictions. In certain jurisdictions we are in the process of obtaining licenses and have yet to receive final approval of such licenses from the applicable regulatory authority. In these jurisdictions, we operate under temporary licenses or without a license. There is no assurance that we will be issued a license in these jurisdictions.

 
Financial Services Regulation

      Anti-Money Laundering. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 and its implementing federal regulations require us to establish and maintain an anti-money laundering program. Our anti-money laundering program includes: (1) internal policies, procedures, and controls designated to identify and report money laundering; (2) a designated compliance officer; (3) an ongoing employee training program; and (4) an independent audit function to test the program.

      In addition, the cash access services that we provide are subject to certain recordkeeping and reporting obligations under the Bank Secrecy Act. Our gaming establishment customers, in situations where our cash access services are provided through gaming establishment cashier personnel, and we, in situations where we provide our cash access services directly to patrons through satellite cashiers or booths that we staff and operate, are required to file a SAR with the U.S. Treasury Department’s

64


Table of Contents

Financial Crimes Enforcement Network of any suspicious transaction relevant to a possible violation of law or regulation. To be reportable, the transaction must meet certain criteria that are designed to identify the hiding or disguising of funds derived from illegal activities. Our gaming establishment customers, in situations where our cash access services are provided through gaming establishment cashier personnel, and we, in situations where we provide our cash access services directly to patrons through satellite cages or booths that we staff and operate, are required to file a CTR of each deposit, withdrawal, exchange of currency or other payment or transfer by, through, or to us which involves a transaction in currency of more than $10,000 in a single day. Our computer systems automatically identify transactions that give rise to reporting obligations. When we issue or sell drafts for currency in amounts between $3,000 and $10,000, we maintain a record of certain information about the purchaser, such as the purchaser’s address, Social Security Number and date of birth. Finally, we maintain a record of each extension of credit by us in an amount in excess of $10,000, including the name and address of the person to whom the extension of credit is made, the amount, the nature and purpose of the credit, and the date of the loan.

      Following the events of September 11, 2001, the United States and certain other governments have imposed and are considering a variety of new regulations focused on the detection and prevention of money laundering and money transmitting to or from terrorists and other criminals. Compliance with these new regulations may impact our business operations or increase our costs.

      Fund Transfers. Our POS debit card transactions and ATM services are subject to the Electronic Fund Transfer Act, which provides gaming patrons with certain rights including with respect to disputes relating to unauthorized charges, charges that list the wrong date or amount, charges for goods and services that are not accepted or delivered as agreed, math errors and charges for which a cardholder asks for an explanation or written proof of transaction along with a claimed error or request for clarification. We have implemented the necessary policies and procedures in order to comply with the regulatory requirements for fund transfers.

      Credit Reporting. Our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services are subject to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003, which provide patrons certain rights to access their Central Credit files, dispute information contained in their Central Credit files and add brief statements to their Central Credit files in the event disputes are not resolved by our investigation. We continue to implement policies and procedures as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply with these laws and regulations. In addition to federal regulation, our Central Credit gaming patron credit bureau services are subject to the state credit reporting regulations which impose similar requirements to the Fair Credit Reporting Act and the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act of 2003.

      Debt Collection. Although we currently outsource all debt collection efforts to a third party, we may engage in debt collection efforts for credit extended using our QuikCredit service and we may engage in efforts to collect on dishonored checks purchased by Central Credit pursuant to our check warranty services and chargeback. All such collection practices are subject to the Fair Debt Collections Practices Act, which generally prohibits unfair, deceptive or abusive debt collection practices, as well as consumer-debt-collection laws and regulation adopted by the various states.

      Privacy Regulations. Our collection of information from patrons who use our cash access services is subject to the financial information privacy protection provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and its implementing federal regulations. We gather, as permitted by law, certain non-public, personally-identifiable financial information from patrons who use our cash access services, such as names, addresses, telephone numbers, bank and credit card account numbers, Social Security numbers and income, credit histories and transaction information. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to safeguard and protect the privacy of such non-public personal information. Also, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires us to make certain disclosures to patrons regarding our privacy and information sharing policies and give patrons the opportunity to prevent us from releasing information about them to unaffiliated third parties in certain situations. In this regard, we provide patrons with a privacy notice, an

65


Table of Contents

opportunity to review our privacy policy, and an opportunity to opt out of certain disclosures. In addition to the federal Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act privacy regulations we are subject to state privacy regulations. State privacy regulations impose more stringent limitations on access and use of personal information. We continue to implement policies and programs as well as adapt our business practices in order to comply with state specific privacy laws and regulations.

      ATM Operations. Our ATM services are subject to applicable state banking regulations in each jurisdiction in which we operate ATMs. These regulations require, among other things, that we register with the state banking regulators as an operator of ATMs, that we provide gaming patrons with certain notices of the transaction fees assessed upon use of our ATMs, that our transaction fees do not exceed designated maximums, that we offer gaming patrons a means of resolving disputes with us, and that we comply with prescribed safety and security requirements.

      Check Cashing. In jurisdictions in which we serve as a check casher or agree to defer deposit of gaming patrons’ checks under our QuikCredit services, we are subject to the state licensing requirements and regulations governing check cashing activities. Generally, these regulations require us to obtain a license from the state’s banking regulators to operate as a check casher. Certain states also impose restrictions on this activity such as restrictions on the amounts of service fees that may be imposed on the cashing of certain types of checks, requirements as to records that must be kept with respect to dishonored checks, and requirements as to the contents of receipts that must be delivered to gaming patrons at the time a check is cashed.

      Lending. In those states in which we are deemed to operate as a short-term consumer or payday lender as a result of our QuikCredit services, we are subject to the various state regulations governing the terms of the loans. Typically, the state regulations limit the amount that a lender or service provider may lend or provide and, in some cases, the number of loans or transactions that a lender or service provider may make to any customer at one time, restrict the amount of finance or service charges or fees that the lender or service provider may assess in connection with any loan or transaction. The lender or service provider must also comply with various consumer disclosure requirements, which are typically similar or equivalent to the Federal Truth in Lending Act and corresponding federal regulations, in connection with the loans or transactions.

      Network and Card Association Regulation. In addition to the governmental regulation described above, certain of our services are also subject to rules promulgated by various payment networks, EFT networks and card associations.

 
Other Regulation

      When contracting with tribal owned or controlled gaming establishments, we become subject to tribal laws and regulations that may differ materially from the non-tribal laws and regulations under which we generally operate. In addition to tribal gaming regulations that may require us to provide certain disclosures or obtain certain licenses or permits to conduct our business on tribal lands, we may also become subject to tribal laws that govern our contracts. These tribal governing laws may not provide us with processes, procedures and remedies that enable us to enforce our rights as effectively and advantageously as the processes, procedures and remedies that would be afforded to us under non-tribal laws, or to enforce our rights at all, and may expose us to an increased risk of contract repudiation as compared to that inherent in dealing with non-tribal customers. Many tribal laws permit redress to a tribal adjudicatory body to resolve disputes; however, such redress is largely untested in our experience. We may be precluded from enforcing our rights against a tribal body under the legal doctrine of sovereign immunity.

      We are also subject to a variety of gaming and other laws and regulations in the United Kingdom, Canada and the Caribbean, and we expect to become subject to gaming and other laws in the jurisdictions into which we expand our operations. Our expansion into new markets is dependent upon the adoption of enabling legislation in new jurisdictions and our ability to comply with the regulatory regimes adopted by such jurisdictions.

66


Table of Contents

      As we develop new services and new products, we may become subject to additional federal and state regulations. For example, in the event that we form or acquire a bank or industrial loan company, we would become subject to a number of additional banking and financial institution regulations, which may including the Bank Holding Company Act. These additional regulations could substantially restrict the nature of the business in which we may engage and the nature of the businesses in which we may invest. In addition, changes in current laws or regulations and future laws or regulations may restrict our ability to continue our current methods or operation or expand our operations and may have material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Facilities

      Our headquarters are located in a leased facility in Las Vegas, Nevada and consist of approximately 40,000 square feet of office space which is under a lease through May 2011. We operate a remote sales office in approximately 800 square feet of office space in Atlantic City, New Jersey under a lease through August 14, 2005. We also lease approximately 1,262 square feet of space in Reno, Nevada under a lease through July 31, 2005, which houses computer systems and equipment that constitute our backup data center. We may seek to relocate our Reno facility upon the expiration of that lease. We believe that these facilities are adequate for our business as presently conducted and provide necessary redundancy for disaster recovery purposes.

Employees

      As of December 31, 2004, we had approximately 295 employees. We are not subject to any collective bargaining agreement and have never been subject to a work stoppage. We believe that we have maintained good relationships with our employees.

Legal Proceedings

      On October 22, 2004, we and USA Payments, as co-plaintiffs, filed a complaint in United States District Court, District of Nevada against U.S. Bancorp d/b/a U.S. Bank, Certegy Inc., Certegy Check Services, Inc., Game Financial Corporation and GameCash, Inc. alleging the infringement of the patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality. In this litigation, we are seeking an injunction against future infringement of the patent and recovery of damages as a result of past infringement of the patent. In its response, the defendants have denied infringement and have asserted patent invalidity. In addition, the defendants have asserted various antitrust and unfair competition counterclaims.

      We are threatened with or named as a defendant in various lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, such as personal injury claims and employment-related claims.

      It is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of these matters; however, we are of the opinion that the final resolution of any such threatened or pending litigation, individually or in the aggregate, is not likely to have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, results of operations or financial position.

67


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

      The following table sets forth information as to persons who are expected to serve as our directors and executive officers upon consummation of this offering, together with their positions and ages. Executive officers are appointed by and serve at the pleasure of our board of directors.

             
Name Age Position



Karim Maskatiya
    52     Co-Founder, Co-Chairman and Director
Robert Cucinotta
    44     Co-Founder and Director
Kirk Sanford
    38     President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Harry C. Hagerty
    44     Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Diran Kludjian
    48     Executive Vice President of North American and International Sales
Kurt Sullivan
    53     Executive Vice President
Thomas Sears
    45     Executive Vice President of Business Development
Walter G. Kortschak
    45     Co-Chairman and Director
Charles J. Fitzgerald
    37     Director
E. Miles Kilburn
    42     Director

      Set forth below is a brief description of the business experience of the persons who are expected to serve as our directors and executive officers upon consummation of this offering:

      Karim Maskatiya is a co-founder and co-chairman of the company and has served as a member of the board of directors designated by M&C International since our incorporation pursuant to the stockholders agreement that was entered into among our stockholders prior to this offering. Mr. Maskatiya is also President and Chairman of M&C International. From 1992 to present, Mr. Maskatiya has been a principal of USA Processing, Inc., an independent sales organization in the merchant processing industry. From 2001 to present, Mr. Maskatiya has been a principal of WD International, L.L.C., formerly known as Cornerstone Payment Systems, L.L.C., an independent sales organization in the merchant processing industry. Mr. Maskatiya is also President and Chairman of USA Payments, a payment processing company whose services we use, President of USA Payment Systems, a payment processing company whose services we use, and Chairman of Infonox on the Web, a technology research and development company whose services we use. Mr. Maskatiya has also been a real estate investor and developer in Northern California since 1978.

      Robert Cucinotta is a co-founder of the company and has served as a member of the board of directors designated by M&C International since our incorporation pursuant to the stockholders agreement that was entered into among our stockholders prior to this offering. Mr. Cucinotta is also Secretary of M&C International. From 1992 to present, Mr. Cucinotta has been a principal of USA Processing, Inc. From 2001 to present, Mr. Cucinotta has been a principal of WD International, L.L.C., formerly known as Cornerstone Payment Systems, L.L.C. Mr. Cucinotta is also Secretary of USA Payments, Secretary of Infonox on the Web and Secretary of USA Payment Systems. Mr. Cucinotta has been a real estate investor and developer in Northern California since 1983.

      Kirk Sanford has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since 1999 and was a member of our management committee when we conducted our operations as a limited liability company from 1998 through May 2004. Mr. Sanford joined our board of directors in March 2005. Before serving as our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Sanford was our Executive Vice President of Sales, Marketing and Product Development from 1998 to 1999. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Sanford was

68


Table of Contents

the general manager of a joint venture between USA Processing, Inc. and BA Merchant Services, Inc. from 1995 to 1998, where he managed the operations, sales, marketing and product development of the joint venture. Prior to this position, Mr. Sanford was Executive Vice President of Sales for Universal Services Association, a start-up merchant payment services company. Mr. Sanford is also a director of M&C International.

      Harry C. Hagerty has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since July 2004. Before joining our executive team, Mr. Hagerty was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Caesars Entertainment, Inc. from March 2002 to May 2004. Prior to that, he was the Chief Operating Officer of Akula Software, Inc. from October 2001 to March 2002, and Chief Financial Officer from April 2001 to October 2001. From November 1999 to April 2001, he was President of Venator Corporate Advisors. Mr. Hagerty has also served as Managing Director, Investment Banking of BancBoston Robertson Stephens Inc. from March 1998 to November 1999, and Managing Director, Investment Banking of Deutsche Morgan Grenfell Inc. from January 1994 to March 1998.

      Diran Kludjian has served as our Executive Vice President of North American and International Sales since 1999. Prior to that he was Senior Vice President from November 1998 to 1999. Before joining our executive team, Mr. Kludjian spent five years with First Data Corporation, last serving as a vice president of the Chase Banking Alliance for the entertainment and travel sector. Mr. Kludjian also has 15 years of consumer product sales and marketing experience.

      Kurt Sullivan joined us in December 2000 and currently serves as an Executive Vice President where he directs the development and deployment of our QCP Web and ACM products and our QuikCredit and Central Credit check warranty service. Prior to joining us, Mr. Sullivan had 22 years of experience in the gaming industry, including 20 years with Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. He served on the Board of Directors of Circus Circus Enterprises, Inc. and held several management positions, the most recent being senior vice president of operations and general manager. Mr. Sullivan has also worked for the MGM Grand Hotel & Casino and Park Place Entertainment Corporation.

      Thomas Sears has served as our Executive Vice President of Business Development since he joined the Company in March 2002. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Sears spent seven years at Park Place Entertainment as vice president of operations and vice president of interactive strategies. Prior to that, Mr. Sears spent nine years in operations at Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., including positions in five different markets (Atlantic City, NJ, Reno, NV, Laughlin, CA, Las Vegas, NV and Vicksburg, MS). Mr. Sears began his career at Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., which was then known as Holiday Inns, Inc., as a labor analyst in 1984 and eventually served as director of finance during the opening of the Vicksburg facility.

      Walter G. Kortschak has served as a member of the board of directors since our incorporation as a designee pursuant to the stockholders agreement that was entered into among our stockholders prior to this offering. Mr. Kortschak is a managing partner and managing member of various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, a private equity and venture capital firm, where he has been employed since June 1989. Prior to that, he was a Vice President at Crosspoint Venture Partners, a venture capital firm. Mr. Kortschak also serves as a director of AlphaSmart, Inc., a provider of technology solutions for the education market, Somera Communications, Inc., a telecommunications equipment company, the National Venture Capital Association and several privately held companies.

      Charles J. Fitzgerald has served as a member of the board of directors since our incorporation as a designee pursuant to the stockholders agreement that was entered into among our stockholders prior to this offering. Mr. Fitzgerald has been a partner and member of various entities affiliated with Summit Partners, a private equity and venture capital firm, since January 2005. Prior to that, he was a principal of Summit Partners from 2002 to 2004 and a vice president from 2001 to 2002. From 1998 to 2001, Mr. Fitzgerald was the chief executive officer of North Systems, Inc., a software vendor. Mr. Fitzgerald also serves as a director of WebSideStory, Inc., a provider of on-demand web analytics and several privately held companies.

69


Table of Contents

      E. Miles Kilburn has served as a member of the board of directors since March 2005. Mr. Kilburn has been a private investor since June 2004. Prior to that, he was Executive Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer with Concord EFS, Inc. (which became a wholly-owned subsidiary of First Data Corporation in February 2004) from 2003 to 2004, and Senior Vice President of Business Strategy and Corporate Development from 2001 to 2003. Mr. Kilburn was Group Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Star Systems, Inc. from 1999 to 2001. He has also served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Primary Payment Systems, Inc., a majority-owned subsidiary of Star Systems, Inc., from 1997 to 1999. Mr. Kilburn also serves as a director of several privately held companies.

Composition of Board of Directors

      Our board of directors currently consists of six members.

      Messrs. Maskatiya, Cucinotta, Kortschak, Fitzgerald, Kilburn and Sanford were appointed to the board pursuant to a stockholders agreement entered into among our stockholders prior to this offering. The parties to the stockholders agreement agreed to cause the election to the board of, among others, two representatives designated by M&C International (Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta), two representatives designated by the holders of a majority of all shares of voting capital stock other than those held by M&C International (Messrs. Kortschak and Fitzgerald) and one individual that is neither an officer nor an employee of ours and that is approved by M&C International and the holders of a majority of all shares of voting capital stock other than those held by M&C International and Bank of America Corporation and that is an independent director under the relevant rules promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange (Mr. Kilburn). The stockholders agreement further provides for the election, in certain circumstances, of up to two additional directors that are neither officers nor employees of ours. The first such additional director must be approved by M&C International and the holders of a majority of all shares of voting capital stock other than those held by M&C International and Bank of America Corporation. The second such additional director must be approved by M&C International, the holders of a majority of all shares of voting capital stock held by entities affiliated with Tudor Investment Corporation and the holders of a majority of all shares of voting capital stock other than those held by M&C International and Bank of America Corporation. The requisite stockholders have waived compliance with the provision of the stockholders agreement relating to the election of the first such additional director in favor of appointing Mr. Sanford to the board. This waiver is revocable at any time by the same vote of the requisite stockholders that was required to effect the waiver. The relevant provisions of this stockholders agreement will expire upon the completion of this offering.

      Upon the completion of this offering we will have a board of directors comprised of our current six directors. Each of Messrs. Kortschak, Fitzgerald and Kilburn will be independent directors under the relevant rules promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange. In accordance with the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the board of directors will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III, with each class serving staggered three-year terms. The members of the classes will be as follows:

  •  Class I, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2006, will be comprised of Messrs. Sanford and Kilburn;
 
  •  Class II, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of the stockholders to be held in 2007, will be comprised of Messrs. Cucinotta and Fitzgerald; and
 
  •  Class III, whose term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2008, will be comprised of Messrs. Maskatiya and Kortschak.

      Our directors may be removed only for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our voting stock.

      Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors. This classification of the board of

70


Table of Contents

directors may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in the control or management of the company.

Committees of the Board of Directors

 
Audit Committee

      Our audit committee currently consists of Messrs. Kortschak and Fitzgerald, neither of whom is independent, as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. Upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Kilburn, who is independent, as defined in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act, will join the audit committee and will be our audit committee financial expert under the SEC rules implementing Section 407 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Our audit committee has the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where appropriate. The audit committee has the responsibility for, among other things:

  •  reviewing policies and procedures adopted by management regarding fair and accurate presentation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and applicable rules and regulations of the SEC;
 
  •  overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes, overseeing audits of our financial statements and reviewing the company’s audited financial statements with management, including a review of major issues regarding accounting and auditing principles and practices, and evaluating the adequacy and effectiveness of internal controls that could significantly affect the company’s financial statements, as well as the adequacy and effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and management’s reports thereon;
 
  •  reviewing and discussing reports from our independent auditor regarding: (a) all critical accounting policies and practices to be used by the company; (b) all alternative treatments of financial information within GAAP that have been discussed with management; and (c) other material written communications between our independent auditor and management;
 
  •  reviewing major changes to the company’s auditing and accounting principles and practices as suggested by the our independent auditor, internal auditors or management, and reviewing the significant reports to management prepared by the company’s internal auditing department and management’s responses;
 
  •  establishing procedures for: (a) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the company regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters; and (b) the confidential, anonymous submission by employees of the company of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;
 
  •  advising the board of directors with respect to the company’s policies and procedures regarding compliance with applicable laws and regulations; and
 
  •  overseeing the work of the registered public accounting firm engaged in audit, review or attest services for the company, overseeing the appointment, compensation and retention of the registered public accounting firm, and overseeing and ensuring the independence of our independent auditor, and reviewing and pre-approving of all audit services and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditor.

 
Compensation Committee; Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in Compensation Decisions

      We do not currently have a compensation committee. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2004, Kirk Sanford, our Chief Executive Officer, and Harry Hagerty, our Chief Financial Officer, participated in deliberations of our board of directors concerning executive officer compensation. Upon the consummation of this offering, we will establish a compensation committee. We anticipate our

71


Table of Contents

compensation committee upon the consummation of this offering to consist of Messrs. Kortschak and Fitzgerald, each of whom will be independent under the relevant rules promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange. None of our executive officers will serve as a member of our compensation committee, and none of our executive officers will have served, or will be permitted to serve, on the compensation committee, or other committee serving a similar function, of any entity of which an executive officer is expected to serve as a member of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will have responsibility for, among other things:

  •  assisting the board of directors in discharging its responsibilities relating to compensation of our directors and executive officers;
 
  •  reviewing and approving goals and objectives for Chief Executive Officer compensation and recommending to the board of directors non-Chief Executive Officer compensation and incentive compensation plans and equity based plans that are subject to board of directors approval;
 
  •  administering our incentive compensation plans and equity based plans, approving new equity compensation plan or material changes to an existing plan where stockholder approval has not been obtained, and approving awards as determined by the board of directors; and
 
  •  ensuring corporate performance measures and goals are set and determining the extent that established goals have been achieved and any related compensation earned.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

      Upon the consummation of this offering, we will establish a nominating and corporate governance committee. We anticipate our nominating and corporate governance committee upon the completion of this offering to consist of Messrs. Kortschak and Fitzgerald, each of whom is independent under the relevant rules promulgated by the New York Stock Exchange. The nominating and corporate governance committee will have responsibility for, among other things:

  •  developing and recommending to the board of directors, and implementing a set of corporate governance principles and procedures;
 
  •  developing and recommending to the board of directors, and implementing and monitoring compliance with, a code of business conduct and ethics for directors, officers and employees, and promptly disclosing and waivers for directors or executive officers;
 
  •  assessing the adequacy of the code of business conduct and ethics and recommending any changes;
 
  •  assisting the board of directors in assessing board of directors composition, selecting nominees for election to the board of directors consistent with criteria approved by the board of directors, and advising the board of directors on each committee of the board of directors regarding member qualifications, committee appointments and removals, committee structure and operations and committee reporting;
 
  •  determining the compensation of members of the board and its committees;
 
  •  advising the board of directors on candidates for executive offices, and advising the board of directors on candidates for the position of Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer; and
 
  •  establishing and monitoring a process of assessing the board of directors’ effectiveness and overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management.

Director Compensation

      Prior to March 2005, the members of our board of directors did not receive any compensation for serving on the board of directors or the board of directors of any of our subsidiaries. Commencing in

72


Table of Contents

March 2005, all directors who are not our employees or affiliated with any of our principal stockholders receive an annual fee of $20,000. In addition, each member of our audit committee, compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee that is independent, within the meaning of the applicable rules of the New York Stock Exchange, receives an additional annual fee of $5,000 and the chairman of our audit committee receives a further additional annual fee of $5,000. All annual fees are paid in quarterly installments. In addition, we grant to each director who is not an employee of ours or affiliated with any of our principal stockholders, upon the director’s initial appointment to the board, an option to purchase 100,000 shares of our common stock under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The exercise price for these options is the fair market value of our common stock at the time of the grant of the stock options. For each grant, one eighth of the options will vest after six months of service as a director, and the remainder will vest ratably in equal monthly installments over the succeeding forty-two months; provided, however, that the options will vest in their entirety upon a change of control in us. The options have a term of ten years. The terms of options granted under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan are described in more detail under “Management — 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.” Members of our board of directors do not receive any additional compensation for serving as directors of any of our subsidiaries.

73


Table of Contents

Executive Compensation

      The following table sets forth information regarding compensation paid by us to our Chief Executive Officer and our four other highest-paid executive officers, as well as two former executive officers that would have been among our four highest-paid executive officers had they remained employed with us through the end of 2004:

Summary Compensation Table

                                               
Long-Term
Compensation
Annual Compensation

Securities
Other Annual Underlying All Other
Name and Position Year Salary ($) Bonus ($) Compensation ($)(2) Options (#) Compensation ($)







Kirk Sanford
  2004   $ 286,532     $ 150,000     $           $ 9,662 (3)(4)
  Chief Executive   2003     297,500       150,000                   6,077 (3)
  Officer(1)   2002     350,000       350,000                   6,154 (3)
Harry Hagerty
  2004     126,923       94,247             722,215       234 (4)
  Chief Financial   2003                              
  Officer(5)   2002                              
Diran Kludjian
  2004     230,058       186,227                   39,968 (3)(4)(7)
  Executive Vice   2003     200,000       123,100                   6,970 (3)
  President of North   2002     150,000       190,781                   6,277 (3)
  American and International Sales(6)                                            
Thomas Sears
  2004     171,538       78,000                   13,178 (3)(4)
  Executive Vice   2003     199,750       37,500                   8,000 (3)
  President of Business Development(6)   2002     185,288       18,750                   7,371 (3)
Kurt Sullivan
  2004     174,186       34,000                   10,934 (3)(4)
  Executive Vice   2003     215,954       12,500                   8,170 (3)
  President   2002     240,000       12,500                   8,000 (3)
Robert C. Fry(8)
  2004     111,756       37,500                   515,328 (3)(4)(9)
    2003     212,500       75,000       26,432             6,057 (3)
    2002     230,769       120,000       26,442             5,615 (3)
Pamela Shinkle(10)
  2004     100,002       37,500                   516,779 (3)(4)(9)
    2003     168,846       37,500       55,703             6,127 (3)
    2002     183,077       50,000                   5,508 (3)


  (1)  In 2004, our Chief Executive Officer received payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $17.3 million and $0.1 million from M&C International and USA Payments, respectively. In 2003 he received payments in aggregate amounts of $1.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively from these entities, and in 2002 he received payments in aggregate amounts of $0.6 million and $0.1 million, respectively, from these entities. A portion of these payments were attributable to Mr. Sanford’s prior approximately 1% ownership interest in M&C International, and a portion of these payments were to compensate him through payments from M&C International and USA Payments for advisory services that he performed for those entities. In 2005, M&C International transferred 575,213 shares of our capital stock to Mr. Sanford, issued a note in the principal amount of $7,572,696.21 payable to Mr. Sanford upon the consummation of this offering, and forgave a note from Mr. Sanford in the principal amount of $5,741,178 in consideration of his prior advisory services to M&C International. The terms of his prior advisory services arrangements with M&C International and USA Payments were solely economic, did not provide Mr. Sanford with any voting rights or rights to participate in the management of either entity, and did not provide Mr. Sanford with any rights to proceeds upon the liquidation of M&C International or USA Payments. M&C International redeemed in full Mr. Sanford’s ownership interest in M&C International in exchange for 283,239 shares of our capital stock and $437,717.82 in cash. Pursuant to his employment

74


Table of Contents

  agreement, which shall become effective upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Sanford has agreed not to perform services for or to receive any compensation or other remuneration from entities affiliated with Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta, including M&C International and USA Payments, other than payments to Mr. Sanford upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to the promissory note described above.
 
  (2)  Represents payout of accrued but unused vacation time.
 
  (3)  Includes company-provided match payments under our 401(k) plan.
 
  (4)  Includes reimbursement of out-of-pocket payments incurred by executives for health care.
 
  (5)  Mr. Hagerty became our Chief Financial Officer in July 2004 with a base annual salary of $300,000 per year and eligibility for a bonus of $200,000 per year.
 
  (6)  In 2004, Messrs. Kludjian and Sears received payments in the aggregate amount of $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, from M&C International for advisory services that they performed for M&C International pursuant to informal arrangements with Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta. Neither Mr. Kludjian nor Mr. Sears received any payments from M&C International in 2003 or 2002. These informal arrangements are terminable at any time at the will of Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta or M&C International.
 
  (7)  Includes reimbursement of relocation and moving costs incurred by Mr. Kludjian in connection with his relocation to the Las Vegas, Nevada metropolitan area.
 
  (8)  Mr. Fry is our former Chief Financial Officer, whose employment terminated on May 28, 2004.
 
  (9)  Represents the payment of $500,000 upon the termination of employment of the named executive as partial consideration for a covenant not to compete with us.

(10)  Ms. Shinkle is our former chief operating officer, whose employment terminated on May 28, 2004.

      The following table sets forth information regarding grants of stock options we granted during the year ended December 31, 2004 to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table. We granted one option to purchase 722,215 shares of common stock during the year ended December 31, 2004, giving effect to a stock split consummated in January 2005. Potential realizable values are net of exercise price before taxes, and are based on the assumption that our common stock appreciates at the annual rate shown, compounded annually, from the date of grant until expiration of the ten-year option term. These numbers are calculated based on requirements set forth in rules promulgated by the SEC and do not reflect our projection or estimate of future stock price appreciation.

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

                                                 
Percent of Potential Realizable Value at
Number of Shares Total Options Assumed Annual Rates of
of Common Stock Granted to Exercise or Stock Price Appreciation for
Underlying Employees in Base Price Option Term
Options Granted Fiscal Year per Share Expiration
Name (#) 2004 ($/Sh) Date 5% ($) 10% ($)







Kirk Sanford
                                   
Harry Hagerty
    722,215       100.00 %   $ 8.046       9/1/2014     $ 3,656,287     $ 9,265,748  
Diran Kludjian
                                   
Thomas Sears
                                   
Kurt Sullivan
                                   
Robert C. Fry
                                   
Pamela Shinkle
                                   

75


Table of Contents

      The stock option set forth above will become exercisable for 25% of the shares subject to the option on July 12, 2005, which is the first anniversary of the commencement of Mr. Hagerty’s employment with us, and option will become exercisable for the remainder of the shares subject to the option in 36 successive equal monthly installments, subject to the continuation of Mr. Hagerty’s employment with us. Notwithstanding the foregoing schedule, the option will become exercisable on an accelerated basis in the event that we undergo certain types of corporate transactions or changes in control, such as an acquisition of us by a third party, or in the event that we terminate Mr. Hagerty’s employment without cause, as defined in Mr. Hagerty’s employment agreement, or Mr. Hagerty resigns for good reason, as defined in his employment agreement.

      The following table sets forth information regarding the number and value of securities underlying options held as of December 31, 2004, giving effect to a stock split consummated in January 2005, by the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table.

Aggregated Option Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

                                                 
Number of Securities
Underlying Value of Unexercised
Shares Unexercised Options at In-the-Money Options at
Acquired Fiscal Year-End (#) Fiscal Year-End ($)
on Exercise Value

Name (#) Realized ($) Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable







Kirk Sanford
                                   
Harry Hagerty
                      722,215           $ 4,289,957 (1)
Diran Kludjian
                                   
Thomas Sears
                                   
Kurt Sullivan
                                   
Robert C. Fry
                                   
Pamela Shinkle
                                   


(1)  Assumes a fair market value of $13.99 per share of our common stock as of December 31, 2004.

Employment Agreements

 
Sanford Employment Agreement

      As of March 22, 2005, we entered into an employment agreement, to become effective upon the consummation of this offering, with Kirk Sanford, our Chief Executive Officer, for a term of three years, at a base annual salary of $297,500 and eligibility for a discretionary bonus in an amount to be determined by our board of directors in its sole discretion. In addition, the employment agreement provides Mr. Sanford with a pro rated partial target bonus equal to two-thirds of his base salary for the year in which his employment is terminated and one year’s salary continuation and target bonus equal to two-thirds of his base salary in the event his employment is terminated without cause. Further, the employment agreement provides Mr. Sanford with severance payments in the aggregate amount of 2.99 times the sum of his most recent year’s base annual salary and a target bonus equal to two-thirds of such base salary in the event his employment is terminated without cause within 12 months after a change in control of us. Additionally, Mr. Sanford’s agreement provides for a tax “gross-up” in the event that he is subject to an excise tax in the event of any benefit he receives is deemed to constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. Mr. Sanford’s severance benefits are conditioned upon him executing certain releases in favor of us. In addition, Mr. Sanford has agreed not to perform services for or to receive any compensation or other remuneration from entities affiliated with Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta, including M&C International and USA Payments, other than payments to Mr. Sanford upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to the promissory note described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.”

76


Table of Contents

 
Hagerty Employment Agreement

      As of July 12, 2004, we entered into an employment agreement with Harry C. Hagerty, our Chief Financial Officer, for a term of three years, at a base annual salary of $300,000 and eligibility for a discretionary bonus of $200,000. In addition, the employment agreement provides Mr. Hagerty with a pro rated partial target bonus for the year in which his employment is terminated, one year’s salary continuation and target bonus, pro rated vesting of his stock option plus one year’s accelerated vesting of his stock option if his employment is terminated without cause prior to the first anniversary of his employment, and full accelerated vesting of his stock option in the event his employment is terminated without cause after the first anniversary of his employment. The employment agreement also provides for full accelerated vesting of his stock option upon the occurrence of certain events, including an acquisition of us or a change in control of us. Further, the employment agreement provides Mr. Hagerty with severance and noncompete payments in the aggregate amount of 2.99 times the sum of his most recent year’s base annual salary plus a target bonus equal to two-thirds of such base salary in the event his employment is terminated without cause within 12 months after a change in control of us. Additionally, Mr. Hagerty’s agreement provides for a tax “gross-up” in the event that he is subject to an excise tax in the event of any benefit he receives is deemed to constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code. Mr. Hagerty’s severance benefits are conditioned upon him executing certain releases in favor of us. Mr. Hagerty’s employment agreement also contains a noncompetition covenant lasting for two years after termination of his employment and a nonsolicitation covenant lasting for one year after termination of his employment.

      We do not have employment agreements with any of our other executive officers or employees.

 
Sanford, Kludjian, Sears and Sullivan Stock Option Agreements

      The agreements pursuant to which we have granted stock options to Messrs. Sanford, Kludjian, Sears and Sullivan provide for full acceleration of vesting of the portions of the stock options that are neither assumed nor replaced by a successor corporation after an acquisition of us, and for full acceleration of vesting of the portions of the stock options that are assumed or replaced in the event that the respective executive’s employment is terminated without cause within 18 months after an acquisition of us. The agreements further provide for full acceleration of the vesting of the stock options in the event that the respective executive’s employment is terminated without cause within 18 months after a change in control of us. Further, Mr. Sanford’s stock option agreement provides for full acceleration in the event of the termination of his employment without cause at any time.

 
Other Employment-Related Agreements

      Our regular hiring practice requires each newly hired employee to execute an agreement relating to the confidentiality of our proprietary information and the assignment to us of inventions conceived within the scope of employment. In addition, we require employees and consultants to execute agreements not to compete with us for a specified period following their employment with or engagement by us as a condition to being considered for the grant of an award under our stock incentive plan.

2005 Stock Incentive Plan

      In January 2005, we adopted our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. The following summary of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is qualified by reference to the full text thereof, a copy of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

      We have reserved 3,841,615 shares of common stock for the grant of stock options and other equity incentive awards under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. On the first business day of each fiscal year beginning with the fiscal year commencing on January 1, 2006, annual increases will be added to the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan equal to the lesser of: (A) 3% of all outstanding shares of our common stock immediately prior to such increase, (B) a lesser amount determined by our board of directors, or

77


Table of Contents

(C) 3,800,000 shares. As of March 1, 2005, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,046,930 shares of common stock had been granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan.

      The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan may be administered by our board of directors or a committee thereof. Presently, the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The administrator has the authority to select individuals who are to receive options or other equity incentive awards under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and to specify the terms and conditions of options or other equity incentive awards granted (including whether or not such options are incentive or nonstatutory stock options), the vesting provisions, the term and the exercise price. The 2005 Stock Incentive Plan provides that we may grant incentive stock options within the meaning of Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code to employees, including our officers and employee directors, and we may grant nonstatutory stock options to employees and consultants, including non-employee directors.

      The exercise price of incentive stock options granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan shall equal the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant (except in the case of grants to any person holding more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any of our parent’s or subsidiaries’ stock, in which case the exercise price shall equal 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant). The exercise price of nonqualified stock options shall not be less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant (except in the case of grants to any person holding more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any of our parent’s or subsidiaries’ stock, in which case the exercise price shall equal 110% of the fair market value on the date of grant). Option holders may pay for an exercise in cash or other consideration, including a promissory note, as approved by the administrator.

      Generally, options granted under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (other than those granted to non-employee directors) will vest at a rate of 25% of the shares underlying the option after one year and the remaining shares vest in equal portions over the following 36 months, such that all shares are vested after four years. Unless otherwise provided by the administrator, an option granted under the 2005 Stock Plan generally expires 10 years from the date of grant (five years in the case of an incentive stock option granted to any person holding more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock, or any of our parent’s or subsidiary’s, stock). Upon the optionee’s termination of employment or service with us or any of our affiliates without cause, the option will terminate in three months. Upon the optionee’s termination of employment or service with us or any of our affiliates for cause, the option may be terminated immediately. Upon the optionee’s death or disability, the option will terminate 12 months after the optionee’s death or disability. In addition, options granted under our 2005 Stock Plan are not generally transferable by the optionee except by will or the laws of descent and distribution and generally are exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by such optionee.

      In the event we merge with or into another corporation or dispose of all or substantially all of our assets, or in the event of other transactions in which our stockholders before the transaction own less than 50% of the total combined voting power of all our outstanding securities after the transaction, all outstanding awards under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan will terminate unless they are assumed or equivalent awards are substituted by the successor corporation or any of its parents or subsidiaries, unless an individual award agreement provides otherwise.

Report of the Board of Directors on Executive Compensation

      The following report shall not be deemed to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission nor shall the following report be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any future filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act.

      Our entire board of directors has the responsibility to approve the overall compensation strategy, administer our annual and long-term compensation plans, and make all decisions with respect to executive compensation.

78


Table of Contents

      The objectives of our executive compensation policies are to attract, retain, motivate and reward key personnel who possess the necessary leadership and management skills, through competitive base salary, annual cash bonus incentives, long-term incentive compensation in the form of stock options, and various benefits, including medical and life insurance plans.

      Our executive compensation policies are intended to combine competitive levels of compensation and rewards for above average performance and to align relative compensation with the achievements of key business objectives, optimal satisfaction of customers and maximization of stockholder value. The board of directors believes that stock ownership by management is beneficial in aligning management and stockholder interests, thereby enhancing stockholder value.

      Base Salaries. Salaries for our executive officers are determined primarily on the basis of the executive officer’s responsibility, general salary practices of peer companies and the officer’s individual qualifications and experience. The base salaries are reviewed annually and may be adjusted by the board of directors, or a compensation committee formed in the future, in accordance with certain criteria which include individual performance, the functions performed by the executive officer, the scope of the executive officer’s on-going duties, general changes in the compensation peer group in which we compete for executive talent, and our financial performance generally. The weight given to each such factor by the board of directors may vary from individual to individual.

      Incentive Bonuses. The board of directors believes that a cash incentive bonus plan can serve to motivate our executive officers and management to address annual performance goals, using more immediate measures for performance than those reflected in the appreciation in value of stock options. The bonus amounts are based upon recommendations by management and a subjective consideration of factors including such officer’s level of responsibility, individual performance, contributions to our success and our financial performance generally.

      Stock Option Grants. Stock options may be granted to executive officers and other employees under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Because of the direct relationship between the value of an option and the stock price, the board of directors believes that options motivate executive officers to manage our business in a manner that is consistent with stockholder interests. Stock option grants are intended to focus the attention of the recipient on our long-term performance which we believe results in improved stockholder value, and to retain the services of the executive officers in a competitive job market by providing significant long-term earnings potential. To this end, stock options generally vest and become fully exercisable over a four-year period. The principal factors considered in granting stock options to our executive officers are prior performance, level of responsibility, other compensation and the executive officer’s ability to influence our long-term growth and profitability. However, our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan does not provide any quantitative method for weighing these factors, and a decision to grant an award is primarily based upon a subjective evaluation of the past as well as future anticipated performance.

      Other Compensation Plans. We have adopted certain general employee benefit plans in which executive officers are permitted to participate on parity with other employees. In addition, certain executive officers are entitled to reimbursement of out-of-pocket payments incurred for health care. We also provide a 401(k) plan.

      Deductibility of Compensation. Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) disallows us to deduct compensation exceeding $1.0 million paid to certain executive officers, excluding, among other things, performance based compensation. Because the compensation paid to the executive officers has not approached the limitation, the board of directors has not had to use any of the available exemptions from the deduction limit. The board of directors remains aware of the IRC Section 162(m) limitations and the available exemptions and will address the issue of deductibility when and if circumstances warrant the use of such exemptions.

      Chief Executive Officer Compensation. The compensation of our Chief Executive Officer is reviewed annually on the same basis as discussed above for all executive officers. The board of directors established an annual base salary of $297,500 for Mr. Sanford the time that he entered into his

79


Table of Contents

employment agreement with us. Mr. Sanford’s base salary was established in part by comparing the base salaries of chief executive officers at other companies of similar size in relevant industries.

  MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS
 
  Karim Maskatiya
  Robert Cucinotta
  Kirk Sanford
  Walter G. Kortschak
  Charles J. Fitzgerald
  E. Miles Kilburn

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

      Our certificate of incorporation generally provides that our directors will not be liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of a fiduciary duty. Our bylaws provide for indemnification against all losses actually incurred by directors and officers in connection with any action, suit or proceeding relating to their position as a director or officer. Our bylaws also provide for indemnification or reimbursement of expenses to any of our employees. These provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws are discussed further under the heading “Description of Our Capital Stock.”

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

Indemnification, Employment and Noncompetition Agreements

      As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have adopted provisions in our bylaws that authorize and require us to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law, subject to limited exceptions. See “Management — Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.” Pursuant to those provisions, we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers.

      We have also entered into employment agreements with Mr. Sanford, our Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Hagerty, our Chief Financial Officer. See “Management — Employment Agreements.”

      In May 2004, we entered into a noncompetition agreement with Mr. Sanford, our Chief Executive Officer. The agreement prohibits Mr. Sanford from engaging in certain specifically prescribed competitive activities during the 24-month period following the termination of his employment with us. In addition, the agreement prohibits Mr. Sanford from soliciting our employees, customers or suppliers during such 24-month period.

Stock Option Grants

      We have granted options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain of our executive officers. See “Management — Executive Compensation.”

Arrangements with Entities Controlled by Stockholders and Members of the Board of Directors

      Throughout our history, including the period during which we conducted our operations as a limited liability company, we have entered into arrangements with entities that are controlled by our owners or members of our management committee or board of directors. We believe that in doing so, we have entered into arrangements on terms no less favorable to us than we could have obtained from unaffiliated third parties.

80


Table of Contents

Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta

      Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta, our founders and two members of our board of directors, together hold a 99% ownership interest in, and comprise the board of directors of, M&C International. Kirk Sanford, our Chief Executive Officer, previously held an approximately 1% ownership interest in, and was previously a director of, M&C International. M&C International held 40.01% of our outstanding capital stock immediately prior to this offering and will hold      % of our common stock immediately following this offering. Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., we are currently a party to multiple agreements with three other entities in which in which Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta have significant ownership and management interests. Those companies are: Infonox on the Web, in which Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta have an approximately 80% ownership interest and are two directors on that company’s four member board of directors; USA Payments in which Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta are the sole owners and comprise that company’s entire board of directors; and USA Payment Systems, in which Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta have a 50% ownership interest and are two directors on that company’s four member board of directors. The terms of our agreements with each of these entities are summarized below. We may, in the future, attempt to acquire USA Payment Systems or Infonox on the Web, although we are not currently engaged in any negotiations or discussions for that purpose. Any such acquisition may involve us making payments, directly or indirectly, to Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta.

      In addition to his prior approximately 1% ownership interest in M&C International, Mr. Sanford was compensated with payments from M&C International and USA Payments for advisory services that he performed for those entities. In 2004, Mr. Sanford received advisory services payments in the aggregate amount of approximately $17.3 million and $0.1 million from M&C International and USA Payments, respectively. In 2003 and 2002, he received advisory services payments of $1.0 million and $0.6 million from M&C International and $0.1 million and $0.1 million from USA Payments. In 2005, M&C International transferred 575,213 shares of our capital stock to Mr. Sanford, issued a note in the principal amount of $7,572,696.21 payable to Mr. Sanford upon the consummation of this offering, and forgave a note from Mr. Sanford in the principal amount of $5,741,178 in consideration of his prior advisory services to M&C International. The terms of his prior advisory services arrangement were solely economic did not provide Mr. Sanford with any voting rights or rights to participate in the management of either entity, and did not provide Mr. Sanford with any rights to proceeds upon the liquidation of M&C International or USA Payments. M&C International redeemed in full Mr. Sanford’s ownership interest in M&C International in exchange for 283,239 shares of our capital stock and $437,717.82 in cash. Pursuant to his employment agreement with us, which will become effective upon the consummation of this offering, Mr. Sanford has agreed not to perform services for or to receive any compensation or other remuneration from entities affiliated with Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta, including M&C International and USA Payments, other than payments to Mr. Sanford upon the consummation of this offering pursuant to the promissory note described above.

      In 2004, Messrs. Kludjian and Sears received payments in the aggregate amount of $0.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively, from M&C International for advisory services that they performed for M&C International pursuant to informal arrangements with Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta. Neither Mr. Kludjian nor Mr. Sears received any payments from M&C International in 2003 or 2002. These informal arrangements are terminable at any time at the will of Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta or M&C International.

 
Infonox on the Web

      Infonox on the Web is approximately 80% owned by Messrs. Maskatiya and Cucinotta in equal shares. We are party to a Professional Services Agreement and a Technology Side Letter with Infonox on the Web pursuant to which Infonox on the Web develops, implements, maintains, hosts, operates, monitors and supports certain software for us on an as requested basis, including the transaction processing infrastructure upon which our systems operate. This transaction processing infrastructure

81


Table of Contents

consists of a customized implementation of a generic reusable transaction processing infrastructure developed by Infonox on the Web. Infonox on the Web has retained ownership of the underlying generic transaction processing infrastructure, but has granted us a license, pursuant to the Software License Agreement described below, to use the generic transaction processing infrastructure during the term of the Professional Services Agreement. We possess all ownership rights in the customized portions of the implementation of the generic transaction processing infrastructure that Infonox has developed exclusively for us under this agreement.

      Our engagement of Infonox on the Web pursuant to the Professional Services Agreement is exclusive within the gaming industry such that Infonox on the Web may not perform any professional services with respect to machines or devices used in the gaming industry other than for us, except where those services are performed for non-gaming merchant operations conducted at establishments where gaming activity occurs for the purchase of or payment for goods or services other than money orders or gaming goods or services, subject to certain conditions. We, on the other hand, are free to engage third parties to provide professional services to us, subject to Infonox on the Web’s proprietary rights in the underlying generic transaction processing infrastructure and the limitations on our ability to sublicense our license rights therein to a third party during the term of the Software License Agreement with Infonox on the Web. In the event that we require different or additional professional services or service levels with respect to the underlying generic transaction processing infrastructure or the customized implementation thereof that Infonox on the Web cannot or does not agree to provide then, pursuant to a Letter Agreement dated May 13, 2004 between USA Payment Systems, USA Payments, Infonox on the Web and us, we have the right to engage third-party professional service providers, sublicense to them rights in Infonox on the Web’s proprietary technology that are licensed to us by Infonox on the Web under the Software License Agreement, and cause Infonox on the Web to cooperate with such third-party professional service providers to enable them to provide such professional services or service levels to us.

      Under the agreement, we own all work product, including the customized portions of the implementation of the generic transaction processing infrastructure produced by Infonox on the Web in the course of its provision of professional services to us, including all intellectual property rights therein. This agreement contains a service level guarantee by Infonox on the Web that the transaction processing infrastructure will be available to us and our customers at least 99% of the time during any calendar month, subject to certain exceptions. If Infonox fails to meet this service level guarantee during any calendar month, then we have the right, as our sole and exclusive remedy for such a breach, to terminate these professional services upon notice to Infonox during the thirty day period following that breach. As of May 2004, we are obligated to pay Infonox on the Web a fixed fee of $100,000 per month for the remainder of the term of these services, potentially subject to certain adjustments starting in January 2005, and to reimburse Infonox on the Web for certain expenses it incurs in the performance of services for us. Under this agreement Infonox on the Web’s implementation, hosting, operation, maintenance and support of a majority of our systems is scheduled to expire on March 10, 2014, but may be terminated upon certain breaches by either party, such as our failure to pay fees owing to Infonox on the Web under the agreement or Infonox on the Web’s breach of the service level agreement. The agreement requires Infonox on the Web to continue to provide services during a transition period not to exceed 90 days following termination of the agreement, if we so request and regardless of the legal basis for such termination. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred costs and expenses of $1.6 million in connection with these services.

      Pursuant to a Software License Agreement and a Technology Side Letter with Infonox on the Web, we enjoy a royalty-free, worldwide right and license to use the generic transaction processing infrastructure described above, including its component software, hardware and related services, solely in connection with our use of the customized implementation of the infrastructure which is hosted and operated by Infonox on the Web pursuant to the Professional Services Agreement. Our license to the generic transaction processing infrastructure is exclusive in the gaming industry such that Infonox on the Web may not grant any other licenses to the generic transactions processing infrastructure to any

82


Table of Contents

third party, or exercise any of its own rights in that technology except as agreed by the parties, for use with machines or devices used in the gaming industry. The agreement obligates Infonox on the Web to deposit into third-party escrow, and periodically update its deposit of, the source code to the underlying generic transaction processing infrastructure, and to provide us on an automatic basis with source code to any modifications made to customize the generic transaction processing infrastructure for us. We have rights to access the deposited source code under certain limited circumstances, such as Infonox on the Web ceasing to do business, entering into bankruptcy, discontinuing its hosting and operation of the customized implementation of the generic transaction processing infrastructure for us, or Infonox on the Web breaching certain of its obligations to us under the Professional Services Agreement or this Software License Agreement. The term of this agreement lasts at least as long as Infonox on the Web is contractually obligated to host and operate the customized implementation of the generic transaction processing infrastructure for us pursuant to the Professional Services Agreement, subject to our right to continue using any software source code released from escrow prior to expiration of the Software License Agreement and our rights to sublicense that source code to an alternative third-party provider of software services. Upon termination of this agreement, Infonox on the Web is obligated to cooperate in our transition to such an alternative third-party provider if we so request. In addition, upon the expiration of the Software License Agreement or in the event of Infonox on the Web’s uncured material breach of either the Software License Agreement or the Professional Services Agreement, provided that we have not committed any uncured material breach of any material term of the Software License Agreement at any time during the term of that agreement, we will receive a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, worldwide license to continue using the underlying generic transaction processing infrastructure, solely in its object code form at the time of such license grant, and to sublicense that code to certain other parties, including our affiliates and third-party service providers solely for use in the gaming industry.
 
USA Payments and USA Payment Systems

      USA Payments is wholly owned in equal shares by each of Mr. Maskatiya and Mr. Cucinotta, members of our board of directors. USA Payment Systems is owned 50% in equal shares by each of Mr. Maskatiya and Mr. Cucinotta, members of our board of directors. We are party to an Amended and Restated Agreement for Electronic Payment Processing and a Technology Side Letter with USA Payments and USA Payment Systems pursuant to which they perform for us electronic payment processing services relating to credit card cash advances, POS debit card transactions and ATM withdrawal transactions, including transmitting authorization requests to the relevant networks or gateways, forwarding transaction approvals or denials to us, and facilitating the settlement of all funds in connection with approved and consummated transactions. This agreement contains a service level guarantee by USA Payments and USA Payment Systems that the electronic payment processing system used to process our transactions will be available to process authorization requests we transmit to USA Payments and USA Payment Systems computer switch at least 99% of the time during any calendar month and 90% of the time during any calendar day, subject to certain exceptions. The agreement prohibits USA Payments and USA Payment Systems from scheduling any system maintenance or unavailability on a weekend or holiday without our prior permission, and permits systems maintenance or unavailability only during times that we previously approve.

      Pursuant to the agreement, we engaged USA Payments to provide services to us, and USA Payments in turn delegated certain of its obligations and assigned certain of its rights to USA Payment Systems. USA Payments is under common control with M&C International and USA Payment Systems is 50% owned by the principals of M&C International.

      Under the agreement, USA Payments or USA Payment Systems is required to enter into agreements with credit card, POS debit card or ATM networks necessary to provide services to us, and they must obtain the right to act as a switch processor, intercept processor and/or acquirer with respect to such networks, and provide the service to us as a switch processor, intercept processor and/or acquirer. The agreement obligates USA Payments and USA Payment Systems to maintain the

83


Table of Contents

confidentiality of our patron and transaction data and to maintain an information security program and internal controls to safeguard our patron and transaction data.

      We are required to enter and comply with agreements required by the gateway or network through which USA Payments or USA Payment Systems processes transactions, and must have a financial institution sponsor us or USA Payments or USA Payment Systems with each network or gateway with which we or USA Payment Systems have an agreement that requires such a sponsor. We are required to have a financial institution perform settlement services in connection with the settlement of transactions processed through the services provided to us.

      The agreement requires us to pay certain fixed monthly fees to USA Payments together with a per transaction fee based on the volume of transactions that processed under the agreement, subject to an annual minimum number of transactions. The fee is $0.03 per transaction for up to 50 million transactions, $0.025 per transaction for between 50 million and 100 million transactions, and $0.001 per transaction for over 100 million transactions. The scale of per transaction fees and annual minimum number of transactions remain fixed for the term of the agreement. This agreement also requires us to pay directly or reimburse USA Payments and USA Payment Systems for gateway or network fees, all direct telecommunication charges on a per transaction basis as billed by the provider, and monthly fees of $6,000 and $12,000 for Mastercard and VISA base processing, respectively, incurred in connection with providing these services to us. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred costs and expenses of $4.1 million in connection with the provision of these services.

      Our engagement of USA Payments and USA Payment Systems is exclusive within the gaming industry, such that neither USA Payments nor USA Payment Systems can, subject to certain limited exceptions, provide these services with respect to any third party’s machines or devices used in the gaming industry, including without limitation machines or devices that provide cash access services to patrons of gaming establishments, but permits us to obtain these services from other providers. This agreement expires on March 10, 2014, but automatically renews for 12 month terms unless either we or USA Payments or USA Payment Systems provides 90 days prior written notice of termination. This agreement is terminable by us following an uncured material breach by USA Payments or USA Payment Systems, or by USA Payments following an uncured material breach by us, such as our failure to pay fees that are owing under the agreement, subject to USA Payments’ and USA Payment Systems’ obligation to continue to provide services to us during a 180-day transition period, if we so request.

      In March 2005, we acquired ownership of the patent covering the “3-in-1 rollover” functionality from USA Payments pursuant to a Patent Purchase and License Agreement. Under that agreement, we will pay USA Payments $10.0 million upon the consummation of this offering. Under that agreement, we granted USA Payments a nonexclusive license to use the patent other than in the gaming industry. We previously enjoyed use of the patent pursuant to a Patent License Agreement and a Technology Side Letter with USA Payments pursuant to which we were granted a royalty-free, non-transferable, non-sublicensable, exclusive license to use the patented “3-in-1 rollover” functionality in the gaming industry.

Entities Affiliated with Bank of America Corporation

      The following are arrangements we have entered into with entities directly or indirectly affiliated with Bank of America Corporation, the holder of 4.99% of our capital stock prior to this offering:

 
Sponsorship Agreement

      We are party to a Sponsorship Agreement, as amended by the Amendment Number 1 to Sponsorship Agreement, to which Bank of America Merchant Services is a party. The Sponsorship Agreement is an agreement between Bank of America Merchant Services, First Data Corporation and us whereby Bank of America Merchant Services agrees to complete all necessary forms and agreements to sponsor us as a licensee under certain VISA and MasterCard rules. The sponsorship is necessary for our participation in certain ATM and POS debit card networks. Under the terms of the

84


Table of Contents

agreement, we may only use sponsored accounts to process transactions on behalf of gaming establishments or terminals located in gaming establishments. We may not process transactions for Internet gaming enterprises or activities and we may not assign or permit any other entity to use any of our sponsored accounts without the prior written approval of Bank of America Merchant Services or the necessary approvals of VISA or MasterCard. In addition, we are responsible for complying with all VISA and MasterCard rules. We have agreed to execute contracts with merchant customers and process transactions through the sponsored accounts in strict adherence to VISA and MasterCard rules and Bank of America Merchant Services’ membership and licensing agreements with VISA and MasterCard. Should we fail to comply with these rules and agreements, Bank of America Merchant Services, in its sole discretion, may terminate its sponsorship of us and our terminals with respect to any card association or network, provided that we will have 15 days after written notice to cure any violation.

      In connection with the sponsorship, we and First Data Corporation agree to jointly and severally indemnify Bank of America Merchant Services against all costs related to our failure to comply with the rules of VISA, MasterCard or the ATM and POS debit card networks. First Data Corporation may terminate the sponsorship agreement by at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Bank of America Merchant Services, but has agreed not to exercise such right prior to September 30, 2010. Notwithstanding the foregoing, First Data Corporation may exercise its right to terminate on 30 days’ written notice should certain specified events occur. We may terminate the sponsorship agreement upon 180 days’ written notice to Bank of America Merchant Services. At the sole discretion of Bank of America Merchant Services, Bank of America Merchant Services may terminate its sponsorship of us and our terminals with respect to any card association or network if it is informed by a card association or network that we are in violation of the operating rules or terms of Bank of America Merchant Services’ membership or our licensees’ rights in the sponsored accounts with respect to such card association, provided that we will have 15 days after written notice to cure any violation. In addition to the termination rights above, either we or Bank of America Merchant Services may terminate the sponsorship agreement immediately in the event that either party or First Data Corporation materially breaches its obligations under the agreement and fails to cure such breach within the specified cure period, in the event that either party or First Data Corporation becomes insolvent or in the event that Bank of America Merchant Services ceases to be a member of or sponsored into VISA or MasterCard. While we may not assign this agreement without the prior written consent of Bank of America Merchant Services, Bank of America Merchant Services may assign its rights and obligations under the agreement to an affiliate without our consent. This agreement expires on September 30, 2010.

      Bank of America Merchant Services has informed us that, in the event that the Sponsorship Agreement is terminated or expires, it does not currently intend to enter into a new sponsorship agreement with us.

 
Equity Investment in Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.

      In March 2004 when we conducted our operations as a limited liability company, we, M&C International and Bank of America Corporation entered into a Membership Unit Purchase Agreement, pursuant to which Bank of America Corporation purchased from M&C International 4.99% of the membership units in us. Bank of America Corporation paid for the membership units by issuing to M&C International two non-recourse promissory notes in the principal amount of approximately $12.0 million and approximately $8.0 million. The approximately $12.0 million note was applied to the purchase of, and was initially secured by, 2.99% of the membership units in us. The approximately $8.0 million note was applied to the purchase of, and was initially secured by, 2.0% of the membership units in us. The approximately $12.0 million note bears interest at 1.62% per annum, payable at maturity of the note and will mature on the completion of this offering. The approximately $8.0 million note bears interest at 1.62% per annum, payable at maturity of the note and will mature on the completion of this offering. In connection with our conversion to a corporation, the promissory notes and the pledge agreements pursuant to which Bank of America Corporation pledged its membership units as collateral were

85


Table of Contents

amended and restated to, among other things, reflect the conversion of us to a corporation and the conversion of the collateral into shares of our capital stock.

      Bank of America Corporation may redeem either note, in whole or in part, at any time, without premium or penalty, by paying cash in the amount of the principal amount of such note being prepaid, together will all accrued and unpaid interest on such principal amount to the date of prepayment. In the case of the payment at the stated maturity of either note or certain redemptions of either note, Bank of America Corporation will have an option, in lieu of paying cash, to tender to M&C International shares of capital stock purchased with that note, in full satisfaction of the amount of that note being so paid. Moreover, if Bank of America Corporation defaults on either note, M&C International’s only remedy would be to foreclose on the shares of capital stock purchased with the defaulted note.

      The Membership Unit Purchase Agreement provided, among other things, that, if we granted piggyback registration rights to any other person, Bank of America Corporation would also receive piggyback registration rights no less favorable than those granted to that other person. The Membership Unit Purchase Agreement further provided that Bank of America Corporation would be subject to a customary lock-up for a period not exceeding 180 days in connection with any public offering of securities by us.

 
Senior Subordinated Notes Offering

      In connection with the original issuance and sale of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012, we entered into a purchase agreement with Banc of America Securities LLC as the initial purchaser of the notes. The purchase agreement obligated us to take certain actions to ensure that the notes were eligible for deposit with and clearance and settlement through The Depository Trust Company and eligible for the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. PORTAL market, obligates us to provide certain information and reports to Banc of America Securities LLC periodically, obligated us to establish certain disclosure controls and procedures, pay certain expenses, and indemnify Banc of America Securities LLC in its capacity as the initial purchaser of the notes.

      In connection with the original issuance and sale of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012, we entered into a registration rights agreement with Banc of America Securities LLC as the initial purchaser of the notes. The registration rights agreement obligated us to consummate an exchange offer of the notes for registered notes of like tenor and effect, pay liquidated damages to the holders of the notes if the exchange offer was not consummated according to a prescribed schedule, pay certain expenses, and indemnify the holders of the notes in connection with the registration of the exchange notes.

     Senior Secured Credit Facilities

      In March 2004, our operating subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., entered into senior secured credit facilities arranged by Banc of America Securities LLC, with Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent and collateral agent, in an aggregate principal amount of $280.0 million, consisting of a five-year revolving credit facility of $20.0 million (with a $10.0 million letters of credit sub-facility and a $5.0 million swingline sub-facility) and a six-year term loan of $260.0 million. Proceeds of the term loan portion of the senior secured credit facilities were used to finance in part the recapitalization of our ownership in March 2004 and to pay related fees and expenses. Proceeds from the revolving credit facility portion of the senior secured credit facilities are used for letters of credit and to provide working capital and other general corporate purposes. The senior secured credit facilities are guaranteed by us and all of our current and future domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries, and are secured by a first priority lien on all of the outstanding capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc., substantially all of our assets and our guarantor subsidiaries, including, but not limited to, real property, accounts receivable, inventory, instruments, documents, deposit accounts, investment property, intellectual property, general intangibles and equipment, and 65% of the ownership interests in our foreign subsidiaries.

      The senior secured credit facilities contain affirmative and negative covenants, including, among others, covenants relating to financial and compliance reporting, covenants restricting us and our

86


Table of Contents

subsidiaries from incurring debt (including guarantees) and entering into derivatives transactions, creating liens, consummating certain transactions (such as dispositions of assets, mergers, acquisitions, reorganizations, recapitalizations, and sale and leaseback transactions), making certain investments and loans, making dividends and other distributions, liquidating, prepaying, repurchasing, redeeming, amending or modifying other indebtedness, and transactions with affiliates. The senior secured credit facilities limit our ability to make capital expenditures. The senior secured credit facilities also require us to meet certain financial tests on a consolidated basis.

      The senior secured credit facilities also contain customary events of default including, among others, payment defaults under the credit facilities, covenant default under the credit facilities, cross defaults on debt, certain judgments, certain intellectual property licenses being not in full force and effect or are amended, a change of control and any event of default under our notes. An event of default under the senior secured credit facilities will allow the lenders to accelerate or, in certain cases, will automatically cause the acceleration of, the maturity of the debt under the senior secured credit facilities.

     Other

      We have entered into an agreement with Bank of America, N.A. for the supply of currency to satisfy the normal operating requirements of our ATMs and our ACMs. Under the terms of this agreement, we pay a monthly cash usage fee equal to the average daily dollars outstanding on all ATMs multiplied by the average LIBOR rate for one-month deposits for the month (calculated on the basis of the number of days in the month and a 360-day year) plus a margin of 25 basis points. This agreement commenced in June 2004, and we incurred $3.1 million of cash usage fees under terms of this agreement during the year ended December 31, 2004. We also utilize Bank of America, N.A. for our general corporate banking services. Our total fees incurred for general corporate banking services provided to us during the year ended December 31, 2004 were $1.0 million.

Entities Controlled by First Data Corporation

      The following are arrangements we entered into with entities directly or indirectly controlled by First Data Corporation at a time when First Data Corporation indirectly held an ownership interest in us and designees of First Data Corporation served on our management committee:

     TRS Recovery Services, Inc.

      We are party to a TeleCheck Marketing Agreement with TRS Recovery Services, Inc. pursuant to which we were appointed as an agent to market the TeleCheck check warranty service to gaming establishments. In exchange for marketing the TeleCheck check warranty service, we receive 87% of all service fees collected from gaming establishments that have entered into TeleCheck gaming service agreements as a result of our marketing efforts. The current term of this agreement expires March 31, 2006. The warranty provision of the agreement provides that TRS Recovery Services, Inc. covenants to recover from check writers of returned checks, within 120 days of its purchase of such returned checks, not less than 70% of the aggregate face amount of such returned checks. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we incurred warranty expenses of $10.1 million pursuant to the terms of this agreement with TRS Recovery Services, Inc.

     Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. and Integrated Payment Systems Canada Inc.

      We are party to a Money Order Trust Agreement with Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. and our Canadian subsidiary, CashCall Systems, Inc., is party to a Money Order Trust Agreement with Integrated Payment Systems Canada Inc. pursuant to which we and CashCall Systems, Inc. were appointed as agents to sell money order instruments issued by Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. and Integrated Payment Systems Canada Inc. Under the agreements, we and CashCall Systems, Inc. may charge a discretionary consumer fee for each money order we sell. In exchange, we pay Integrated

87


Table of Contents

Payment Systems, Inc. $0.07 for each money order we sell. Pursuant to the agreements, neither we nor CashCall Systems, Inc. may assign the rights without prior written consent of Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. In the event of a change of control in the ownership or control of us or CashCall Systems, Inc., we and CashCall Systems, Inc., respectively, are required to notify Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. in advance of such change of control and Integrated Payment Systems, Inc., at its sole option, may terminate the agreement. Our and CashCall Systems, Inc.’s appointments as agents to sell money order instruments issued by Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. and Integrated Payment Systems Canada Inc. expire on March 10, 2005. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we paid Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. approximately $1.1 million for these and other services.

     Western Union Financial Services, Inc.

      We are party to a Network Agency Agreement with Western Union Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to which we were appointed as an agent to market Western Union’s money transfer services to gaming establishments. As a network agent, we enable casinos to complete Western Union’s regular two-party money transfers. In exchange, Western Union pays us fees and commissions that vary with the amount of monthly transactions. Our appointment as an agent to market Western Union’s money transfer services to gaming establishments ends on March  10, 2007.

      We are party to a Participation Agreement with Western Union Financial Services, Inc. pursuant to which we are granted certain rights to access the Western Union Financial Services, Inc. network through ATMs or other eligible services employed to access the network. For each Western Union domestic money transfer transaction initiated at one of our terminals, we will receive $0.50 and for each Western Union domestic money transfer transaction disbursed from one of our terminals, we will receive $2.50. Western Union receives from us a monthly support fee of $500. The term of this agreement expires on November 28, 2006. Thereafter, the agreement will continue in effect subject to the right of either party to terminate the agreement upon 90 days’ notice.

      During the year ended December 31, 2004, we recorded revenues from Western Union Financial Services, Inc. of approximately $0.4 million pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

     Chase Merchant Services, L.L.C.

      We are party to a Joint Marketing Agreement with Chase Merchant Services, L.L.C. pursuant to which we are to market the merchant processing services of Chase Merchant Services, L.L.C. to our gaming establishment customers in exchange for referral fees. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we received minimal payment from Chase Merchant Services, L.L.C. pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

     First Data Loan Company

      CashCall Systems, Inc. is party to a Merchant Services Agreement with First Data Loan Company, Canada pursuant to which First Data Loan Company provides processing and settlement services to support CashCall Systems, Inc.’s provision of cash access services to gaming establishments in Canada. In exchange, CashCall Systems, Inc. pays a fee to First Data Loan Company, Canada for services, based upon assumptions associated with the anticipated annual volume, average transaction size and customer’s method of business. The Merchant Services Agreement requires CashCall Systems, Inc., to use First Data Loan Company as its exclusive provider of the services above in Canada. Under the agreement, a change of control in CashCall Systems, Inc. provides First Data Loan Company, Canada with the right to terminate this agreement by giving not less than 10 days’ notice to CashCall Systems, Inc. The term of this agreement expires on August 16, 2005, but unless any party terminates by written notice at least 60 days’ prior to term expiration, the agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year renewal periods. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we paid First Data Loan Company, Canada approximately $0.7 million in interchange and

88


Table of Contents

processing fees. The fees charged by First Data Loan Company may increase for any reason upon 30 days prior notice to CashCall Systems, Inc.

     First Financial Bank (formerly known as Western Union Bank)

      We are party to an Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement with First Financial Bank (formerly known as Western Union Bank) pursuant to which First Financial Bank sponsors us as a participant in certain ATM networks. The sponsorship, as amended by the amended Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement, allows us to connect our ATMs to the NYCE network. In exchange, we pay First Financial Bank $0.005 for each completed transaction that is transmitted through any of the networks sponsored by First Financial Bank. We may not assign our rights under the agreement without prior written consent from First Financial Bank, which may not be unreasonably withheld. The term of this agreement expires on November 12, 2005. Thereafter, the agreement will automatically renew for successive one-year renewal periods unless terminated by either party according to the terms thereof. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we made minimal payments to First Financial Bank pursuant to the terms of this agreement.

     First Data POS, Inc.

      First Data POS, Inc. has historically deployed, warehoused and maintained equipment for us without a written agreement. During the year ended December 31, 2004, we made minimal payments to First Data POS, Inc. pursuant to this arrangement.

     First Data Corporation

      During the period in which we were majority owned by First Data Corporation, we obtained various support services from First Data Corporation, including tax, accounting, and regulatory compliance services, corporate insurance coverage. Subsequent to First Data Corporation ceasing to own an equity interest in us, we continued to obtain certain services, such as telecommunication services, through procurement arrangements of First Data Corporation.

      We are party to a Sponsorship Agreement, as amended by the Amendment Number 1 to Sponsorship Agreement, to which First Data Corporation is a party. The Sponsorship Agreement is an agreement between Bank of America Merchant Services, First Data Corporation and us whereby Bank of America Merchant Services agrees to complete all necessary forms and agreements to sponsor us as a licensee under certain VISA and MasterCard rules. The sponsorship is necessary for our participation in certain ATM and POS debit card networks. Under the terms of the agreement, we may only use sponsored accounts to process transactions on behalf of gaming establishments or terminals located in gaming establishments. We may not process transactions for Internet gaming enterprises or activities and we may not assign or permit any other entity to use any of our sponsored accounts without the prior written approval of Bank of America Merchant Services or the necessary approvals of VISA or MasterCard. In addition, we are responsible for complying with all VISA and MasterCard rules. We have agreed to execute contracts with merchant customers and process transactions through the sponsored accounts in strict adherence to VISA and MasterCard rules and Bank of America Merchant Services’ membership and licensing agreements with VISA and MasterCard. Should we fail to comply with these rules and agreements, Bank of America Merchant Services, in its sole discretion, may terminate its sponsorship of us and our terminals with respect to any card association or network, provided that we will have 15 days after written notice to cure any violation.

      In connection with the sponsorship, we and First Data Corporation agree to jointly and severally indemnify Bank of America Merchant Services against all costs related to our failure to comply with the rules of VISA, MasterCard or the ATM and POS debit card networks. First Data Corporation may terminate the sponsorship agreement by at least 30 days’ prior written notice to Bank of America Merchant Services, but has agreed not to exercise such right prior to September 30, 2010. Notwithstanding the foregoing, First Data Corporation may exercise its right to terminate on 30 days’

89


Table of Contents

written notice should certain specified events occur. We may terminate the sponsorship agreement upon 180 days’ written notice to Bank of America Merchant Services. At the sole discretion of Bank of America Merchant Services, Bank of America Merchant Services may terminate its sponsorship of us and our terminals with respect to any card association or network if it is informed by a card association or network that we are in violation of the operating rules or terms of Bank of America Merchant Services’ membership or our licensees’ rights in the sponsored accounts with respect to such card association, provided that we will have 15 days after written notice to cure any violation. In addition to the termination rights above, either we or Bank of America Merchant Services may terminate the sponsorship agreement immediately in the event that either party or First Data Corporation materially breaches its obligations under the agreement and fails to cure such breach within the specified cure period, in the event that either party or First Data Corporation becomes insolvent or in the event that Bank of America Merchant Services ceases to be a member of or sponsored into VISA or MasterCard. While we may not assign this agreement without the prior written consent of Bank of America Merchant Services, Bank of America Merchant Services may assign its rights and obligations under the agreement to an affiliate without our consent. This agreement expires on September 30, 2010.

      In March 2004, we entered into a Sponsorship Indemnification Agreement with First Data Corporation whereby we agree to indemnify, protect and hold harmless FDFS Holdings, LLC and its affiliates from and against any and all losses and expenses, imposed in any manner upon, incurred by or asserted against FDFS Holdings, LLC and/or its affiliates in connection with or arising from its indemnification obligations pursuant to the Sponsorship Agreement. The Sponsorship Indemnification Agreement indemnifies First Data Corporation for its liability under the Sponsorship Agreement until (i) the Sponsorship Agreement between Bank of America Merchant Services, First Data Corporation and us is terminated or (ii) an event of default occurs and is unremedied. While First Data Corporation has the right to terminate the Sponsorship Agreement upon 30 days’ written notice, First Data Corporation covenants in the Sponsorship Indemnification Agreement that it will not exercise its termination right under the Sponsorship Agreement prior to September 30, 2010, unless certain events occur.

     NYCE Corporation

      We are party to a NYCE Network Terminal Participant Agreement with NYCE Corporation pursuant to which certain of our ATMs are permitted to participate in the NYCE network. NYCE owns and operates an electronic funds transfer network whereby insured depository institutions and other approved organizations are able, among other things, to route, process and settle transactions originated at terminals and the agreement permits our becoming a banking terminal participant in the NYCE network. The term of this agreement expires on May 17, 2005, and will automatically renew for successive three-year renewal periods, unless any party terminates by written notice at least 180 days’ prior to term expiration. In the year ended December 31, 2004, we earned $4.2 million from NYCE Corporation pursuant to this agreement.

Entities Affiliated with the Private Equity Investors

      We and certain of our stockholders prior to this offering are party to a Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, a Registration Agreement, a Stockholders Agreement and an Investor Rights Agreement that were executed and delivered in April 2004 in connection with a recapitalization of our ownership that involved a sale by M&C International of a substantial equity interest in us to a number of private equity investors. Such private equity investors include entities affiliated with Summit Partners and entities affiliated with Tudor Investment Corporation. Mr. Kortschak and Mr. Fitzgerald, directors of the company, are partners and members of various entities affiliated with Summit Partners. Entities affiliated with Summit Partners own approximately 35% of our capital stock prior to this offering. Entities affiliated with Tudor Investment Corporation own approximately 13% of our capital stock prior to this offering.

90


Table of Contents

     Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement

      Pursuant to the Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, (i) we agreed to exchange with M&C International and Bank of America Corporation their ownership interests in us as a limited liability company for different types of ownership interests in us as a limited liability company, (ii) M&C International agreed to sell to the private equity investors a portion of M&C International’s ownership interest in us for an aggregate purchase price of $316,400,000, (iii) we agreed to convert from a limited liability company to a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, (iv) we agreed to cause our operating subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., to be converted from a limited liability company to a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, and (v) in connection with our conversion to a corporation, all outstanding ownership interests in us as a limited liability company were automatically converted into shares of capital stock as a corporation.

     Registration Agreement

      The Registration Agreement provides M&C International, Bank of America Corporation and the private equity investors with certain rights to cause us to register their shares of capital stock on a registration statement filed with the SEC. The Registration Agreement also obligates our stockholders to refrain from certain selling activities involving our equity securities following certain public offerings of securities by us. For a further description of this agreement, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.”

     Stockholders Agreement

      The Stockholders Agreement includes (i) provisions relating to the composition of the board of directors and committees of the board of directors of us and each of our subsidiaries, (ii) provisions relating to certain restrictions on the transfer of shares of our capital stock, including rights of first offer and co-sale rights with respect to shares proposed to be sold, (iii) provisions relating to a right of first refusal to purchase certain shares of capital stock proposed to be sold by Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., (iv) provisions relating to the obligation of certain stockholders to vote in favor of and take certain actions in furtherance of certain transactions involving the disposition of all or substantially all of our capital stock or assets, and (v) provisions relating to the obligation of M&C International to repurchase shares of capital stock from Bank of America Corporation in certain circumstances, all of which provisions will automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of this offering. Pursuant to a Termination and Consent, effective upon the consummation of this offering, provisions in the Stockholders Agreement relating to the confidentiality of certain information obtained by our stockholders from us prior to the consummation of this offering will terminate and be of no further force or effect. The Stockholders Agreement also includes provisions relating to procedures that must be followed in connection with the transfer of unregistered securities, which provisions will remain in effect following this offering.

     Investor Rights Agreement

      The Investor Rights Agreement provides the private equity investors with certain rights to receive financial statements and other information from us and to inspect our properties, books and records. The Investor Rights Agreement includes (i) provisions that prohibit us from taking certain actions without the prior written consent of certain constituencies of our stockholders, and (ii) provisions that obligate us to take certain actions so long as certain constituencies of our stockholders continue to hold certain equity interests in us, all of which provisions will automatically terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the consummation of this offering. Pursuant to a Termination and Consent, effective upon the consummation of this offering, provisions in the Investor Rights Agreement restricting our ability to enter into or modify certain agreements with certain of our executives and key employees will terminate and be of no further force or effect. The Investor Rights Agreement also includes provisions relating to our obligation to comply with the periodic reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, which provisions will remain in effect following this offering.

91


Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

      As of March 22, 2005, we had three holders of our class A common stock, one holder of our class B common stock, 13 holders of our Class A preferred stock and 13 holders of our class B preferred stock. Prior to the consummation of this offering, all of our outstanding capital stock will be reconstituted as common stock. We expect that we will have 16 holders of our common stock immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

      The following table presents information regarding the beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock as of March 22, 2005, assuming the reconstitution of all of our outstanding capital stock as common stock, with respect to:

  •  each of our directors;
 
  •  each of the executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table above;
 
  •  our directors and the executive officers listed in the Summary Compensation Table, as a group;
 
  •  persons owning more than 5% of a class of our common stock; and
 
  •  each of the selling stockholders.

      Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the SEC and generally includes voting or investment power over securities. Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder. Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 71,500,000 shares of common stock outstanding as of March 22, 2005 and shares of common stock outstanding after completion of this offering. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 22, 2005 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options.

                                                 
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Owned After
the Offering Number of the Offering Total Shares Offered

Shares
if Over-allotment
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Number Percent Offered Number Percent Option is Exercised







Current directors and director nominees
                                               
Karim Maskatiya(1)
    27,748,698       38.81 %                                
Robert Cucinotta(2)
    27,748,698       38.81 %                                
Walter G. Kortschak(3)
    25,040,808       35.02 %                                
Charles J. Fitzgerald(4)
    25,040,808       35.02 %                                
Kirk Sanford(5)
    858,452       1.20 %                                
E. Miles Kilburn
                                           
Named officers who are not directors
                                               
Harry C. Hagerty
                                           
Diran Kludjian
                                           
Thomas Sears
                                           
Kurt Sullivan
                                           
Robert C. Fry
                                           
Pamela Shinkle
                                           
Directors and officers as a group (12 persons)(6)
    53,647,958       75.03 %                                
Persons owning more than 5% of a class of our equity securities
                                               
M&C International(7)
    27,748,698       38.81 %                                
Summit Partners(8)
    25,040,808       35.02 %                                
Entities affiliated with Tudor Investment Corporation(9)
    9,315,774       13.03 %                                

92


Table of Contents

                                                 
Shares Beneficially Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to Owned After
the Offering Number of the Offering Total Shares Offered

Shares
if Over-allotment
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner Number Percent Offered Number Percent Option is Exercised







Additional Selling Stockholders
                                               
HarbourVest Partners VI-Direct Fund L.P. (10)(11)
    2,484,209       3.47 %                                
General Motors Investment Management Corporation (11)(12)
    2,484,209       3.47 %                                
Bank of America Corporation(13)
    3,567,850       4.99 %                                


  (1)  Includes 27,748,698 shares of common stock held by M&C International, after giving effect to the transfer of 858,452 shares of common stock to Mr. Sanford, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.” Mr. Maskatiya disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by M&C International except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in M&C International. Mr. Maskatiya’s address is c/o M&C International, 643 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.
 
  (2)  Includes 27,748,698 shares of common stock held by M&C International, after giving effect to the transfer of 858,452 shares of common stock to Mr. Sanford, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.” Mr. Cucinotta disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by M&C International except to the extent of his pecuniary interest in M&C International. Mr. Cucinotta’s address is c/o M&C International, 643 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.
 
  (3)  Consists of 25,040,808 shares of common stock held by Summit Partners. Mr. Kortschak disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Kortschak’s address is c/o Summit Partners, L.P., 499 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.
 
  (4)  Consists of 25,040,808 shares of common stock held by Summit Partners. Mr. Fitzgerald disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares. Mr. Fitzgerald’s address is c/o Summit Partners, L.P., 499 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.
 
  (5)  After giving effect to the transfer of 858,452 shares of common stock to Mr. Sanford, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.” Mr. Sanford’s address is c/o Global Cash Access, Inc., 3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120.
 
  (6)  See notes 1 through 5.
 
  (7)  After giving effect to the transfer of 858,452 shares of common stock to Mr. Sanford, as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions — Entities Controlled by Karim Maskatiya and Robert Cucinotta.” M&C International is beneficially owned as to 50.0% by Karim Maskatiya and as to 50.0% by Robert Cucinotta. M&C International’s address is 643 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134.
 
  (8)  Of these shares, 16,977,131 shares are held by Summit Ventures VI-A, L.P., 7,080,140 shares are held by Summit Ventures VI-B, L.P., 353,078 shares are held by Summit VI Advisors Fund, L.P., 542,090 shares are held by Summit VI Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. and 88,369 shares are held by Summit Investors VI, L.P. (such entities collectively referred to as “Summit Partners”). Summit Partners, L.P. is the managing member of Summit Partners VI (GP), LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P., which is the general partner of each of Summit Ventures VI-A, L.P., Summit Ventures VI-B, L.P., Summit VI Advisors Fund, L.P., Summit VI Entrepreneurs Fund, L.P. and Summit Investors VI, L.P. Summit Partners, L.P., through a three-person investment committee composed of certain members of Summit Master Company, LLC, has voting and dispositive authority over the shares held by each of these entities and therefore beneficially owns such shares. Decisions of the investment committee are made by a majority vote of its members and, as a result, no single member of the investment committee has voting or dispositive authority over the shares. Gregory M. Avis, John R. Carroll, Peter Y. Chung, Scott C.

93


Table of Contents

  Collins, Bruce R. Evans, Charles J. Fitzgerald, Walter G. Kortschak, Martin J. Mannion, Kevin P. Mohan, Thomas S. Roberts, E. Roe Stamps, Joseph F. Trustey, Robert V. Walsh and Stephen G. Woodsum are the members of Summit Master Company, LLC, which is the general partner of Summit Partners, L.P., and each disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by Summit Partners. The address for each of these entities is 499 Hamilton Avenue, Suite 200, Palo Alto, California 94301.
 
  (9)  Includes 3,105,258 shares held by Tudor Ventures II, L.P., 547,066 shares held by Tudor Proprietary Trading, L.L.C., 1,020,916 shares held by Tudor BVI Global Portfolio Ltd., 50,466 shares held by The Altar Rock Fund L.P. and 4,592,068 shares held by The Raptor Global Portfolio Ltd. Tudor Investment Corporation acts as investment advisor and/or general partner of Tudor Ventures II, L.P., Tudor BVI Global Portfolio Ltd., The Altar Rock Fund L.P. and The Raptor Global Portfolio Ltd. and as a result may be deemed to share voting and/or investment control over the shares held by each such entity. As a result, Tudor Investment Corporation may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by each such entity. Tudor Investment Corporation expressly disclaims such beneficial ownership. In addition, Tudor Investment Corporation is an affiliate of Tudor Proprietary Trading, L.L.C. and therefor may be deemed to beneficially own the shares held by Tudor Proprietary Trading, L.L.C. Tudor Investment Corporation expressly disclaims such beneficial ownership. The address of Tudor Investment Corporation is 50 Rowes Wharf, 6th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(10)  The address of HarbourVest Partners VI-Direct Fund L.P. is c/o HarbourVest Partners, LLC, One Financial Center, 44th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02111.
 
(11)  This selling stockholder is one of the private equity investors that purchased an interest in us from M&C International in May 2004.
 
(12)  Consists of shares registered in the name of and being sold by GM Capital Partners I, L.P. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust. GM Partners I LLC is the general partner of GM Capital Partners I, L.P. and General Motors Investment Management Corporation, or GMIMCo, is the managing member of GM Capital Partners I, L.P. Voting and investment power of our shares registered in the name of GM Capital Partners I, L.P. is held by the investment committee of GMIMCo. First Plaza Group Trust is a pension trust formed pursuant to the laws of the State of New York for the benefit of certain employee benefit plans of General Motors Corporation, its subsidiaries and unrelated employers. Shares in our company registered in the name of JPMorgan Chase Bank, as trustee for First Plaza Group Trust may be deemed to be owned beneficially by GMIMCo, a wholly-owned subsidiary of General Motors Corporation. GMIMCo is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. GMIMCo’s principal business is providing investment advice and investment management services with respect to the assets of certain employee benefit plans of GM, its subsidiaries and unrelated employers, and with respect to the assets of certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of GM and associated entities. GMIMCo is serving as investment manager with respect to these shares and in that capacity it has the sole power to direct the trustee as to the voting and disposition of these shares. Because of the trustee’s limited role, beneficial ownership of First Plaza Group Trust’s shares by the trustee is disclaimed. The address of GMIMCo is 767 Fifth Avenue, New York, New York 10153.
 
(13)  The address of Bank of America Corporation is 600 Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94111.

94


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

      Upon completion of this offering and assuming the filing of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our authorized capital stock will consist of                      shares of common stock, $0.001 par value and            shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value. As of December 31, 2004, there were 71,500,000 shares of our common stock outstanding, as adjusted to reflect a 13-for-1 stock split completed on January 7, 2005 and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into common stock on the closing of this offering, that were held of record by 11 stockholders, and options to purchase 722,215 shares of common stock were outstanding. We will have a total of                      shares of common stock outstanding following this offering.

      The following description assumes the filing of an amended and restated certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering. This description is only a summary. You should also refer to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, both of which have been filed with the SEC as exhibits to our registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

      Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available therefor at the times and in the amounts as our board of directors may from time to time determine. All dividends are non-cumulative. In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our company, the holders of common stock are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to the prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. Each stockholder is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of the shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, with each director serving a three-year term and one class being elected at each year’s annual meeting of stockholders. See “Management — Composition of Board.” The common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. Each outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common stock to be outstanding upon completion of this offering will be, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

      Pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to                      shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Our board of directors, without stockholder approval, can issue preferred stock with voting, conversion, or other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of common stock. Preferred stock could thus be issued quickly with terms calculated to delay or prevent a change in control or make removal of management more difficult. Additionally, the issuance of preferred stock may have the effect of decreasing the market price of the common stock and may adversely affect the voting and other rights of the holders of common stock. At present, we have no plans to issue any preferred stock following this offering.

Registration Rights

      After the SEC declares this registration statement effective, and assuming we comply with various other requirements, the holders of approximately            shares of common stock will hold registration

95


Table of Contents

rights. These rights are held under the terms of an agreement between us and various stockholders. Under the terms of this agreement, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act, either for our own account or for other security holders, we must give the holders of registration rights notice of such registration and include a portion of their shares of common stock in such registration if they so choose at our expense. In addition, some holders of registration rights may require us to file a registration statement under the Securities Act at our expense with respect to their shares of common stock. We are required to use our commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration. All of these registration rights are subject to specific conditions and limitations, among them the right of the underwriters of any offering to limit the number of shares included in such registration and our right not to effect a registration in specific situations. Under this agreement, we have agreed to bear all registration expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions and fees), and specific fees and disbursements of counsel of the holders of registration rights. We have agreed to indemnify the holders of registration rights against specific liabilities under the Securities Act. We are bearing all such costs related to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. A summary of the terms of such registration rights is described below.

      Demand Registration Rights. At any time 180 days after the closing of this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares held by the private equity investors having registration rights and at least a majority of the shares held by M&C International, including shares transferred by M&C International to Mr. Sanford prior to the consummation of this offering, can each demand that we file a registration statement for those shares. We will effect the registration as requested, unless the underwriters decide to limit the number of shares that may be included in the registration due to marketing factors. We are only obligated to satisfy three demand registrations for M&C International, two demand registrations for the private equity investors other than entities affiliated with Tudor Investment Corporation, or Tudor, and one demand registration for Tudor, and we may defer a registration by up to 90 days under specified circumstances once per 12-month period.

      Piggyback Registration Rights. If we register any securities for public sale, the shares of the private equity investors having registration rights and the shares held by M&C International, including shares transferred by M&C International to Mr. Sanford prior to the consummation of this offering, and Bank of America Corporation having registration rights may include their shares in the registration statement. The underwriters have the right to limit the number of shares having registration rights that may be included in the registration statement, and the shares, if any, to be included in the registration statement are allocated 61.75% to the private equity investors, 33.25% to M&C International, including shares transferred by M&C International to Mr. Sanford prior to the consummation of this offering, and 5% to Bank of America Corporation. In this initial public offering,            shares held by the private equity investors are included,            shares held by M&C International are included, no shares held by Mr. Sanford are included, and            shares held by Bank of America Corporation are included.

      Form S-3 Registration Rights. If we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, any holders of the shares having registration rights can demand that we file a registration statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement, so long as the aggregate offering value of securities to be sold under the registration statement on Form S-3 or any similar short-form registration statement is at least $10 million. We may defer a registration by up to 90 days under specified circumstances once per 12-month period. We are not obligated to include in any Form S-3 registration that is not underwritten the shares of the private equity investors or M&C International, including shares transferred by M&C International to Mr. Sanford prior to the consummation of this offering, who would be permitted to sell all of their securities pursuant to Rule 144 during the 90 day period commencing on the effective date of any Form S-3 registration.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Law and Charter and Bylaw Provisions

      Delaware Statute. Upon consummation of this offering, we will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. In general, this statute prohibits a publicly-held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested stockholder” for a

96


Table of Contents

period of three years after the date that the person became an interested stockholder unless (with certain exceptions):

  •  Prior to such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business, combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
 
  •  Upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder), those shares owned (1) by persons who are directors and also officers and (2) by employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
 
  •  On or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder.

      Generally, a “business combination” includes a merger, asset sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder, and an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years prior, did own) 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock. These provisions may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us without further action by our stockholders.

      Charter Provisions. Following the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws will contain provisions that could have the effect of discouraging potential acquisition proposals or making a tender offer or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company, including changes a stockholder might consider favorable. These could have the effect of decreasing the market price of our common stock. In particular, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws, as applicable, among other things, will:

  •  divide our board of directors into three separate classes serving staggered three-year terms, which will have the effect of requiring at least two annual stockholder meetings instead of one, to replace a majority of our directors, which could have the effect of delaying of preventing a change in our control or management;
 
  •  provide that special meetings of stockholders can only be called by our board of directors, chairman of the board, chief executive officer or president (in the absence of a chief executive officer). In addition, the business permitted to be conducted at any special meeting of stockholders is limited to the business specified in the notice of such meeting to the stockholders;
 
  •  provide for an advance notice procedure with regard to business to be brought before a meeting of stockholders which may delay or preclude stockholders from bringing matters before a meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at a meeting of stockholders, which could delay or deter takeover attempts or changes in management;
 
  •  eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent so that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting;
 
  •  provide that directors may only be removed for cause with the approval of stockholders holding a majority of our outstanding voting stock;
 
  •  provide that vacancies on our board of directors may be filled by a majority of directors in office, although less than a quorum and that our board of directors may fix the number of directors by resolution;

97


Table of Contents

  •  allow our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock with rights senior to those of the common stock and that otherwise could adversely affect the rights and powers, including voting rights and the right to approve or not to approve an acquisition or other change in control, of the holders of common stock, without any further vote or action by the stockholders; and
 
  •  not provide for cumulative voting for our directors, which may make it more difficult for stockholders owning less than a majority of our stock to elect any directors to our board of directors.

      These provisions may have the effect of discouraging third party from acquiring us, even if doing so would be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of our board of directors and in the policies formulated by them, and to discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual or threatened change in control of our company. These provisions are designed to reduce our vulnerability to an unsolicited acquisition proposal and to discourage some tactics that may be used in proxy fights. We believe that the benefits of increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging such proposals because, among other things, negotiation of such proposals could result in an improvement of the proposed terms. However, these provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. These provisions also may have the effect of preventing changes in our management.

Limitation of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

      Our certificate of incorporation includes provisions that limit the personal liability of our officers and directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, except for liability that cannot be eliminated under the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Delaware General Corporation Law does not permit a provision in a corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation that would eliminate such liability (i) for any breach of their duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for any unlawful payment of a dividend or unlawful stock repurchase or redemption, as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

      While these provisions provide directors with protection from awards for monetary damages for breaches of their duty of care, they do not eliminate such duty. Accordingly, these provisions will have no effect on the availability of equitable remedies such as an injunction or rescission based on a director’s breach of his or her duty of care. The provisions described above apply to an officer of a corporation only if he or she is a director of such corporation and is acting in his or her capacity as director, and do not apply to the officers of the corporation who are not directors.

      Our bylaws provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we may indemnify our directors, officers and employees and agents. In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our executive officers and directors pursuant to which we have agreed to indemnify each such executive officer and director to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. These agreements, among other things, provide for indemnification of our directors for expenses, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in any action or proceeding arising out of such person’s services as an officer or director. We believe these provisions and agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as executive officers and directors. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors or executive officers in which indemnification is required or permitted, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation or proceeding that may result in a claim for such indemnification.

98


Table of Contents

Listing

      We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GCA”.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

      The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company.

99


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF GUARANTEE

      In 2004, our operating subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., issued $235 million in aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012. The senior subordinated notes were issued pursuant to an indenture among Global Cash Access, Inc., as issuer, Central Credit, LLC, as guarantor, and one or more trustees. You should refer to the indenture, which was previously filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement on Form S-4 (Registration No. 333-117218), for a complete description of the senior subordinated notes.

      Effective upon the consummation of this offering of common stock, we will guarantee the obligations of Global Cash Access, Inc. under the senior subordinated notes.

      Our guarantee will be full and unconditional, so that, subject to the subordination described below, if Global Cash Access, Inc. defaults in the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the senior subordinated notes when and as the same shall become due, whether upon maturity, acceleration, call for redemption or otherwise, without the necessity of action by the trustee or any holder of senior subordinated notes, we shall be required to make such payment immediately and fully, and if we don’t, any holder of senior subordinated notes may immediately bring suit directly against us for payment of all amounts due and payable.

      Our guarantee of the senior subordinated notes will be subordinate to our existing guarantee of the senior secured credit facilities in the same manner as the rights of holders of the senior subordinated notes to payment in full are subordinate to those of the lenders under our senior secured credit facilities.

      Our guarantee will be joint and several with the existing guarantee of the same obligations by Central Credit, LLC.

      We conduct substantially all of our business through Global Cash Access, Inc. and its subsidiaries and do not own any material assets other than all of the stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. Our obligations under the guarantee are as a secondary obligor, and such obligations are subordinated to our obligations under our existing guarantee of the senior secured credit facilities, as described above. We are presently dependent on the receipt of dividends or other payments from Global Cash Access, Inc. to make payments on both guarantees.

      No stockholder, officer or director, past, present or future of us or any successor corporation shall have any personal liability in respect of our obligations under the guarantee by reason of his, her or its status as such stockholder, officer or director.

100


Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

      Prior to this offering, there has been no market for our common stock. Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                      shares of our common stock. Of these shares, the                      shares sold by us and the selling stockholders in the offering (plus any shares issued upon exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (generally, our officers, directors and 10% stockholders). Shares purchased by affiliates may generally only be sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act or in compliance with limitations of Rule 144 as described below.

      The remaining                      shares outstanding are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rules 144, 144(k), or 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. All of these shares are subject to lock-up agreements pursuant to which the stockholder has agreed not to offer, sell, contract to sell, grant any option to purchase, or otherwise dispose of our common stock or any securities exercisable for or convertible into our common stock owned by them for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. As a result of these contractual restrictions, notwithstanding possible earlier eligibility for sale under the provisions of Rules 144, 144(k), and 701, shares subject to lock-up agreements may not be sold until such agreements expire or are waived by the designated underwriters’ representative. Taking into account the lock-up agreements, and assuming we and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. do not release stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times:

  •  beginning on the effective date of the offering, only the shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market;
 
  •  an additional                      shares will become eligible for sale pursuant to Rule 144 beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Shares eligible to be sold by affiliates pursuant to Rule 144 are subject to volume restrictions as described below; and
 
  •  an additional                      shares will become eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144 at various dates in the future.

      After the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under (i) a standalone stock option agreement with Harry Hagerty, our Chief Financial Officer, and (ii) our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. Based upon the number of shares subject to outstanding options, including Mr. Hagerty’s option, and currently reserved for issuance under our 2005 Stock Incentive Plan, this registration statement on Form S-8 would cover approximately 4,563,830 shares in addition to annual increases in the number of shares available under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan pursuant to the terms of such plan. Shares registered under this registration statement will generally be available for sale in the open market immediately after the 180-day lock-up agreements expire or earlier if we and Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. release the stockholders from the lock-up agreements.

      Also beginning six months after the date of this offering, holders of                      shares of our common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of these shares for sale in the public market. For more information, see “Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration.

101


Table of Contents

      Rule 144. In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, and beginning after the expiration of the lock-up agreements, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned restricted shares for at least one year would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of: one percent of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding (which will equal approximately                      shares immediately after the offering) or the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the sale. Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of us at any time during the three months preceding a sale, and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, is entitled to sell shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

      Rule 701. In general, beginning 90 days after the effective date, each of our directors, officers, employees, consultants, or advisors who purchased shares pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract prior to this offering may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 without having to comply with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.

102


Table of Contents

MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL TAX CONSEQUENCES

FOR NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS

      This is a general summary of material United States Federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of common stock if you are a beneficial owner of shares other than:

  •  a citizen or resident of the United States;
 
  •  a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States or any political subdivision of the United States;
 
  •  an estate, the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source;
 
  •  a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more United States persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or
 
  •  a trust that existed on August 20, 1996, was treated as a United States person on August 19, 1996, and elected to be treated as a United States person.

      This summary does not address all of the United States Federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances or if you are a beneficial owner subject to special treatment under United States Federal income tax laws (such as a “controlled foreign corporation,” “passive foreign investment company,” “foreign personal holding company,” company that accumulates earnings to avoid United States Federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organization, financial institution, broker or dealer in securities or former United States citizen or resident). This summary does not discuss any aspect of state, local or non-United States taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Code”), Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the United States Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) and all other applicable authorities, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect. This summary is not intended as tax advice.

      If a partnership holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

      WE URGE PROSPECTIVE NON-UNITED STATES STOCKHOLDERS TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

      In general, any distributions we make to you with respect to your shares of common stock that constitute dividends for United States Federal income tax purposes will be subject to United States withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and you provide proper certification of your eligibility for such reduced rate (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN). A distribution will constitute a dividend for United States Federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code. Any distribution not constituting a dividend for United States federal income tax purposes will constitute a return of capital and be treated first as reducing your basis in your shares of common stock, but not below zero, and, to the extent it exceeds your basis, as gain from the disposition of your shares of common stock.

      Dividends we pay to you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a United States

103


Table of Contents

permanent establishment maintained by you) generally will not be subject to United States withholding tax if you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such effectively connected dividends generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, effectively connected dividends may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Dividends that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business but that under an applicable income tax treaty are not attributable to a United States permanent establishment maintained by you may be eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax under such treaty, provided you comply with certification and disclosure requirements necessary to obtain treaty benefits.

      If you are eligible for a reduced rate of United States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, you may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service. If you hold our common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary, in addition to your compliance with the certification requirements described above, applicable certification requirements will also generally require that the foreign partnership or foreign intermediary provide additional certification.

Sale or Other Disposition of Common Stock

      You generally will not be subject to United States Federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of your shares of common stock unless:

  •  the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a United States permanent establishment you maintain);
 
  •  you are an individual, you hold your shares of common stock as capital assets, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and you meet other conditions, and you are not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty; or
 
  •  we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for United States Federal income tax purposes (which we believe we are not and have never been, and do not anticipate we will become) at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding disposition or your holding period for your shares of common stock, and so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, you actually or constructively hold or have held (at any time during the shorter of the five-year period preceding disposition or your holding period for your shares of common stock) more than 5% of our common stock.

      If you have gain that is described in the first bullet point above, such gain generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same rates applicable to United States persons. If you are a corporation, the branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty) also may apply to such effectively connected gain. If the gain from the sale or disposition of your shares is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States but under an applicable income tax treaty is not attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States, your gain may be exempt from United States tax under the treaty. If you are described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to United States Federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized, although the gain may be offset by some United States source capital losses realized during the same taxable year.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

      We must report annually to the IRS and to you the amount of dividends or other distributions we pay to you on your shares of common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. The IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those dividends and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which

104


Table of Contents

you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

      The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on dividends and certain other types of payments to United States persons. You will generally not be subject to backup withholding tax on dividends you receive on your shares of common stock if you provide proper certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) of your status as a non-United States person or you are a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an “exempt recipient”).

      Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. However, if you sell your shares of common stock through a United States broker or the United States office of a foreign broker, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to you to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless you provide appropriate certification (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) to the broker of your status as a non-United States person or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting (and backup withholding if the appropriate certification is not provided) also apply if you sell your shares of common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from United States sources or having certain other connections to the United States.

      Any amounts withheld with respect to your shares of common stock under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your United States Federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS if the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

      If you hold our common stock through a foreign partnership or a foreign intermediary, in addition to your compliance with the certification requirements described above, applicable certification requirements will also generally require that the foreign partnership or foreign intermediary provide additional certification.

Estate Tax

      Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for United States Federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of his or her death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for United States Federal estate tax purposes and therefore may be subject to United States Federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

105


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

      The company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below will enter into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter will severally agree to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. are the joint book-running managers for this offering and the representatives of the underwriters.

           
Underwriters Number of Shares


Goldman, Sachs & Co. 
       
J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. 
       
Banc of America Securities LLC
       
Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc. 
       
Citigroup Global Markets Inc. 
       
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. 
       
SG Cowen & Co., LLC
       
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC
       
 
Total
       

      The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

      If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional            shares from the selling stockholders to cover such sales. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

      The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the company and the selling stockholders. The amounts in the selling stockholders table are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders.

                 
Paid by Us

No Exercise Full Exercise


Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    
                 
Paid by the Selling Stockholders

No Exercise Full Exercise


Per Share
  $       $    
Total
  $       $    

      Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. Any such securities dealers may resell any shares purchased from the underwriters to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the initial public offering price, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms.

      The company, its officers, directors and each of its stockholders, including the selling stockholders, have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this

106


Table of Contents

prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. This agreement does not apply to any existing employee benefit plans. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

      The 180-day restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the period the company issues an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the period, the company announces that it will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the period, in which case the relevant restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

      Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated among the company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the company’s historical performance, estimates of its business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of the company’s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

      An application has been made to list the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “GCA.” In order to meet one of the requirements for listing the common stock on the NYSE, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial holders.

      In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholders in the offering. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are any sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

      The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

      Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our common stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If these activities are commenced, they may be discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

      Each underwriter will represent, warrant and agree that: (i) it has not offered or sold and, prior to the expiry of a period of six months from the closing date, will not offer or sell any shares to persons in the United Kingdom except to persons whose ordinary activities involve them in acquiring, holding,

107


Table of Contents

managing or disposing of investments (as principal or agent) for the purposes of their businesses or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public in the United Kingdom within the meaning of the Public Offers of Securities Regulations 1995 (as amended); (ii) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated any invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (“FSMA”)) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of any shares in circumstances in which section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Issuer; and (iii) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

      The shares may not be offered or sold, transferred or delivered, as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, to any individual or legal entity in the Netherlands other than to individuals or legal entities who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of their profession or trade, which includes banks, securities intermediaries, insurance companies, pension funds, other institutional investors and commercial enterprises which, as an ancillary activity, regularly trade or invest in securities.

      The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than to persons whose ordinary business is to buy or sell shares or debentures, whether as principal or agent, or in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong, and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made thereunder.

      This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation or subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than under circumstances in which such offer, sale or invitation does not constitute an offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares to the public in Singapore.

      The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan (the Securities and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

      The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

      The company estimates that its share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $          .

      The company and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

      Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and may in the future perform, various financial advisory and investment banking services for the company and its affiliates, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses. The company

108


Table of Contents

separately engaged Banc of America Securities LLC to provide financial advisory services in connection with the modification of the company’s senior secured credit facilities, and it has received a fee from the company in connection therewith. Banc of America Securities LLC is also an affiliate of Bank of America, N.A., which is the administrative agent, collateral agent and a lender under the company’s senior secured credit facilities and Banc of America Securities LLC was the sole lead arranger and sole book runner of the company’s senior secured credit facilities. Bank of America Corporation owns 3,567,850 shares of our capital stock. Bank of America Corporation is an affiliate of Banc of America Securities LLC and has chosen to sell a portion of its equity shares on a pari passu basis and upon the same terms and conditions applicable to all holders of our equity shares. Gross proceeds to this affiliate of the underwriters are estimated to be approximately $                    (and approximately $                    if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase                     additional shares in full).

109


Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

      Morrison & Foerster LLP, Palo Alto, California, will pass for us on the validity of the common stock offered hereby. Latham & Watkins LLP, Menlo Park, California, is acting as counsel for the underwriters in connection with selected legal matters relating to the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus.

EXPERTS

      The consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004 included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing herein, and are included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

110


Table of Contents

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

      Our operating subsidiary, Global Cash Access, Inc., has filed a registration statement on Form S-4 under the Securities Act with the SEC to register 8 3/4% senior subordinated notes due 2012. Thereafter, Global Cash Access, Inc. has been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and has filed various periodic and other reports with the SEC. These periodic reports and other information is available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities referred to below and the web site of the SEC referred to below.

      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. has not previously been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the offer and sale of common stock pursuant to this prospectus. This prospectus, filed as a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules thereto in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and no reference is hereby made to such omitted information. Statements made in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract, agreement or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are summaries of the terms of such contracts, agreements or documents and are not necessarily complete. Reference is made to each such exhibit for a more complete description of the matters involved and such statements shall be deemed qualified in their entirety by such reference. The registration statement and the exhibits and schedules thereto filed with the SEC may be inspected, without charge, and copies may be obtained at prescribed rates, at the public reference facility maintained by the Commission at its principal office at Judiciary Plaza, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the Commission located at 5670 Wilshire Boulevard, 11th Floor, Los Angeles, CA 90036-3648. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The Commission also maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. For further information pertaining to the common stock offered by this prospectus and Global Cash Access, Inc. reference is made to the registration statement.

      Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and will file periodic reports and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the web site of the SEC referred to above.

111


Table of Contents

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

         
Page

    F-2  
    F-3  
    F-4  
    F-5  
    F-6  
    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries
Las Vegas, Nevada

      We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, stockholders’ (deficiency) equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

      We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

      In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2004 and 2003, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2004, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/Deloitte & Touche LLP

Las Vegas, Nevada

March 10, 2005

F-2


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2004 AND 2003
                   
2004 2003


(In thousands)
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 49,577     $ 23,423  
Settlement receivables
    30,357       20,307  
Receivables, other
    4,641       6,510  
Prepaid and other assets
    13,725       954  
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
    10,341       15,129  
Goodwill
    156,733       156,685  
Other intangibles, net
    16,546       20,619  
Deferred income taxes, net
    214,705        
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 496,625     $ 243,627  
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIENCY AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL
Liabilities:
               
 
Settlement liabilities
  $ 42,192     $ 22,968  
 
Accounts payable
    20,617       18,016  
 
Accrued expenses
    12,258       3,396  
 
Borrowings
    478,250        
     
     
 
Total liabilities
    553,317       44,380  
     
     
 
Commitments and contingencies
               
Minority interest
    87        
     
     
 
Stockholders’ deficiency and members’ capital
               
 
Common stock — series A, $0.001 par value, 97,500 shares authorized and 31,775 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004
    32        
 
Common stock — series B, $0.001 par value, 13,000 shares authorized and 400 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004
           
 
Convertible preferred stock — series A, $0.001 par value, 39,325 shares authorized and 31,720 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004
    32        
 
Convertible preferred stock — series B, $0.001 par value, 13,000 shares authorized and 7,605 shares outstanding at December 31, 2004
    8        
 
Accumulated deficit
    (58,801 )      
 
Accumulated other comprehensive income
    1,950       1,741  
 
Members’ capital
          197,506  
     
     
 
Total stockholders’ deficiency and members’ capital
    (56,779 )     199,247  
     
     
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficiency and members’ capital
  $ 496,625     $ 243,627  
     
     
 

F-3


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002
                             
2004 2003 2002



(In thousands except
per share)
REVENUES:
                       
 
Cash advance
  $ 209,962     $ 186,547     $ 182,754  
 
ATM
    158,433       132,341       119,424  
 
Check services
    23,768       26,326       29,412  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    10,840       10,500       10,303  
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    403,003       355,714       341,893  
Cost of Revenues
    270,112       232,463       216,658  
     
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    132,891       123,251       125,235  
 
Operating expenses
    (45,322 )     (45,430 )     (57,649 )
 
Amortization
    (5,672 )     (6,508 )     (6,512 )
 
Depreciation
    (7,876 )     (7,553 )     (5,308 )
     
     
     
 
Operating Income
    74,021       63,760       55,766  
     
     
     
 
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                       
 
Interest income
    1,318       1,312       1,283  
 
Interest expense
    (33,343 )     (6,762 )     (6,216 )
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income (expense), net
    (32,025 )     (5,450 )     (4,933 )
     
     
     
 
Income Before Income Tax Benefit
                       
 
(Provision) and Minority Ownership Loss
    41,996       58,310       50,833  
Income Tax Benefit (Provision)
    212,346       (321 )     (1,451 )
     
     
     
 
Income Before Minority Ownership Loss
    254,342       57,989       49,382  
Minority Ownership Loss
    213       400       1,040  
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME
    254,555       58,389       50,422  
 
Foreign currency translation
    209       2,054       20  
     
     
     
 
Comprehensive Income
  $ 254,764     $ 60,443     $ 50,442  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share
                       
 
Basic
  $ 7.91     $ 1.81     $ 1.57  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 3.52     $ 0.82     $ 0.71  
     
     
     
 
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding:
                       
 
Basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175  
 
Diluted
    72,222       71,500       71,500  
Pro Forma Computation Related to Conversion to Corporation For Income Tax Purposes
                       
 
Income before income tax benefit (provision) and minority ownership loss — historical
  $ 41,996     $ 58,310     $ 50,833  
 
Income tax provision — historical, exclusive of tax benefit, net
    (10,519 )     (321 )     (1,451 )
 
Pro forma income tax provision (unaudited)
    (4,600 )     (20,741 )     (16,940 )
 
Minority ownership loss — historical
    213       400       1,040  
     
     
     
 
Pro Forma Net Income (Unaudited)
  $ 27,090     $ 37,648     $ 33,482  
     
     
     
 
Pro forma earnings per share:
                       
 
Basic
  $ 0.84     $ 1.17     $ 1.04  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 0.38     $ 0.53     $ 0.47  
     
     
     
 
Pro forma weighted average number of common shares outstanding
                       
 
Basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175  
 
Diluted
    72,222       71,500       71,500  

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDER’S (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
                                                                                                   
Common Stock — Common Stock — Preferred Stock — Preferred Stock —
Series A Series B Series A Series B Accumulated




Other
Number of Number of Number of Number of Accumulated Comprehensive Members’
Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Shares Amount Deficit Income Capital Total












(In thousands except shares)
BALANCE — January 1, 2002
        $           $           $           $     $     $ (333 )   $ 205,535     $ 205,202  
 
Net income
                                                                                    50,422       50,422  
 
Foreign currency translation
                                                                            20               20  
 
Distributions to members
                                                                                    (53,373 )     (53,373 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2002
                                                          (313 )     202,584       202,271  
 
Net income
                                                                                    58,389       58,389  
 
Foreign currency translation
                                                                            2,054               2,054  
 
Distributions to members
                                                                                    (63,467 )     (63,467 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2003
                                                          1,741       197,506       199,247  
 
Net income before change in tax status
                                                                                    227,121       227,121  
 
Foreign currency translation
                                                                            209               209  
 
Distributions to members
                                                                                    (73,028 )     (73,028 )
 
Deemed distributions to members
                                                                                    (3,166 )     (3,166 )
 
Deemed contributions from members
                                                                                    964       964  
 
Redemption of membership units
                                                                                    (435,560 )     (435,560 )
 
Change in tax status from a limited liability company to a corporation on May 14, 2004
    31,775,250       32       399,750             31,720,000       32       7,605,000       8       (86,235 )             86,163        
 
Net income after change in tax status
                                                                    27,434                       27,434  
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
BALANCE — December 31, 2004
    31,775,250     $ 32       399,750     $       31,720,000     $ 32       7,605,000     $ 8     $ (58,801 )   $ 1,950     $     $ (56,779 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
     
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
Years Ended December 31, 2004, 2003 AND 2002
                             
2004 2003 2002



(In thousands)
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
                       
Net income
  $ 254,555     $ 58,389     $ 50,422  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
                       
 
Amortization of financing costs
    1,618              
 
Amortization of intangibles
    5,672       6,508       6,512  
 
Depreciation
    7,876       7,553       5,308  
 
Loss(gain) on sale or disposal of assets
    179       458       (151 )
 
Deferred income taxes
    (214,665 )            
 
Minority ownership loss
    (213 )     (400 )     (1,040 )
 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                       
   
Settlement receivables
    (9,815 )     795       12,643  
   
Receivables, other
    (659 )     (2,710 )     (5,693 )
   
Prepaid and other assets
    (475 )     44       360  
   
Settlement liabilities
    18,995       (34,289 )     13,645  
   
Accounts payable
    2,588       1,031       538  
   
Accrued expenses
    9,556       (3,908 )     (580 )
     
     
     
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
    75,212       33,471       81,964  
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
                       
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements
    (3,261 )     (6,012 )     (7,785 )
Purchase of other intangibles
    (1,600 )     (1,035 )     (1,965 )
     
     
     
 
Net cash used in investing activities
    (4,861 )     (7,047 )     (9,750 )
     
     
     
 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
                       
Borrowings under credit facility
    484,087              
Repayments under credit facility
    (16,750 )            
Debt issuance costs
    (3,000 )            
Minority capital contributions
    300       400       1,040  
Redemption of membership interests and distributions to partners
    (508,587 )     (63,467 )     (53,373 )
     
     
     
 
Net cash used in financing activities
    (43,950 )     (63,067 )     (52,333 )
     
     
     
 
Net effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
  $ (247 )   $ 2,482     $ 203  
     
     
     
 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    26,154       (34,161 )     20,084  
Cash and cash equivalents — beginning of period
    23,423       57,584       37,500  
     
     
     
 
Cash and cash equivalents — end of period
  $ 49,577     $ 23,423     $ 57,584  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
                       
Cash paid during year for:
                       
 
Interest
  $ 25,689     $ 6,839     $ 6,082  
     
     
     
 
 
Income taxes
  $ 407     $ 1,636     $ 1,740  
     
     
     
 
Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing activities:
                       
Contribution related to forgiveness of related party payable
  $ 964                  
     
                 
Distribution related to forgiveness of related party receivable
  $ 3,166                  
     
                 
Debt issuance costs treated as a reduction of credit facility proceeds
  $ 10,913                  
     
                 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
1. Business and Basis of Presentation

      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is a holding company, the principal asset of which is the capital stock of Global Cash Access, Inc. (“GCA”). Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “the Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. together with its consolidated subsidiaries (“Holdings”). Holdings was formed on February 4, 2004, to hold all of the outstanding capital stock of GCA and to guarantee the obligations under our senior secured credit facilities (see further discussion at Note 7). On May 14, 2004, the Company was incorporated under the laws of Delaware and became known as GCA Holdings, Inc. Prior to May 14, 2004, the Company operated as a limited liability company and was known as GCA Holdings, L.L.C. The accompanying consolidated financial statements present the operations of the Company as-if Holdings had been in existence for all periods presented.

      GCA is a financial services company that provides cash access products and services to the gaming industry. The Company’s cash access products and services allow gaming patrons to access funds through a variety of methods, including credit card cash advances, point-of-sale debit card cash advances, automated teller machine (“ATM”) withdrawals, check cashing transactions and money transfers. These services are provided to patrons at gaming establishments directly by the Company or through one of its consolidated subsidiaries: CashCall Systems, Inc. (“CashCall”), Global Cash Access (BVI), Inc. (“BVI”) or QuikPlay, LLC (“QuikPlay”).

      The Company also owns and operates one of the leading credit reporting agencies in the gaming industry, Central Credit, LLC (“Central”), and provides credit-information services to gaming establishments and credit-reporting history on gaming patrons to the various gaming establishments. Central operates in both international and domestic gaming markets.

      The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Holdings and its consolidated subsidiaries: GCA, CashCall, Central, BVI and QuikPlay.

      CashCall is a Canadian corporation directly owned by GCA that provides consumer cash access to gaming establishments in Canada through card cash advance transactions. On August 30, 2001, GCA established a United Kingdom branch to provide credit and debit card cash advance and ATM withdrawal transactions to gaming patrons in the United Kingdom. The branch did not initiate these transactions until early 2002 when the regulatory approval to perform these types of transactions in gaming establishments was granted by Parliament.

      BVI is a British Virgin Islands corporation that we established as a holding company for future international operations growth. BVI was established on December 16, 2004, and has no operations or assets as of December 31, 2004.

      QuikPlay is a joint venture formed on December 6, 2000, owned 60% by GCA and 40% by International Game Technology (“IGT”). IGT is one of the largest manufacturers of gaming equipment in the United States. QuikPlay was formed to develop cash advance capabilities to gaming patrons at or near the point of play. This product was in the initial development stages until August 28, 2003, at which time it received a Phase II approval letter issued by Gaming Laboratories International, Inc. providing regulatory approval to commence operations on a pilot tribal gaming location. Additional regulatory approval must still be obtained for all future tribal locations and non-tribal locations, but management has determined that the QuikPlay product is no longer in the development stage. As GCA is the managing member of this entity, it has been consolidated in the Company’s consolidated financial statements for all periods presented.

      The Company provides certain services in conjunction with companies wholly owned by First Data Corporation (“First Data”), including TRS Recovery Services, Inc., and TeleCheck Services, Inc.,

F-7


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

(collectively “TeleCheck”), and Western Union Financial Services, Inc. (“Western Union”). Prior to March 10, 2004, First Data owned 67% of the Company (see further discussion at Restructuring of Ownership below). GCA is a money transfer agent for Western Union, a wholly owned subsidiary of First Data. Western Union contracts directly with the casinos and provides GCA commissions on the transactions processed by the casino. These commissions are included as part of other revenues in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

      The Company markets check authorization services to gaming establishments pursuant to the TeleCheck Marketing Agreement dated July 9, 1998, as amended March 10, 2004. GCA, through TeleCheck, provides gaming establishments who are merchant subscribers check warranty services. GCA provides marketing and customer service to the gaming establishment on behalf of TeleCheck. Because GCA controls the primary customer relationship and GCA can choose to offer check warranty products other than those of TeleCheck (including our own), we view TeleCheck as our agent with respect to these services. Under the TeleCheck Marketing Agreement, as amended, GCA receives the monthly fee charged to gaming establishments, net of actual warranty losses and operating expenses reported by TeleCheck. GCA records the gross monthly fee charged to the gaming establishments in check services revenue. The actual warranty losses billed by TeleCheck are recorded as part of cost of revenues. At month end, GCA estimates a liability for unpresented warranty claims and adjusts the month end accrual and warranty expense as necessary. The operating expenses invoiced by TeleCheck are recorded as part of operating expenses.

 
Restructuring of Ownership

      On December 10, 2003, the principal owners of GCA, First Data Financial Services, LLC (“FDFS”) and FDFS Holdings, LLC (both of which are subsidiaries of First Data) and M&C International (“M&C”), entered into a restructuring agreement with the principals of M&C. This restructuring agreement and the subsequent amendments provided for the recapitalization of GCA’s membership so that all of the membership units in GCA were contributed to Holdings. GCA is a wholly owned subsidiary of Holdings.

      Pursuant to the Restructuring of Ownership, all of the membership units in Holdings owned by FDFS Holdings, LLC were redeemed for an aggregate amount of $435.6 million. Additionally, certain of M&C’s membership units in Holdings were redeemed for $38.0 million.

      Immediately prior to the redemption of First Data’s and M&C’s membership units in Holdings, M&C sold to Bank of America Corporation a portion of M&C’s membership units in Holdings for an aggregate purchase price of $20.2 million. Additionally as part of the Restructuring of Ownership, a $12.1 million distribution was made to M&C that was paid directly to Bank of America for settlement of a loan between Bank of America and M&C.

      Upon the consummation of the restructuring transaction, which was completed on March 10, 2004, Holdings was approximately 95% owned by M&C and approximately 5% owned by a wholly owned subsidiary of Bank of America Corporation.

 
Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement

      On April 21, 2004, and as amended on May 13, 2004, Holdings and the owners of Holdings entered into a Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement (“Securities Purchase Agreement”) whereby equity interests in Holdings were sold to certain private equity investors for an aggregate purchase price of $316.4 million. Under the terms of the Securities Purchase Agreement, approximately 55% of the equity interests in Holdings held by M&C were sold to the investors. The Company did not receive any proceeds under the private equity restructuring.

F-8


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Additionally, Holdings and each of their wholly owned subsidiaries that were not corporations agreed, among other things, to convert from limited liability companies to corporations organized under the laws of Delaware (the “Conversion”), and to exchange membership units in Holdings for various classes of common and preferred stock. Upon the consummation of the security purchase transaction, Holdings was approximately 55% owned by the private equity investors, 40% owned by M&C and 5% owned by Bank of America.

      On May 14, 2004, the Company changed its tax status from a limited liability company to a taxable corporation organized under the laws of Delaware. In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, upon conversion to a taxable entity the Company recorded an income tax benefit to establish a net deferred tax asset attributed to differences between the financial reporting and the income tax basis of assets and liabilities (see further discussion in Note 10). The consolidated statements of income have been expanded to reflect the unaudited pro forma impact had the Company been a taxable entity for all periods presented.

 
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
Principles of Consolidation

      The consolidated financial statements presented for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002 and as of December 31, 2004 and 2003 include the accounts of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. As part of the Restructuring of Ownership on March 10, 2004, an affiliated company, CashCall, was contributed to GCA by the former owners. The financial statements also include CashCall as a combined entity for the period prior to its contribution on March 10, 2004.

      All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

 
Cash and Cash Equivalents

      Cash and cash equivalents include cash and all balances on deposit in banks and financial institutions. The Company considers all highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash and cash equivalents. Such balances may at times exceed the federal insurance limits. However, the Company periodically evaluates the creditworthiness of these institutions to minimize risk.

 
ATM Funding Agreements

      The Company obtains all of the cash required to operate its ATMs through various ATM Funding Agreements more fully described in Note 3. Under the terms of these arrangements, the cash utilized within the ATMs is not the property of the Company. Accordingly, these funds are not included within the consolidated balance sheets.

      Certain gaming establishments provide the cash utilized within the ATM (“Site-Funded”). The receivables generated for the amount of cash dispensed from transactions performed at our ATMs are owned by GCA and GCA is liable to the gaming establishment for the face amount of the cash dispensed. In the consolidated balance sheets, the amount receivable for transactions processed on these ATM transactions is included within settlement receivables and the amount due to the location for the face amount of dispensing transactions is included within settlement liabilities. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company operated 122 and 69 ATMs, respectively, that were Site-Funded.

      For our non-Site Funded locations, GCA obtains the necessary cash to service these machines through an Amended Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America. Under the terms of this agreement, neither the cash utilized within the ATMs nor the receivables generated for the amount of

F-9


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

cash dispensed through transactions on the ATMs are owned nor controlled by GCA. Therefore, these amounts have been excluded from the consolidated balance sheets.

 
Settlement Receivables and Settlement Liabilities

      In the credit and debit card cash advance transactions provided by GCA and CashCall, the gaming establishment is reimbursed for the cash disbursed to gaming patrons through a check issued by either Integrated Payment Systems, Inc. or IPS Canada Inc. (“IPS”). GCA is an agent of IPS, a licensed issuer of payment instruments that is wholly owned by First Data. Pursuant to these agency relationships, GCA indemnifies IPS for any losses incurred in conjunction with credit and debit card cash advance transactions, and thus, assumes all of the risks and rewards. GCA receives reimbursement from the patron’s credit or debit card issuer for the transaction in an amount equal to the check issued to the casino plus the cash advance fee charged to the patron. This reimbursement is included within the settlement receivables on the consolidated balance sheets. GCA then remits to IPS the amount of the check issued to the casino. The amount of unpaid checks is included with settlement liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets.

 
Unamortized Debt Issuance Costs

      Debt issuances costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the senior secured credit facility and the senior subordinated notes are capitalized and amortized to interest expense based upon the related debt agreements using the straight-line method which approximates the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are included in prepaid and other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

 
Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

      Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are stated at cost, less accumulated depreciation, computed using the straight-line method over the lesser of the estimated life of the related assets, generally three to five years, or the related lease term. Amounts charged to expense for depreciation of property, equipment and leasehold improvements were approximately $7.9 million, $7.6 million, and $5.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Accumulated depreciation was $25.1 million and $17.2 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred.

      Upon sale or retirement, the costs and related accumulated depreciation are eliminated from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of income.

      Property, equipment and leasehold improvements are reviewed for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not be recoverable. As of December 31, 2004, the Company does not believe any of its property, equipment and leasehold improvements are impaired.

 
Goodwill

      Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired plus liabilities assumed arising from business combinations. There was no goodwill amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

      The Company adopted SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets , which addresses the financial accounting and reporting for intangible assets upon acquisition and subsequent to acquisition.

F-10


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

In January 2002 in connection with its initial application, the Company ceased amortization of goodwill, and tested the goodwill balances for impairment. As of the adoption date, the Company determined that its goodwill balances were not impaired. The Company further does not believe that any of its goodwill is impaired as of December 31, 2004 based upon the results of our annual impairment testing.

      Goodwill, net, attributable to our principal business lines consists of the following at December 31, (in thousands):

                         
2004 2003 2002



Cash Advance
  $ 93,230     $ 93,167     $ 93,054  
Credit Reporting
    39,470       39,470       39,470  
ATM
    24,033       24,048       24,048  
     
     
     
 
Total
  $ 156,733     $ 156,685     $ 156,572  
     
     
     
 
 
Other Intangible Assets

      Other intangible assets consist primarily of customer contracts (rights to provide processing services to clients) acquired through business combinations and acquisitions and capitalized software development costs. Other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from 3 to 10 years. Amortization expense related to these intangibles totaled approximately $5.7 million, $6.5 million and $6.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively. Accumulated amortization of other intangible assets was $30.4 million and $25.1 million at December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      At December 31, 2004 the anticipated amortization expense related to other intangible assets is as follows (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 4,791  
2006
    4,135  
2007
    3,819  
2008
    1,788  
2009
    1,151  
Thereafter
    862  
     
 
Total
  $ 16,546  
     
 

      The Company accounts for the costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 establishes that computer software costs that are incurred in the preliminary project stage should be expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the application development phase are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally not to exceed three years. The Company capitalized $0.6 million, $1.0 million, and $2.0 million of development costs for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 
Chargebacks

      The Company has established an allowance for chargebacks on credit and debit card cash advance transactions based upon past experience with losses arising from disputed charges by customers. Management periodically reviews the recorded balance to ensure the recorded amount adequately covers the expected losses to be incurred from disputed charges. The recorded allowance

F-11


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

for chargebacks is included within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets and had a balance of $0.1 million as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

 
Net Warranty Liability

      The net warranty liability represents the cost to cover the estimated unreceived and uncollectible returned checks that TeleCheck has warranted as of December 31, 2004 and 2003. GCA is obligated to reimburse TeleCheck for all warranted items paid on the Company’s behalf. The Company has $0.5 million accrued for net warranty liability as of December 31, 2004 and 2003.

      To determine the net warranty liability, the Company determines the estimated gross warranty liability by applying the historical reimbursement percentage to the actual warranted checks for the month. The historical loss rate on reimbursed items is then applied to the difference between the estimated gross warranty liability and the actual warranty reimbursements processed within the month to arrive at the net warranty liability.

      The Company evaluates the recorded balance of the net warranty liability on a monthly basis to ensure that the recorded amount adequately covers the expected expense that will arise in future periods from losses on warranty presentments. The Company evaluates this accrual for adequacy based upon the expected warranty presentments compared to the revenue recorded for the comparable periods.

 
Fair Values of Financial Instruments

      The fair value of a financial instrument represents the amount at which the instrument could be exchanged in a current transaction between willing parties, other than in a forced or liquidation sale. Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based upon relevant market information about the financial instrument.

      The carrying amount of cash and cash equivalents, receivables, other, settlement receivables and settlement liabilities approximates fair value due to the short-term maturities of these instruments. The fair value of the Company’s senior secured credit facility and senior subordinated notes as of December 31, 2004 was $246.6 million and $252.3 million, respectively, with a $243.3 million and $235.0 million carrying value at December 31, 2004, respectively. The fair value of GCA’s debt is estimated based on quoted market prices for the same issue. The fair values of all other financial instruments, including amounts outstanding under the ATM funding agreements, approximate their book values as the instruments are short-term in nature or contain market rates of interest.

 
Revenue Recognition

      The Company recognizes revenue when evidence of an arrangement exists, services have been rendered, the price is fixed or determinable and collectibility is reasonably assured. The Company evaluates its revenue streams for proper timing of revenue recognition.

      Cash advance revenue is comprised of the fee charged to patrons for credit and debit card cash advances and is recognized at the point an IPS check is generated by the casino cashier for the patron’s transaction or cash is dispensed from an ATM.

      ATM revenue is comprised of upfront patron transaction fees or surcharges assessed at the time the transaction is initiated and a percentage of interchange fees paid by the patron’s issuing bank. These issuing banks share the interchange revenue (reverse interchange) with GCA to cover the cost incurred by GCA to acquire the ATM transaction. Upfront patron transaction fees are recognized when a

F-12


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

transaction is initiated, and reverse interchange is recognized on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month.

      In general, check service revenue is comprised of a fee based upon a percentage of the face amount of total checks warranted, and is recognized on a monthly basis.

      Credit reporting revenue is based upon either a flat monthly unlimited usage fee or a variable fee structure driven by the volume of patron credit histories generated. This revenue is recognized on a monthly basis based on the total transactions occurring during the month.

 
Cost of Revenues

      The cost of revenues represents the direct costs required to perform revenue generating transactions. The principal costs included within cost of revenues are commissions paid to gaming establishments, interchange paid to credit and debit card networks, transaction processing fees to our transaction processor and check cashing warranties.

 
Advertising Costs

      The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Total advertising expense, included in operating expenses in the consolidated statements of income, was $0.7 million, $0.6 million, and $1.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 
Project Development Costs

      Certain costs of start-up activities are expensed as incurred. During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, the Company expensed $0, $0.7 million, and $2.6 million, respectively, in project development costs, which related primarily to activities associated with software and hardware development for QuikPlay. As the Company had not received regulatory approval to commence operations until August 2003, all costs incurred for capitalizable development activities were expensed. Such expenses were $0.5 million, and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2003 and 2002, respectively, and are included within operating expenses on the consolidated statements of income.

 
Income Taxes

      As a result of the change in tax status resulting from the change in the Company’s organization as a limited liability company to a corporation, the Company is no longer a pass-through entity for U.S. income tax purposes. Income tax expense includes U.S. and international income taxes, plus the provision for U.S. taxes on undistributed earnings of international subsidiaries not deemed to be permanently invested. Since it is management’s practice and intent to reinvest the earnings in the operations of CashCall, U.S. federal income taxes have not been provided on the undistributed earnings of this subsidiary. Certain items of income and expense are not reported in tax returns and financial statements in the same year. The tax effect of such temporary differences is reported as deferred income taxes.

 
Foreign Currency Translation

      Foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities for those foreign entities for which the local currency is the functional currency are translated into U.S. dollars based on exchange rates prevailing at the end of each year. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The effects of foreign exchange gains and losses arising from these translations are included as a component of other comprehensive income. Translation gains and losses on intercompany balances of a long-term investment nature are also recorded as a component of other comprehensive income.

F-13


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

 
Internally Developed Software

      The Company accounts for the costs related to computer software developed or obtained for internal use in accordance with the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Statement of Position 98-1 (“SOP 98-1”), Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use. SOP 98-1 establishes that computer software costs that are incurred in the preliminary project stage should be expensed as incurred. Costs incurred in the application development phase and any upgrades and enhancements that modify the existing software and result in additional functionality are capitalized and amortized over their useful lives, generally not to exceed three years. These costs consist of outside professional fees related to the development of our systems. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, costs capitalized for internally developed software were $11.8 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

 
Use of Estimates

      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates incorporated in the consolidated financial statements include the estimated useful lives for depreciable and amortizable assets, estimated cash flows in assessing the recoverability of long-lived assets, and estimated liabilities for chargebacks, litigation, claims and assessments. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

 
Earnings Applicable to Common Stock

      In accordance with the provisions of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 128, “Earnings per Share,” basic EPS is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS reflects the effect of potential common stock, which consists of convertible preferred stock and assumed stock option exercises. The weighted-average number of common shares outstanding used in the computation of basic and diluted earnings per share is as follows at December 31,(in thousands):

                         
2004 2003 2002



Weighted average common shares outstanding — basic
    32,175       32,175       32,175  
Potential dilution from conversion of preferred shares
    39,325       39,325       39,325  
Potential dilution from equity grants
    722              
     
     
     
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding — diluted
    72,222       71,500       71,500  
     
     
     
 
 
Stock-Based Compensation

      As permitted by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (“SFAS”) No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation — Transition and Disclosure, an amendment of FASB Statement No. 123 , the Company continues to apply the provisions of Accounting Principles Board (“APB”) No. 25 and related interpretations in accounting for its employee stock-based compensation. Accordingly, the intrinsic value method is used to determine the compensation expense that is to be recognized.

      In July 2004, an option to acquire 1% of the then outstanding stock (or 722,215 shares of common stock) was granted to the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. This option represents the only outstanding stock option grant for the Company as of December 31, 2004. As all options granted had an exercise price equal to the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant (or $8.046 per common share), no compensation expense has been recorded related to these grants.

F-14


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table illustrates the effect on the net income if the Company had applied the fair-value recognition provisions of SFAS No. 123 to the options granted to our Chief Financial Officer for the years ended December 31, (in thousands except per share):

                           
2004 2003 2002



Net income, as reported
  $ 254,555     $ 58,389     $ 50,422  
Less: total stock-based compensation determined under fair-value based method for all awards, net of tax
    206              
     
     
     
 
Pro forma net income
  $ 254,349     $ 58,389     $ 50,422  
     
     
     
 
Earnings per share:
                       
 
Basic
  $ 7.91     $ 1.81     $ 1.57  
     
     
     
 
 
Diluted
  $ 3.52     $ 0.82     $ 0.71  
     
     
     
 

      The fair value of the option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions used: dividend yield of zero percent; expected volatility of 50 percent; risk-free interest rate of 4.45 percent and an expected life of six years for the option granted. The fair value per share of the option granted was $4.27.

 
Recently Issued Accounting Standards

      In January 2003, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued FASB Interpretation No. (“FIN”) 46 (and subsequently revised their interpretation through February 2004), Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities (“VIEs”). FIN 46 clarifies the application of Accounting Research Bulletin 51, Consolidated Financial Statements , and establishes standards for determining under what circumstances VIEs should be consolidated with their primary beneficiary, including those to which the usual condition for consolidation does not apply. FIN 46 also requires disclosures about unconsolidated VIEs in which a company has a significant variable interest. The consolidation requirements of FIN 46 apply immediately to VIEs created after December 31, 2003. The consolidation requirements applied to older entities in the first period ending after March 15, 2004. Certain disclosure requirements apply to all financial statements issued after December 31, 2003. The adoption of FIN 46 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 123(R), Share-Based Payment , which establishes accounting standards for all transactions in which an entity exchanges its equity instruments for goods and services. SFAS No. 123(R) focuses primarily on accounting for transactions with employees, and carries forward without change prior guidance for share-based payments for transactions with non-employees.

      SFAS No. 123(R) eliminates the intrinsic value measurement objective in APB Opinion No. 25 and generally will require us to measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the fair value of the award on the date of the grant. The standard requires grant date fair value to be estimated using either an option-pricing model, which is consistent with the terms of the award, or a market observed price, if such a price exists. Such cost must be recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange for the award, which is usually the vesting period. The standard also requires us to estimate the number of instruments that will ultimately be issued, rather than accounting for forfeitures as they occur.

      We are required to apply SFAS No. 123(R) to all awards granted, modified or settled in our first reporting period under U.S. GAAP beginning after June 15, 2005. We are also required to use either the “modified prospective method” or the “modified retrospective method.” Under the modified prospective

F-15


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

method, we must recognize compensation cost for all awards granted after we adopt the standard and for the unvested portion of previously granted awards that are outstanding on that date.

      Under the modified retrospective method, we must restate our previously issued financial statements to recognize the amounts we previously calculated and reported on a pro forma basis, as if the prior standard had been adopted

      Under both methods, we are permitted to use either a straight line or an accelerated method to amortize the cost as an expense for awards with graded vesting. The standard permits and encourages early adoption. We have commenced our analysis of the impact of SFAS 123(R), but have not yet decided: (1) whether we will elect to adopt early, (2) if we elect to adopt early, then at what date we would do so, (3) whether we will use the modified prospective method or elect to use the modified retrospective method, and (4) whether we will elect to use straight line amortization or an accelerated method.

      In December 2004, the FASB issued SFAS No. 153, Exchanges of Nonmonetary Assets an amendment of APB Opinion No. 29 . This Statement amends Opinion 29 to eliminate the exception for nonmonetary exchanges of similar productive assets and replaces it with a general exception for exchanges of nonmonetary assets that do not have commercial substance. The Statement specifies that a nonmonetary exchange has commercial substance if the future cash flows of the entity are expected to change significantly as a result of the exchange. This Statement is effective for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after June 15, 2005. Earlier application is permitted for nonmonetary asset exchanges occurring in fiscal periods beginning after the date this Statement is issued. Retroactive application is not permitted. Management is analyzing the requirements of this new Statement and believes that its adoption will not have any significant impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

 
3. ATM Funding Agreements
 
Wells Fargo Vault Cash Custody Agreement

      On November 17, 2003, GCA entered into a Vault Cash Custody Agreement (the “Agreement”) with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (“Wells Fargo”) to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for all of GCA’s ATMs. This agreement provided up to $300 million for GCA’s ATMs, and replaced the existing Bailment Agreement between GCA and First Data. As part of this agreement, GCA agreed that Wells Fargo shall have absolute control over all of the cash and the settlement receivables resulting from ATM transactions at all times. Under the agreement with Wells Fargo, GCA was to pay a monthly funding fee to Wells Fargo equal to average daily dollars outstanding in all ATMs multiplied by the average Federal Funds rate published by the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco for the month plus a margin of 30 basis points multiplied by the number of days in the calendar month.

      On March 4, 2004, the Agreement with Wells Fargo was amended to provide the currency needed for normal operating requirements for all the ATMs. Under terms of this amendment, Wells Fargo agreed to not exercise their right to terminate the Agreement for a period of 120 days and the margin utilized in the monthly funding fee computation was changed from 30 basis points to 300 basis points. Until the services were terminated, GCA was also required to maintain a $5.0 million letter of credit as security for the performance of GCA’s obligations under the Agreement. Services under terms of this agreement and the letter of credit securing GCA’s obligations terminated in June 2004.

 
Bank of America Amended Treasury Services Agreement

      On March 8, 2004, GCA entered into an Amendment of the Treasury Services Agreement with Bank of America, N.A. that allowed for the Company to utilize up to $300 million in funds owned by Bank

F-16


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

of America to provide the currency needed for the Company’s ATMs. The transition of the ATM funding from Wells Fargo to Bank of America was completed June 8, 2004. For use of these funds, the Company pays Bank of America a cash usage fee equal to the average daily balance of funds utilized multiplied by the one-month LIBOR rate plus 25 basis points. The cash usage fee is included within interest expense on the consolidated statements of income. The cash usage fee in effect at December 31, 2004 was 2.67%.

 
Site Funded ATMs

      The Company operates ATMs at certain customer gaming establishments where the gaming establishment provides the cash required for ATM operational needs. The Company is required to reimburse the customer for the amount of cash dispensed from these Site-Funded ATMs. As of December 31, 2004 and 2003, the Company operated 122 and 69 ATMs, respectively, that were site funded.

 
4. Property, Equipment and Leasehold Improvements

      Property, equipment and leasehold improvements consist of the following as of December 31, (in thousands):

                   
2004 2003


ATM equipment
  $ 26,764     $ 24,218  
Cash advance equipment
    4,760       4,306  
Office and computer equipment
    1,769       1,660  
Leasehold and building improvements
    2,115       2,115  
     
     
 
      35,408       32,299  
Less accumulated depreciation
    (25,067 )     (17,170 )
     
     
 
 
Total
  $ 10,341     $ 15,129  
     
     
 
 
5. Benefit Plans
 
Defined Contribution Plan

      The Company has a retirement savings plan (the “401(k) Plan”) under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code covering its employees. The 401(k) Plan allows employees to defer up to the lesser of the Internal Revenue Code prescribed maximum amount or 100% of their income on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the plan. As a benefit to employees, the Company matches a percentage of these employee contributions. Expenses related to the matching portion of the contributions to the 401(k) plan were $0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

 
6. Commitments and Contingencies
 
Lease Obligations

      The Company leases certain office facilities and operating equipment under cancelable and noncancelable agreements. Total rent expense was approximately $0.6 million, $1.3 million, and $1.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, respectively.

F-17


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      At December 31, 2004, the minimum aggregate rental commitment under all non-cancelable operating leases for the years then ending was (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 488  
2006
    505  
2007
    496  
2008
    487  
2009
    475  
Thereafter
    475  
     
 
Total
  $ 2,926  
     
 
 
Litigation Claims and Assessments
 
Canadian Goods and Services Tax (“GST”)

      In April 2004, CashCall was notified through one of its customers that the Canadian Revenue Agency (“CRA”) Appeals Division had taken a position that the customer was liable for GST tax on commissions it received in connection with the cash advance services provided by CashCall. The CRA’s position is disputed by CashCall and the customer based upon their interpretation of the Canadian Excise Tax Act (“ETA”). Under the ETA, a supply of goods or services is taxable unless it is identified as exempt specifically in the ETA. Included within this listing of exempt transactions are “financial services” transactions. The preliminary position taken by CRA is that the advancement of funds by the gaming establishment to gaming patrons in consideration for receipt of a negotiable instrument issued by CashCall is not an exempt financial services transaction.

      CRA’s position is that the customer should have collected GST tax from CashCall on the commissions it was paid, and remitted these taxes to CRA. CRA requested that our customer remit to them, on our behalf, approximately $0.6 million in GST owed related to the period under audit. Our customer has made the payments to CRA for the location under audit plus another $1.1 million related to another gaming establishment that is under their management. Since they have made these payments for tax on our behalf they have requested reimbursement of these amounts from the Company.

      In December 2004, the Company paid the amount requested related to this specific customer. In February 2005, the Company filed an application for rebate of GST for taxes paid in error with CRA. If this claim is denied, which is expected, the Company intends to defend the rebate claim through the assessment process, the appeals process and then through court, if necessary.

      The Company believes the transactions performed in Canada are financial services transactions that are exempt from GST and are therefore not taxable. As the Company has paid these obligations and as there is uncertainty related to the ability to recover these amounts through the refund claim and appeals process, the Company has deemed it appropriate to expense this payment and accrue for a liability related to future payments for this customer. Accordingly, in the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company has recorded $1.7 million in operating expenses related to this tax exposure in the accompanying consolidated income statements.

 
Compliance Letters from MasterCard International, Inc. and Visa USA

      In the normal course of business, the Company routinely receives letters from MasterCard International, Inc. and Visa USA (the “Associations”) regarding non-compliance with various aspects of the respective Associations bylaws and regulations as they relate to transaction processing. The

F-18


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

Company is periodically involved in discussions with its sponsoring bank and the Associations to resolve these issues. It is the opinion of management that all of the issues raised by the Associations will be resolved in the normal course of business and related changes to the bankcard transaction processing, if any, will not result in material adverse impact to the financial results of the Company.

      The Company is threatened with or named as a defendant in various lawsuits in the ordinary course of business, including the one noted above. It is not possible to determine the ultimate disposition of these matters; however, management is of the opinion that the final resolution of any threatened or pending litigation is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the financial position or results of operations of the Company.

 
7. Borrowings
 
Senior Secured Credit Facility

      In connection with the Restructuring of Ownership, GCA entered into a new senior secured credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) in an aggregate principal amount of $280 million, consisting of a five-year revolving credit facility of $20.0 million and a six-year term loan of $260 million. Included within the revolving credit facility are a sub-facility that provides for up to $10.0 million in letters of credit and a sub-facility that provides for up to $5.0 million in swingline borrowings. The Credit Facility is secured by all of GCA’s assets, including stock of its principal subsidiaries. In addition, the Credit Facility is secured by a pledge of the stock of GCA held by the Company. The Credit Facility resulted in proceeds to the Company of $255.7 million net of issuance costs and offering expenses. Proceeds from the term loan portion of the Credit Facility were utilized to finance, in part, the Restructuring of Ownership and pay related fees and expenses.

      The term loan portion of the Credit Facility amortizes at a rate of $3.25 million per quarter for the first five years with the remaining balance to be repaid in equal quarterly installments in the sixth year. In addition, within 100 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Company is required to pay down the term loan in an amount equal to a certain percentage of excess cash flow, as defined within the agreement. For the year ended December 31, 2004, such percentage was 75% or $28.3 million. Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at either i) a base rate (defined as the higher of the Bank of America prime rate or the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%) plus an applicable margin or ii) LIBOR plus an applicable margin. For the term loan portion of the Credit Facility the applicable margin for LIBOR loans is 2.75% while base rate loans have an applicable margin of 1.75%. As of December 31, 2004, the interest rate applicable to the term loan including margin was 5.17%. Initially, for the revolving portion of the Credit Facility the applicable margin for LIBOR loans was 3.00% while base rate loans had an applicable margin of 1.75%. The applicable margin for the revolving portion of the Credit Facility is adjusted from time-to-time based upon GCA’s leverage ratio.

      As of December 31, 2004, the Company had $243.3 million in borrowings under the term loan and $3.4 million in letters of credits issued and outstanding, which reduce amounts available under the revolving portion of the Credit Facility. No borrowings were outstanding under the revolving credit portion of the Credit Facility.

 
Senior Subordinated Notes

      On March 10, 2004, the Company completed a private placement offering of $235 million 8.75% Senior Subordinated Notes due March 15, 2012 (the “Notes Offering”). The Notes Offering resulted in proceeds to the Company of $228.3 million net of issuance costs and offering expenses. Interest on the notes accrues based upon a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months and is

F-19


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

payable semiannually on March 15th and September 15th. Proceeds of the Notes Offering were utilized to finance in part the Restructuring of Ownership and pay related fees and expenses.

      All of the Company’s existing and future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries are guarantors of the notes on a senior subordinated basis. Up to 35% of these notes may be redeemed before March 15, 2007, at a price of 108.75% of face, out of the net proceeds from an equity offering. On or after March 15, 2008, the Company may redeem all or a portion of the notes at redemption prices of 104.375% on or after March 15, 2008, 102.188% on or after March 15, 2009 or 100.000% on or after March 15, 2010.

      At December 31, 2004, the minimum aggregate repayment (excluding excess cash flow payments) for all borrowings for the years then ending was (in thousands):

         
2005
  $ 13,000  
2006
    13,000  
2007
    13,000  
2008
    13,000  
2009
    149,500  
Thereafter
    276,750  
     
 
Total
  $ 478,250  
     
 
 
8. Capital Stock
 
Common Stock

      We are authorized to issue 97,500,000 and 13,000,000 shares of series A and B common stock, respectively. Our par value per share, on each series of common stock is $0.001 and as of December 31, 2004, we have 31,775,250 and 399,750 shares outstanding of series A and B common stock, respectively.

      Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, each share of series A common stock is entitled to: (i) one vote on all matters presented to the stockholders,; (ii) receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore; and (iii) in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, share ratably in any distribution of our assets.

      Subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding shares of preferred stock, each share of series B common stock is entitled to: (i) receive such dividends as may be declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefore; and (ii) in the event of our liquidation or dissolution, share ratably in any distribution of our assets. Series B common stock is not entitled to vote on any corporate matters other than limited specifically defined matters such as, mergers and significant sales of assets of the Company.

 
Convertible Preferred Stock

      Our Charter authorizes us to issue 39,325,000 and 13,000,000 shares of $0.001 par value series A and B convertible preferred stock, respectively. As of December 31, 2004, we have 31,720,000 and 7,605,000 shares outstanding of series A and B convertible preferred stock, respectively.

      The series A and B convertible preferred stock ranks senior to our common stock with respect to payment of amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up. There are no dividend preferences to our common shares or between the series of convertible preferred shares. These shares are convertible

F-20


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

into common shares at the option of the holder or automatically in connection with a qualified offering, as defined within the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Each share of series A convertible preferred stock is entitled to one vote for all matters presented to the stockholders. Series B convertible preferred stock is not entitled to vote on any corporate matters other than limited specifically defined matters such as mergers and significant sales of assets of the Company.

      The Series A and B convertible preferred stockholders are entitled to receive, in the event that we are liquidated, dissolved or wound up, whether voluntary or involuntary, the greater of (i) $8.046 per share of series A or B convertible preferred stock plus an amount per share equal to all dividends undeclared and unpaid thereon to the date of final distribution to such holders or (ii) the amount such holder would be entitled to receive if the stock were converted immediately prior to such liquidation, dissolution or winding up (the “Liquidation Preference”). Until the series A and B convertible preferred stockholders have been paid the Liquidation Preference in full, no payment will be made to any holder of Junior Stock upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. The term “Junior Stock” means our common stock and any other class of our capital stock issued and outstanding that ranks junior as to the payment of dividends or amounts payable upon liquidation, dissolution and winding up to the series A or B preferred stock. As of December 31, 2004, our preferred stock had a liquidation preference of $8.046 per share or $316.4 million.

      Each share of the series A and B preferred stock is convertible, in whole or in part at the option of the holders thereof, into shares of common stock at a conversion price of $8.046 per share of common stock (equivalent to a conversion rate of one share of common stock for each share of series of convertible preferred stock.

      Our authorized and outstanding shares of common and preferred stock reflect a stock split that was completed on January 7, 2004 and retroactively applied for all periods presented.

 
9. Related Party Transactions

      Prior to March 10, 2004, First Data held a 67% ownership interest in GCA (see Restructuring of Ownership section in Note 1). In the normal course of business, First Data and its subsidiaries provided certain services to the Company. The Company was charged a fee by FDFS for all material services provided on its behalf based on the estimated fair value of the services provided. As part of the Restructuring of Ownership, the Company and First Data agreed to transition certain corporate support functions to the Company. These services include tax, accounting, and licensing departments, corporate insurance coverage, and credit card rewards processing. These functions and responsibilities were transitioned in April 2004.

      As part of the Restructuring of Ownership, the Company and First Data agreed for First Data to continue to provide certain services for a period of one year after closing. In connection with the credit and debit card cash advance transactions and the ACH check cashing transactions, the Company incurs a settlement liability to IPS for checks written to gaming properties on cash accounts of IPS. GCA generally funds IPS for the checks on the third business day after the check is issued. The Company pays a check clearing and imaging fee to IPS. IPS pays the Company interest on the outstanding checks from the time they are funded until the check has cleared the IPS bank account. The balance of outstanding checks includes short-term balances as well as checks pending escheatment. Interest is calculated daily on the total outstanding balance and the short-term cash deposits at the lesser of 7% or prime rate per annum.

      In connection with the ATM business, FDFS Holdings, LLC provided ATM funding for which it charged the Company interest. Interest was calculated daily on the total outstanding balance at the lesser of 7% or prime rate per annum. This arrangement was terminated on December 16, 2003.

F-21


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      GCA markets TeleCheck check authorization and warranty services and is an agent of Western Union in gaming establishments. Under the TeleCheck Marketing Agreement and subsequent amendments, the Company receives the monthly fee revenue from all gaming establishments, less the net warranty expense for the month and an amount equal to the operating expenses. These amounts are included within check services revenue, cost of revenues, and operating expenses, respectively. As an agent under the Western Union agreement, the Company receives a monthly commission based on the total number of merchant outlets and the volume of transactions processed. This amount is included with Central Credit and other revenues in the consolidated statements of income.

      The Company made payments for software development costs to Infonox on the Web, a company owned by M&C during each of the periods presented. A portion of the software development costs are capitalized and reflected in intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets and the remainder are classified in operating or other expenses in the consolidated statements of income.

      GCA made processing payments based on authorized transactions to USA Payments, a company owned by M&C. The processing payments have been reflected as cost of revenues and other expenses in the consolidated statements of income. Additionally, USA Payments provides pass through invoices related mainly to gateway fees and other processing charges incurred on behalf of the Company from unrelated third parties and subleases a portion of GCA’s corporate facility from GCA.

      As part of the Restructuring of Ownership, Bank of America Corporation became a minority owner of Holdings, the parent company of GCA. The Company uses Bank of America, N.A. for general corporate banking purposes and is charged monthly servicing fees for these services, which are included in operating expenses. In connection with the ATM Funding agreement, GCA obtains cash for our ATMs from Bank of America, N.A. The fees paid to Bank of America for the preparation of the cash is included within operating expenses, while the cash usage fee is included as part of interest expense.

F-22


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table represents the transactions with related parties for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                                 
Related Party Description of Transaction 2004 2003 2002





First Data and Subsidiaries:                        
  IPS     Invoices paid by IPS passed through as capitalized items to GCA   $ 284     $ 215     $ 305  
  IPS     Invoices paid by IPS passed through and expensed in operating expenses by GCA     196       732       493  
  IPS     Check clearing & imaging charges operated by IPS     583       526       569  
  First Data     Other support services including tax, accounting and licensing departments, corporate insurance coverage and credit card rewards processing     35       208       208  
  IPS     Interest income earned by GCA on outstanding checks and short-term cash deposits     (1,128 )     (983 )     (1,017 )
  FDFS Holdings, LLC     Interest expense recorded by GCA on bailment of ATM cash           6,213       4,335  
  TeleCheck     Check guarantee revenue included in check services revenue     (22,591 )     (25,449 )     (29,287 )
  TeleCheck     Check cashing warranties     10,144       9,848       9,827  
  TeleCheck     Operating expenses     2,959       6,212       11,626  
  Western Union     Money transfer commissions earned     (355 )     (371 )     (477 )
M&C Subsidiaries:                        
  Infonox on the Web     Software development costs and maintenance expense     1,624       3,643       5,993  
  USA Payments     Transaction processing charges     2,513       3,016       2,117  
  USA Payments     Pass through billing related to gateway fees, telecom and other items     1,533       1,986       1,519  
  USA Payments     Sublease income earned for leasing out corporate office space for backup servers     (18 )     (51 )      
Bank of America and Subsidiaries:                        
  Bank of America, N.A.     Bank fees and cash preparation fees for cash accounts maintained     982       311       295  
  Bank of America, N.A.     Cash usage fee   $ 3,145     $     $  

F-23


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The following table details the amounts due from(to) these related parties that are recorded as part of receivables, other, accounts payable and accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, (in thousands):

                   
2004 2003


First Data and Subsidiaries
  $ 2,454     $ 2,058  
M&C and related companies
    45       3,166  
Bank of America
    6       1  
     
     
 
 
Total included within receivables, other
  $ 2,505     $ 5,225  
     
     
 
First Data and Subsidiaries
  $ (3 )   $ (245 )
USA Payment Systems
    (325 )     (427 )
Infonox on the Web
    (52 )      
Bank of America
    (137 )     (18 )
     
     
 
 
Total included within accounts payable and accrued expenses
  $ (517 )   $ (690 )
     
     
 

      Included within settlement liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets are $32.0 million and $17.6 million of amounts due to IPS for unpaid checks as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

      Banc of America Securities LLC was the Initial Purchaser on GCA’s Notes Offering. In connection with this offering, GCA incurred arrangement fees and related expenses of $6.7 million. These amounts were deducted by Banc of America Securities LLC from the net proceeds of the Notes Offering, and are being amortized over the term of the notes. The remaining unamortized balance of the fees has been included within prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004.

      Bank of America, N.A. was the lead arranger for the Credit Facility. In connection with the closing of the Credit Facility, GCA incurred arrangement fees and related expenses of $4.1 million. These amounts were deducted by Bank of America from the net proceeds of the Credit Facility, and are being amortized over the term of the Credit Facility. The remaining unamortized balance of the fees has been included within prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2004.

      Additionally, the Company pays an administrative agency fee to Bank of America, N.A. for managing the Credit Facility. The $0.2 million charge for the first year was deducted from the proceeds of the Credit Facility. The remaining unamortized balance of the fees has been included within prepaid expenses on the consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2004.

 
10. Income Taxes

      Pursuant to the Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, the Company and its non-corporate subsidiaries were required to convert from a limited liability companies, which are pass-through entities for U.S. income tax purposes, to corporations. The conversion of the Company was completed on May 14, 2004.

      The result of this conversion was to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities from the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities at the date of conversion into a taxable entity. The net tax asset recorded was principally generated from the step up in tax basis created from the implied value of the Restructuring of Ownership and the Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement.

      For the year ended December 31, 2004, the Company recorded a net tax benefit of $212.3 million from establishing a net deferred tax asset and recording income tax expense on operations since we

F-24


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

became a taxable entity. The recorded net deferred tax asset is subject to change in future periods as the Company obtains final tax return information from the former partners related to the final tax basis of their interests in GCA.

      The following table presents the domestic and foreign components of pretax income and recorded income tax expense for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                             
2004 2003 2002



Components of pretax income:
                       
 
Domestic
  $ 37,690     $ 53,123     $ 48,560  
 
Foreign
    4,306       5,187       2,273  
     
     
     
 
   
Consolidated
  $ 41,996     $ 58,310     $ 50,833  
     
     
     
 
Benefit (provision) for income taxes:
                       
 
Domestic
  $ 214,084     $     $  
 
Foreign
    (1,738 )     (321 )     (1,451 )
     
     
     
 
   
Consolidated
  $ 212,346     $ (321 )   $ (1,451 )
     
     
     
 

      Substantially all of the difference between our statutory tax rate of 35% and our effective tax rate of (505.6)% resulted from the recognition of the net deferred tax asset recorded in connection with our change in tax status from a pass through entity to a corporation in 2004.

      We expect that our effective tax rate will approximate our statutory rate in future periods.

      The following table outlines the principal components of deferred tax items (in thousands):

               
December 31,
2004

Deferred tax assets related to:
       
 
Accrued expenses
  $ 494  
 
Sales allowances
    609  
 
Foreign tax credit
    1,976  
 
Net operating losses
    4,228  
 
Intangibles
    208,979  
     
 
   
Total deferred income tax assets
    216,286  
     
 
Deferred tax liabilities related to:
       
 
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements
    (815 )
 
Other
    (766 )
     
 
   
Total deferred income tax liabilities
    (1,581 )
     
 
     
Net deferred income taxes
  $ 214,705  
     
 

      At December 31, 2004, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $214.7 million. This deferred tax asset was evaluated under the guidelines of SFAS No. 109 Accounting for Income Taxes , and a determination on the basis of objective factors was made that the asset will be realized through future years’ taxable earnings.

      The Company has net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of approximately $11.7 million as of December 31, 2004. These NOL carryforwards begin to expire December 31, 2024.

F-25


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries are considered to be permanently invested and, accordingly, United States income taxes have not been provided on these earnings. At December 31, 2004, the estimated amount of unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries totaled $8.5 million.

 
11. Pro Forma Income Tax Information (Unaudited)

      The pro forma unaudited income tax adjustments represent the tax effects that would have been reported had the Company been subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes as a corporation. Pro forma expenses are based upon the statutory income tax rates and adjustments to income for estimated permanent differences occurring during the period. Actual rates and expenses could have differed had the Company been subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes for all periods presented. Therefore, the unaudited pro forma amounts are for informational purposes only and are intended to be indicative of the results of operations had the Company been subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes for all periods presented.

      The following table presents the computation of the unaudited pro forma income tax expense for the years ended December 31, (in thousands):

                         
2004 2003 2002



Income before income taxes, as reported
  $ 41,996     $ 58,310     $ 50,833  
Effective pro forma income tax rate
    36.00 %     36.12 %     36.18 %
     
     
     
 
Pro forma income tax expense
  $ 15,119     $ 21,062     $ 18,391  
     
     
     
 
 
12. Segment Information

      Operating segments as defined by SFAS No. 131, Disclosures About Segments of an Enterprise and Related Information , are components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker, or decision-making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision-making group consists of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The operating segments are reviewed separately because each represents products that can be, and often are, sold separately to our customers.

      The Company operates in four distinct business segments: cash advance, ATM, check services and credit reporting services. These segments are monitored separately by management for performance against our internal forecast. The Company’s internal management reporting does not allocate overhead depreciation and amortization expenses to the respective business segments. For the segment information presented below, these amounts have been allocated to the respective segments based upon relation to the business segment (where identifiable) or on respective revenue contribution.

      Other lines of business, none of which exceed the established materiality for segment reporting, include Western Union, direct marketing and QuikPlay, among others.

      The Company’s business is predominantly domestic, with no specific regional concentrations.

 
Major customers

      During the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003, and 2002, GCA had one major customer, Harrah’s Entertainment, Inc., that generated total revenues of approximately $47.2 million, $47.9 million, and $45.6 million from all segments, representing 11.7%, 13.4%, and 13.3% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. The Company’s contract with that customer expired on October 1, 2004, but continues on a month-to-month.

F-26


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

      The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies. The tables below present the results of operations and total assets by operating segment as of, and for the years ended (in thousands):

                                                 
Cash Check Credit
Advance ATM Services Reporting Other Total






December 31, 2004
                                               
Revenues
  $ 209,962     $ 158,433     $ 23,768     $ 9,368     $ 1,472     $ 403,003  
Depreciation and amortization
    (4,803 )     (7,869 )     (17 )     (364 )     (495 )     (13,548 )
Operating income
    39,981       20,256       9,681       4,100       3       74,021  
Interest income
    1,318                               1,318  
Interest expense
    (14,394 )     (16,576 )     (1,630 )     (642 )     (101 )     (33,343 )
Income taxes
    129,020       87,434       (2,899 )     (1,245 )     36       212,346  
Minority ownership loss
                            213       213  
Net income
  $ 155,925     $ 91,114     $ 5,152     $ 2,213     $ 151     $ 254,555  
December 31, 2003
                                               
Revenues
  $ 186,547     $ 132,341     $ 26,326     $ 9,289     $ 1,211     $ 355,714  
Depreciation and amortization
    (5,872 )     (7,290 )           (364 )     (535 )     (14,061 )
Operating income (loss)
    37,611       15,186       9,208       3,557       (1,802 )     63,760  
Interest income
    1,312                               1,312  
Interest expense
          (6,673 )                 (89 )     (6,762 )
Income taxes
    (321 )                             (321 )
Minority ownership loss
                            400       400  
Net income (loss)
  $ 38,602     $ 8,513     $ 9,208     $ 3,557     $ (1,491 )   $ 58,389  
December 31, 2002
                                               
Revenues
  $ 182,754     $ 119,424     $ 29,412     $ 8,997     $ 1,306     $ 341,893  
Depreciation and amortization
    (5,953 )     (4,704 )           (623 )     (540 )     (11,820 )
Operating income (loss)
    36,398       15,313       7,316       1,583       (4,844 )     55,766  
Interest income
    1,283                               1,283  
Interest expense
          (6,110 )                 (106 )     (6,216 )
Income taxes
    (1,451 )                             (1,451 )
Minority ownership loss
                            1,040       1,040  
Net income (loss)
  $ 36,230     $ 9,203     $ 7,316     $ 1,583     $ (3,910 )   $ 50,422  

F-27


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS — (Continued)

                 
December 31, December 31,
Total Assets 2004 2003



Cash advance
  $ 317,604     $ 154,497  
ATM
    133,005       44,991  
Check services
    4,223       2,944  
Credit reporting
    41,263       40,764  
Other
    530       431  
     
     
 
Total assets
  $ 496,625     $ 243,627  
     
     
 
 
13. Subsequent Events

      In January 2005, the Company completed a 13-for-1 stock split for all classes of stock that increased the total authorized shares of Holdings from 5,555,555 shares to 72,222,215 shares. Additionally, the Company adopted the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (“Stock Incentive Plan”). Under the Stock Incentive Plan, the Company has reserved 3,841,615 shares of Class A Common Stock for the grant of stock options and other equity incentive awards. In the first quarter of 2005, options to purchase an aggregate of 3,046,930 shares of common stock were granted under the Stock Incentive Plan. Of this amount, options to purchase 2,846,930 shares were granted to employees of the Company and options to purchase 200,000 shares were granted to consultants and directors of the Company.

 
14. Guarantor Information

      As part of the Restructuring of Ownership discussed in Note 1 to these consolidated financial statements, GCA issued $235 million in senior subordinated notes due 2012 (the “Notes”). The Notes are guaranteed by the Company and all of its domestic wholly-owned subsidiaries. These guaranties are full, unconditional, joint and several. CashCall, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary and QuikPlay, which is a consolidated joint venture, do not guarantee the Notes. As such, the following consolidating schedules present separate financial statement information on a combined basis for the parent only, GCA as issuer, as well as the Company’s guarantor subsidiaries and non-guarantor subsidiaries and affiliate, as of December 31, 2004 and 2003, and for the years ended December 31, 2004, 2003 and 2002.

F-28


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

DECEMBER 31, 2004
                                                     
Combined Combined Non- Elimination
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Entries* Consolidated






(In thousands)
ASSETS
ASSETS:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 700     $ 45,037     $ 662     $ 3,178     $     $ 49,577  
Settlement receivables
          29,787             570             30,357  
Receivables, other
          6,915       16,952       19       (19,245 )     4,641  
Prepaid and other assets
          13,713             12             13,725  
Investment in subsidiaries
    (57,479 )     59,719                   (2,240 )      
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
          10,341                         10,341  
Goodwill, net
          116,575       39,470       688             156,733  
Other intangibles, net
          16,512       34                   16,546  
Deferred income taxes, net
          214,121             584             214,705  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
TOTAL
  $ (56,779 )   $ 512,720     $ 57,118     $ 5,051     $ (21,485 )   $ 496,625  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
                                               
 
Settlement liabilities
  $     $ 41,583     $     $ 609     $     $ 42,192  
 
Accounts payable
          19,929       375       313             20,617  
 
Accrued expenses
          30,350             1,153       (19,245 )     12,258  
 
Borrowings
          478,250                         478,250  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
          570,112       375       2,075       (19,245 )     553,317  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
                                               
MINORITY INTEREST
          87                         87  
STOCKHOLDERS’ (DEFICIENCY) EQUITY
    (56,779 )     (57,479 )     56,743       2,976       (2,240 )     (56,779 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
TOTAL
  $ (56,779 )   $ 512,720     $ 57,118     $ 5,051     $ (21,485 )   $ 496,625  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

F-29


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

DECEMBER 31, 2003
                                                     
Combined Combined Non- Elimination
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Entries* Consolidated






(In thousands)
ASSETS
ASSETS:
                                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $     $ 14,665     $ 195     $ 8,563     $     $ 23,423  
Settlement receivables
          19,946             361             20,307  
Receivables, other
          (1,201 )     10,830       3,151       (6,270 )     6,510  
Prepaid and other assets
          954                         954  
Investment in subsidiaries
    199,247       56,768                   (256,015 )      
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements, net
          15,108       21                   15,129  
Goodwill, net
          116,575       39,470       640             156,685  
Other intangibles, net
          20,250       369                   20,619  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
TOTAL
  $ 199,247     $ 243,065     $ 50,885     $ 12,715     $ (262,285 )   $ 243,627  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ CAPITAL
LIABILITIES:
                                               
 
Settlement liabilities
  $     $ 22,709     $     $ 259     $     $ 22,968  
 
Accounts payable
          17,489       371       156             18,016  
 
Accrued expenses
          3,620             6,046       (6,270 )     3,396  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total liabilities
          43,818       371       6,461       (6,270 )     44,380  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
                                               
MINORITY INTEREST
                                   
MEMBERS’ CAPITAL
    199,247       199,247       50,514       6,254       (256,015 )     199,247  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
TOTAL
  $ 199,247     $ 243,065     $ 50,885     $ 12,715     $ (262,285 )   $ 243,627  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

F-30


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
                                                     
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
REVENUES:
                                               
 
Cash advance
  $     $ 205,677     $     $ 4,285     $     $ 209,962  
 
ATM
          158,433                         158,433  
 
Check services
          23,768                         23,768  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    254,555       6,081       10,519       72       (260,387 )     10,840  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    254,555       393,959       10,519       4,357       (260,387 )     403,003  
COST OF REVENUES
          267,150       276       2,686             270,112  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    254,555       126,809       10,243       1,671       (260,387 )     132,891  
 
Operating expenses
          (39,249 )     (3,657 )     (2,971 )     555       (45,322 )
 
Amortization
          (5,337 )     (335 )                 (5,672 )
 
Depreciation
          (7,855 )     (21 )                 (7,876 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    254,555       74,368       6,230       (1,300 )     (259,832 )     74,021  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
 
Interest income
          1,210             108             1,318  
 
Interest expense
          (33,343 )                       (33,343 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income (expense), net
          (32,133 )           108             (32,025 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX BENEFIT AND MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    254,555       42,235       6,230       (1,192 )     (259,832 )     41,996  
INCOME TAX BENEFIT
          212,107             239             212,346  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    254,555       254,342       6,230       (953 )     (259,832 )     254,342  
MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
          213                         213  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 254,555     $ 254,555     $ 6,230     $ (953 )   $ (259,832 )   $ 254,555  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

F-31


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
                                                     
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
REVENUES:
                                               
 
Cash advance
  $     $ 181,982     $     $ 4,565     $     $ 186,547  
 
ATM
          132,341                         132,341  
 
Check services
          26,326                         26,326  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    58,390       5,016       9,965       23       (62,894 )     10,500  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    58,390       345,665       9,965       4,588       (62,894 )     355,714  
COSTS OF REVENUES
          229,022       304       3,137             232,463  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    58,390       116,643       9,661       1,451       (62,894 )     123,251  
 
Operating expenses
          (39,211 )     (4,787 )     (1,432 )           (45,430 )
 
Amortization
          (6,173 )     (335 )                 (6,508 )
 
Depreciation
          (7,524 )     (29 )                 (7,553 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
OPERATING INCOME
    58,390       63,735       4,510       19       (62,894 )     63,760  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
 
Interest income
          1,017             295             1,312  
 
Interest expense
          (6,762 )                       (6,762 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income (expense), net
          (5,745 )           295             (5,450 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION AND MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    58,390       57,990       4,510       314       (62,894 )     58,310  
INCOME TAX PROVISION
                      (321 )           (321 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME BEFORE MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    58,390       57,990       4,510       (7 )     (62,894 )     57,989  
MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
          400                         400  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME
  $ 58,390     $ 58,390     $ 4,510     $ (7 )   $ (62,894 )   $ 58,389  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

F-32


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF INCOME INFORMATION

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                     
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
REVENUES:
                                               
 
Cash advance
  $     $ 176,599     $     $ 6,155     $     $ 182,754  
 
ATM
          119,424                         119,424  
 
Check services
          29,412                         29,412  
 
Central Credit and other revenues
    50,422       88       9,519             (49,726 )     10,303  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total revenues
    50,422       325,523       9,519       6,155       (49,726 )     341,893  
COST OF REVENUES
          212,348       330       3,980             216,658  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
GROSS PROFIT
    50,422       113,175       9,189       2,175       (49,726 )     125,235  
 
Operating expenses
          (47,529 )     (6,462 )     (3,658 )           (57,649 )
 
Amortization
          (6,177 )     (335 )                 (6,512 )
 
Depreciation
          (5,020 )     (288 )                 (5,308 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
OPERATING INCOME (LOSS)
    50,422       54,449       2,104       (1,483 )     (49,726 )     55,766  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INTEREST INCOME (EXPENSE), NET
                                               
 
Interest income
          1,149             134             1,283  
 
Interest expense
          (6,216 )                       (6,216 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
   
Total interest income (expense), net
          (5,067 )           134             (4,933 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION AND MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    50,422       49,382       2,104       (1,349 )     (49,726 )     50,833  
INCOME TAX PROVISION
                      (1,451 )           (1,451 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
    50,422       49,382       2,104       (2,800 )     (49,726 )     49,382  
MINORITY OWNERSHIP LOSS
          1,040                         1,040  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCOME (LOSS)
  $ 50,422     $ 50,422     $ 2,104     $ (2,800 )   $ (49,726 )   $ 50,422  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include earnings on subsidiaries and management fees

F-33


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2004
                                                         
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 254,555     $ 254,555     $ 6,230     $ (953 )   $ 259,832     $ 254,555  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
   
Amortization of financing costs
          1,618                         1,618  
   
Amortization of intangibles
          5,337       335                   5,672  
   
Depreciation
          7,855       21                   7,876  
   
Equity income
    (254,555 )     (5,277 )                 (259,832 )      
   
Loss on sale or disposal of assets
          179                         179  
   
Deferred income taxes
          (214,121 )           (544 )           (214,665 )
   
Minority ownership loss
          (213 )                       (213 )
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
     
Settlement receivables
          (9,683 )           (132 )           (9,815 )
     
Receivables, other
          7,959       (6,123 )     (2,337 )     (158 )     (659 )
     
Prepaid and other assets
          (464 )           (11 )           (475 )
     
Settlement liabilities
          18,699             296             18,995  
     
Accounts payable
          1,887       4       142       555       2,588  
     
Accrued expenses
          8,571             985             9,556  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
          76,902       467       (2,554 )     397       75,212  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements
          (3,261 )                       (3,261 )
 
Purchase of other intangibles
          (1,600 )                       (1,600 )
 
Investment in subsidiaries
          (750 )                 750        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
          (5,611 )                 750       (4,861 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Borrowings under credit facility
          484,087                         484,087  
 
Repayments under credit facility
          (16,750 )                       (16,750 )
 
Debt issuance costs
          (3,000 )                       (3,000 )
 
Minority capital contributions
          300                         300  
 
Capital investments in subsidiaries
    700                   750       (1,450 )      
 
Redemption of membership interests and distributions to partners
          (505,157 )           (4,130 )     700       (508,587 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash used in financing activities
    700       (40,520 )           (3,380 )     (750 )     (43,950 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
        $ (399 )   $     $ 549     $ (397 )   $ (247 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
    700       30,372       467       (5,385 )           26,154  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS —
                                               
 
Beginning of period
          14,665       195       8,563             23,423  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS —
                                               
 
End of period
  $ 700     $ 45,037     $ 662     $ 3,178     $     $ 49,577  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

F-34


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2003
                                                         
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 58,391     $ 58,391     $ 4,509     $ (7 )   $ (62,895 )   $ 58,389  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
   
Amortization of intangibles
          6,173       335                   6,508  
   
Depreciation
          7,524       29                   7,553  
   
Loss on sale or disposal of assets
          458                         458  
   
Equity income (loss)
    (58,391 )     (4,504 )                 62,895        
   
Minority ownership loss
          (400 )                       (400 )
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
     
Settlement receivables
          674             121             795  
     
Receivables, other
          7,416       (4,596 )     (2,895 )     (2,635 )     (2,710 )
     
Prepaid and other assets
          44                         44  
     
Settlement liabilities
          (34,219 )           (70 )           (34,289 )
     
Accounts payable
          1,623       (203 )     (389 )           1,031  
     
Accrued expenses
          (3,974 )           (3,353 )     3,419       (3,908 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
          39,206       74       (6,593 )     784       33,471  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements
          (6,010 )     (2 )                 (6,012 )
 
Purchase of other intangibles
          (1,035 )                             (1,035 )
 
Investment in subsidiaries
          (1,000 )                 1,000        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
          (8,045 )     (2 )           1,000       (7,047 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Minority capital contributions
          400                         400  
 
Capital contributions
                      1,000       (1,000 )      
 
Distributions to partners
          (63,467 )                       (63,467 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
          (63,067 )           1,000       (1,000 )     (63,067 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          1,206             2,060       (784 )     2,482  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          (30,700 )     72       (3,533 )           (34,161 )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
          45,365       123       12,096             57,584  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $     $ 14,665     $ 195     $ 8,563     $     $ 23,423  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

F-35


Table of Contents

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATING SCHEDULE — STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2002
                                                         
Combined Combined Non-
Parent Issuer Guarantors Guarantors Eliminations* Consolidated






(In thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Net income (loss)
  $ 50,422     $ 50,422     $ 2,104     $ (2,800 )   $ (49,726 )   $ 50,422  
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                               
   
Amortization of intangibles
          6,177       335                   6,512  
   
Depreciation
          5,020       288                   5,308  
   
Loss on sale or disposal of assets
          (151 )                       (151 )
   
Equity income (loss)
    (50,422 )     696                   49,726        
   
Minority ownership loss
          (1,040 )                       (1,040 )
   
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
                                               
     
Settlement receivables
          12,549             94             12,643  
     
Receivables, other
          (2,902 )     (2,936 )     (8,149 )     8,294       (5,693 )
     
Prepaid and other assets
          360                         360  
     
Settlement liabilities
          13,825             (180 )           13,645  
     
Accounts payable
          431       12       95             538  
     
Accrued expenses
          426       (186 )     7,464       (8,284 )     (580 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
          85,813       (383 )     (3,476 )     10       81,964  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements
          (7,785 )                       (7,785 )
 
Purchase of other intangibles
          (1,965 )                         (1,965 )
 
Investment in subsidiaries
          (2,600 )                 2,600        
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities
          (12,350 )                 2,600       (9,750 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
                                               
 
Minority capital contributions
          1,040                         1,040  
 
Capital contributions
                      2,600       (2,600 )      
 
Distributions to partners
          (53,373 )                       (53,373 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
       
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
          (52,333 )           2,600       (2,600 )     (52,333 )
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          145             68       (10 )     203  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
NET DECREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
          21,275       (383 )     (808 )           20,084  
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — Beginning of period
          24,090       506       12,904             37,500  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS — End of period
  $     $ 45,365     $ 123     $ 12,096     $     $ 57,584  
     
     
     
     
     
     
 


Eliminations include intercompany investments and management fees

F-36


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF GRAPHIC INSIDE THE BACK COVER

     This page consists of a photograph of the screen display of a personal computer running QuikReports. The photograph is oriented on the page in landscape mode with the top portion of the screen display appearing along the left margin of the page. The screen display shows a sample report, consisting of rows of data containing fictitious patron names, addresses and transaction totals.


Table of Contents



                             Shares

Common Stock


(GLOBAL CASH ACCESS LOGO)


PROSPECTUS

                    , 2005

 
Goldman, Sachs & Co. JPMorgan

  Banc of America Securities LLC
  Bear, Stearns & Co. Inc.
  Citigroup
  Deutsche Bank Securities
SG Cowen & Co. Wachovia Securities

       You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares.

      No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common shares or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

      Through and including                     , 2005 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.




Table of Contents

PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

      The following table sets forth all expenses to be paid by the registrant, other than estimated underwriting discounts and commissions, in connection with this offering. All amounts shown are estimates except for the registration fee and the New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

           
SEC registration fee
  $    
New York Stock Exchange listing fee
       
Printing and engraving
       
Legal fees and expenses
       
Accounting fees and expenses
       
Blue sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)
       
Transfer agent and registrar fees
       
Miscellaneous
       
     
 
 
Total
  $    
     
 
 
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, provides that a Delaware corporation may indemnify directors and officers as well as other employees and individuals against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines, and amounts paid in settlement in connection with specified actions, suits and proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than action by or in the right of the corporation, or a “derivative action”), if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful. A similar standard is applicable in the case of derivative actions, except that indemnification only extends to expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with the defense or settlement of such action, and the statute requires court approval before there can be any indemnification where the person seeking indemnification has been found liable to the corporation. The statute provides that it is not exclusive of other indemnification that may be granted by a corporation’s certificate of incorporation, bylaws, disinterested director vote, stockholder vote, agreement, or otherwise.

      The DGCL further authorizes a Delaware corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation or enterprise, against any liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to indemnify him under Section 145.

      The bylaws of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. provide for the indemnification of its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. The bylaws of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. also permit us to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person against any liability that may be asserted against, or expenses that may be incurred by, any such person in connection with our activities, regardless of whether we would have the power to indemnify such persons against such liability under the provisions of our bylaws. We have purchased liability insurance for the benefit of the members of our officers and directors.

 
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

      The registrant (formerly known as GCA Holdings, Inc.) resulted from the conversion of GCA Holdings, L.L.C., a limited liability company. GCA Holdings, L.L.C. was formed on February 4, 2004, converted to a

II-1


Table of Contents

corporation named GCA Holdings, Inc. on May 14, 2004, and renamed Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. on March 18, 2005.

      In connection with the formation of GCA Holdings, L.L.C., on March 10, 2004, GCA Holdings, L.L.C. issued (i) to FDFS Holdings, LLC 958 Common Units of membership interest in exchange for 958 Common Units of membership interest in Global Cash Access, L.L.C. (a limited liability company that was converted to a corporation named Global Cash Access, Inc.), and (ii) to M&C International 472 Common Units of membership interest in exchange for 472 Common Units of membership interest in Global Cash Access, L.L.C. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

      In connection with a recapitalization of the ownership of GCA Holdings, L.L.C., on May 13, 2004, GCA Holdings, L.L.C. issued (i) to M&C International 220.055 Class A Common Units of membership interest, 244.000 Class A Preferred Units of membership interests and 58.500 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, all in exchange for 522.555 Common Units of membership interest, and (ii) to Bank of America Corporation 24.370 Class A Common Units and 3.075 Class B Common Units, all in exchange for 27.445 Common Units of membership interest. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

      In connection with the conversion of GCA Holdings, L.L.C. to a corporation, on May 14, 2004, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. issued (i) to M&C International 2,200,550 shares of Class A Common stock in exchange for 220.055 Class A Common Units of membership interest, (ii) to Bank of America Corporation 243,700 shares of Class A Common Stock in exchange for 24.370 Class A Common Units of membership interest and 30,750 shares of Class B Common Stock in exchange for 3.075 Class B Common Units of membership interest, (iii) to Summit/ GCA Holdings LLC 1,553,708 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 155.3708 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 372,508 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 37.2508 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, (iv) to Tudor Ventures GCA Investment Ltd. 192,672 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 19.2672 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 46,194 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 4.6194 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, (v) to TPT GCA Investment Ltd. 33,944 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 3.3944 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 8,138 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 0.8138 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, (vi) to Tudor Funds GCA Investment Ltd. 351,400 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 35.1400 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 84,250 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 8.4250 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, (vii) to HarbourVest VI-GCA LLC 154,138 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 15.4138 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 36,955 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 3.6955 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, (viii) to Casino Cash Access Corp. 88,374 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 8.8374 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 21,188 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 2.1188 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest, and (ix) to JPMorgan Chase Bank, as Trustee for First Plaza Group Trust 65,764 shares of Class A Preferred Stock in exchange for 6.5764 Class A Preferred Units of membership interest and 15,767 shares of Class B Preferred Stock in exchange for 1.5767 Class B Preferred Units of membership interest. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act.

      On September 1, 2004, the registrant granted an option to purchase 55,555 shares of Class A Common Stock for an exercise price of $104.60 per share to Harry Hagerty in connection with the commencement of his employment with the registrant as its Chief Financial Officer. This issuance was exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as well as pursuant to Rule 701 thereunder.

      On January 7, 2005, the registrant effected a 13-for-1 stock split of all of its outstanding capital stock.

      On January 8, 2005, the registrant granted options to purchase an aggregate of 2,794,430 shares of Class A Common Stock to certain of its employees and consultants for an exercise price of $13.99 per share pursuant to its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. On March 1, 2005, the registrant granted options to purchase an aggregate of 252,500 shares of Class A Common Stock to certain of its employees for an exercise price of $13.99 per share pursuant to its 2005 Stock Incentive Plan. These issuances were exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, as well as pursuant to Rule 701 thereunder.

II-2


Table of Contents

      With respect to the issuances described above as being exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, we claimed exemption by virtue of Section 4(2) of the Securities Act in that such issuances did not involve a public offering, were made without general solicitation or advertising, each purchaser was a sophisticated investor with access to all relevant information necessary to evaluate the investment, and each purchaser represented to us that the securities were being acquired for investment.

      With respect to the issuances described above as being exempt from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, we claimed exemption by virtue of Rule 701 of the Securities Act in that such issuances were either pursuant to written compensatory benefit plans or contracts relating to compensation, as provided in Rule 701.

 
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

      (a) Exhibits

      See Exhibit Index on page II-7.

      (b) Financial Statement Schedules

      None.

 
Item 17. Undertakings

      We hereby undertake to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

      Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, indemnification agreements entered into between the company and our executive officers and directors, the underwriting agreement, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by us of expenses incurred or paid by any of our directors, officers or controlling persons in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, we will, unless in the opinion of our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by us is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

      The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

        (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of Prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of Prospectus filed by us pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective;
 
        (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Las Vegas, Nevada on this 22nd day of March, 2005.

  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

  By:  /s/ KIRK SANFORD
 
  Kirk Sanford
  President and Chief Executive Officer

      KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints, jointly and severally, Kirk Sanford and Harry C. Hagerty, and each one of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by this registration statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

      IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this power of attorney as of the date indicated.

      Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the persons whose signatures appear below, which persons have signed such registration statement in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

             
Title Date
Signature


 
/s/ KIRK SANFORD

Kirk Sanford
  President, Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer) and Director
  March 22, 2005
 
/s/ KARIM MASKATIYA

Karim Maskatiya
  Director   March 22, 2005
 
/s/ ROBERT CUCINOTTA

Robert Cucinotta
  Director   March 22, 2005
 
/s/ WALTER G. KORTSCHAK

Walter G. Kortschak
  Director   March 22, 2005
 
/s/ CHARLES J. FITZGERALD

Charles J. Fitzgerald
  Director   March 22, 2005

II-4


Table of Contents

             
Title Date
Signature


 
/s/ E. MILES KILBURN

E. Miles Kilburn
  Director   March 22, 2005
 
/s/ HARRY C. HAGERTY

Harry C. Hagerty
  Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)   March 22, 2005

II-5


Table of Contents

EXHIBIT INDEX

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  1 .1†††   Underwriting Agreement, dated as of           , 2005, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., as Attorney-in-Fact acting on behalf of each of the Selling Stockholders named therein, and Goldman Sachs & Co., Inc. and J.P. Morgan Securities Inc. on behalf of each of the Underwriters named therein
  3 .1†††   Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. to become effective as of the closing of the offering
  3 .2   Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. to become effective as of the closing of the offering
  4 .1   Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2
  4 .2†   Indenture relating to $235,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
  4 .3††   Form of 8 3/4% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012
  4 .4†   Assumption Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2004, by Global Cash Access, Inc. and the Subsidiary Guarantors named therein
  4 .5   Form of Supplemental Indenture by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., Global Cash Access, Inc., Central Credit, LLC and The Bank of New York and form of notation of Guarantee by Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
  5 .1   Form of opinion of Morrison & Foerster LLP
  10 .1†   Lease Agreement, dated as of March 8, 2000, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and American Pacific Capital Gateway Bldg D Co., L.L.C.
  10 .2†   Credit Agreement dated as of March 10, 2004 among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., Global Cash Access, L.L.C., the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender and Banc of America Securities LLC, as sole lead arranger and sole book manager
  10 .3†   Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of April 27, 2004, among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., Global Cash Access, L.L.C., the lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A. as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swingline Lender
  10 .4†   Guaranty, dated as of March 10, 2004, among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the guarantors from time to time party hereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
  10 .5†   Security Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, among the loan parties from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .6†   Pledge Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, among the loan parties from time to time party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as Collateral Agent.
  10 .7†   Membership Unit Redemption Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between FDFS Holdings, LLC and GCA Holdings, L.L.C.
  10 .8†   Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of November 1999, by and between BA Merchant Services, Inc. and Global Cash Access, L.L.C., as amended by Amendment Number 1 to the Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of September 2000, among BA Merchant Services, Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Data Corporation.
  10 .9†   Sponsorship Indemnification Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Data Corporation.
  10 .10†   Amended and Restated Software License Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Infonox on the Web and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.
  10 .11†   Professional Services Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Infonox on the Web and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.


Table of Contents

         
Exhibit
Number Description


  10 .12†   Patent License Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between USA Payments and Global Cash Access, L.L.C.
  10 .13†   Amended and Restated Electronic Payment Processing Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C., USA Payments Inc. and USA Payment Systems, Inc.
  10 .14†   Letter Agreement Relating to Technology, dated May 13, 2004, among Global Cash Access, L.L.C., USA Payments, USA Payment Systems and Infonox on the web.
  10 .15†   Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and Western Union Bank, dated as of November 12, 2002, and First Amendment to Automated Teller Machine Sponsorship Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and First Financial Bank.
  10 .16†   Membership Unit Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2004, by and among Bank of America Corporation, M&C International and GCA Holdings, L.L.C.
  10 .17†   Amendment to Treasury Services Terms and Conditions Booklet — ATM Cash Services, dated as of March 8, 2004, by and between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and Bank of America, N.A.
  10 .18†   Limited Liability Company Agreement of QuikPlay, LLC, dated as of December 6, 2000, between Global Cash Access, L.L.C. and IGT.
  10 .19†   Registration Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein, M&C International and Bank of America Corporation
  10 .20†   Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein, M&C International and Bank of America Corporation
  10 .21†   Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004, by and among GCA Holdings, L.L.C., the Investors named therein and M&C International
  10 .22†   Noncompete Agreement, dated as of May 14, 2004, by and between GCA Holdings, Inc. and Kirk Sanford
  10 .23†   Employment Agreement, dated as of July 12, 2004, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Harry C. Hagerty
  10 .24†   Notice of Stock Option Award and Stock Option Award Agreement, dated as of September 1, 2004, by and between GCA Holdings, Inc. and Harry C. Hagerty
  10 .25††   Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan
  10 .26   Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2005, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and Kirk Sanford
  10 .27   Form of Indemnification Agreement between Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and each of its executive officers and directors
  10 .28   Patent Purchase and License Agreement, dated as of March 22, 2005, by and between Global Cash Access, Inc. and USA Payments
  10 .29   Termination and Consent, dated as of March 16, 2005, by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and the other parties thereto
  21 .1   Subsidiaries of the Registrant
  23 .1   Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23 .2   Consent of Morrison & Foerster LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
  24 .1   Power of Attorney (included in Part II to this Registration Statement)


  †  Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the Registration Statement of Global Cash Access, Inc. on Form S-4 (File No. 333-117218) previously filed with the SEC.

  ††  Incorporated by reference to the same numbered exhibit to the Annual Report of Global Cash Access, Inc. on Form 10-K (File No. 333-117218) previously filed with the SEC.

†††  To be filed by amendment.

 

Exhibit 3.2

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

OF

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

ARTICLE I

OFFICES

      Section 1.       Registered Office . The registered office of the corporation in the State of Delaware shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle.

      Section 2.       Other Offices . The corporation shall also have and maintain an office or principal place of business at such place as may be fixed by the Board of Directors, and may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the corporation may require.

ARTICLE II

CORPORATE SEAL

      Section 3.       Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may adopt a corporate seal. The corporate seal shall consist of a die bearing the name of the corporation and the inscription, “Corporate Seal, Delaware.” Said seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or reproduced or otherwise.

ARTICLE III

STOCKHOLDERS’ MEETINGS

      Section 4.       Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that the meeting shall not be held at any place, but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication as provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law (“DGCL”).

      Section 5.       Annual Meetings .

           (a)        The annual meeting of the stockholders of the corporation, for the purpose of election of directors and for such other business as may lawfully come before it, shall be held on such date and at such time as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the corporation and the proposal

 


 

of business to be considered by the stockholders may be made at an annual meeting of stockholders: (i) pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting of stockholders; (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors; or (iii) by any stockholder of the corporation who was a stockholder of record at the time of giving the stockholder’s notice provided for in the following paragraph, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who complied with the notice procedures set forth in Section 7.

           (b)        At an annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder pursuant to clause (iii) of Section 5(a) of these Bylaws, (i) the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the corporation, (ii) such other business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under DGCL, (iii) if the stockholder, or the beneficial owner on whose behalf any such proposal or nomination is made, has provided the corporation with a Solicitation Notice (as defined in clause (iii) of the last sentence of this Section 5(b)), such stockholder or beneficial owner must, in the case of a proposal, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry any such proposal, or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, have delivered a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of a percentage of the corporation’s voting shares reasonably believed by such stockholder or beneficial owner to be sufficient to elect the nominee or nominees proposed to be nominated by such stockholder, and must, in either case, have included in such materials the Solicitation Notice, and (iv) if no Solicitation Notice relating thereto has been timely provided pursuant to this section, the stockholder or beneficial owner proposing such business or nomination must not have solicited a number of proxies sufficient to have required the delivery of such a Solicitation Notice under this Section 5. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the ninetieth (90th) day nor earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however , that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than thirty (30) days prior to or delayed by more than thirty (30) days after the anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of an annual meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth: (A) as to each person whom the stockholder proposed to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors in an election contest, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”) and Rule 14a-4(d) thereunder (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (B) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (C) as to

2


 

the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner, (ii) the class and number of shares of the corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner, and (iii) whether either such stockholder or beneficial owner intends to deliver a proxy statement and form of proxy to holders of, in the case of the proposal, at least the percentage of the corporation’s voting shares required under applicable law to carry the proposal or, in the case of a nomination or nominations, a sufficient number of holders of the corporation’s voting shares to elect such nominee or nominees (an affirmative statement of such intent, a “Solicitation Notice”).

           (c)        Notwithstanding anything in the third sentence of Section 5(b) of these Bylaws to the contrary, in the event that the number of directors to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation is increased and there is no public announcement naming all of the nominees for director or specifying the size of the increased Board of Directors made by the corporation at least one hundred (100) days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting, a stockholder’s notice required by this Section 5 shall also be considered timely, but only with respect to nominees for any new positions created by such increase, if it shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not later than the close of business on the tenth (10th) day following the day on which such public announcement is first made by the corporation.

           (d)        Only such persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5 shall be eligible to serve as directors and only such business shall be conducted at a meeting of stockholders as shall have been brought before the meeting in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 5. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Chairman of the meeting shall have the power and duty to determine whether a nomination or any business proposed to be brought before the meeting was made, or proposed, as the case may be, in accordance with the procedures set forth in these Bylaws and, if any proposed nomination or business is not in compliance with these Bylaws, to declare that such defective proposal or nomination shall not be presented for stockholder action at the meeting and shall be disregarded.

           (e)        Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, in order to include information with respect to a stockholder proposal in the proxy statement and form of proxy for a stockholders’ meeting, stockholders must provide notice as required by the regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to affect any rights of stockholders to request inclusion of proposals in the corporation proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 under the 1934 Act.

           (f)        For purposes of this Section 5, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service or in a document publicly filed by the corporation with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the 1934 Act.

3


 

      Section 6.       Special Meetings .

           (a)        Special meetings of the stockholders of the corporation may be called, for any purpose or purposes, by (i) the Chairman of the Board of Directors, (ii) the Chief Executive Officer, or (iii) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption).

           (b)        If a special meeting is properly called by any person or persons other than the Board of Directors, the request shall be in writing, specifying the general nature of the business proposed to be transacted, and shall be delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, to the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, or the Secretary of the corporation. No business may be transacted at such special meeting otherwise than specified in such notice. The Board of Directors shall determine the time and place of such special meeting, which shall be held not less than thirty-five (35) nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the receipt of the request. Upon determination of the time and place of the meeting, the officer receiving the request shall cause notice to be given to the stockholders entitled to vote, in accordance with the provisions of Section 7 of these Bylaws. Nothing contained in this paragraph (b) shall be construed as limiting, fixing, or affecting the time when a meeting of stockholders called by action of the Board of Directors may be held.

           (c)        Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors may be made at a special meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected pursuant to the corporation’s notice of meeting (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the corporation who is a stockholder of record at the time of giving notice provided for in these Bylaws who shall be entitled to vote at the meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(c). In the event the corporation calls a special meeting of stockholders for the purpose of electing one or more directors to the Board of Directors, any such stockholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be), for election to such position(s) as specified in the corporation’s notice of meeting, if the stockholder’s notice required by Section 5(b) of these Bylaws shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the corporation not earlier than the close of business on the one hundred twentieth (120th) day prior to such special meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the ninetieth (90th) day prior to such meeting or the tenth (10th) day following the day on which public announcement is first made of the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Board of Directors to be elected at such meeting. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment of a special meeting commence a new time period for the giving of a stockholder’s notice as described above.

      Section 7.       Notice Of Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by law, notice, given in writing or by electronic transmission, of each meeting of stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, such notice to specify the place, if any, date and hour, in the case of special meetings, the purpose or purposes of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at any such meeting. If mailed, notice is given when deposited in the United

4


 

States mail, postage prepaid, directed to the stockholder at such stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the corporation. Notice of the time, place, if any, and purpose of any meeting of stockholders may be waived in writing, signed by the person entitled to notice thereof, or by electronic transmission by such person, either before or after such meeting, and will be waived by any stockholder by his attendance thereat in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy, except when the stockholder attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Any stockholder so waiving notice of such meeting shall be bound by the proceedings of any such meeting in all respects as if due notice thereof had been given.

      Section 8.       Quorum . At all meetings of stockholders, except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation, or by these Bylaws, the presence, in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by proxy duly authorized, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business. In the absence of a quorum, any meeting of stockholders may be adjourned, from time to time, either by the chairman of the meeting or by vote of the holders of a majority of the shares represented thereat, but no other business shall be transacted at such meeting. The stockholders present at a duly called or convened meeting, at which a quorum is present, may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by applicable stock exchange or Nasdaq rules, or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, in all matters other than the election of directors, the affirmative vote of the majority of shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders. Except as otherwise provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote generally on the election of directors. Where a separate vote by a class or classes or series is required, except where otherwise provided by the statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a majority of the outstanding shares of such class or classes or series, present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy duly authorized, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter. Except where otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the affirmative vote of the majority (plurality, in the case of the election of directors) of shares of such class or classes or series present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting shall be the act of such class or classes or series.

      Section 9.       Adjournment And Notice Of Adjourned Meetings . Any meeting of stockholders, whether annual or special, may be adjourned from time to time either by the chairman of the meeting or by the vote of a majority of the shares present in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or represented by proxy at the meeting. When a meeting is adjourned to another time or place, if any, notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the time and place, if any, thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken. At the adjourned meeting, the corporation may transact any business which might have been transacted at the original meeting. If the adjournment is for more than thirty (30) days or if

5


 

after the adjournment a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

      Section 10.       Voting Rights . For the purpose of determining those stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders, except as otherwise provided by law, only persons in whose names shares stand on the stock records of the corporation on the record date, as provided in Section 12 of these Bylaws, shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders. Every person entitled to vote shall have the right to do so either in person, by remote communication, if applicable, or by an agent or agents authorized by a proxy granted in accordance with Delaware law. An agent so appointed need not be a stockholder. No proxy shall be voted after three (3) years from its date of creation unless the proxy provides for a longer period.

      Section 11.       Joint Owners Of Stock . If shares or other securities having voting power stand of record in the names of two (2) or more persons, whether fiduciaries, members of a partnership, joint tenants, tenants in common, tenants by the entirety, or otherwise, or if two (2) or more persons have the same fiduciary relationship respecting the same shares, unless the Secretary is given written notice to the contrary and is furnished with a copy of the instrument or order appointing them or creating the relationship wherein it is so provided, their acts with respect to voting shall have the following effect: (a) if only one (1) votes, his act binds all; (b) if more than one (1) votes, the act of the majority so voting binds all; (c) if more than one (1) votes, but the vote is evenly split on any particular matter, each faction may vote the securities in question proportionally, or may apply to the Delaware Court of Chancery for relief as provided in the DGCL, Section 217(b). If the instrument filed with the Secretary shows that any such tenancy is held in unequal interests, a majority or even-split for the purpose of subsection (c) shall be a majority or even-split in interest.

      Section 12.       List Of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten (10) days before every meeting of stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at said meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, (a) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (b) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the corporation. In the event that the corporation determines to make the list available on an electronic network, the corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such information is available only to stockholders of the corporation. The list shall be open to examination of any stockholder during the time of the meeting as provided by law.

      Section 13.       No Action by Written Consent . The stockholders of the corporation may not take any action by written consent or electronic transmission in lieu of a meeting, and must take any actions at a duly called annual or special meeting of stockholders, and the power of stockholders to act by written consent or electronic transmission without a meeting is specifically denied.

6


 

      Section 14.       Organization .

           (a)        At every meeting of stockholders, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President, or, if the President is absent, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority in interest of the stockholders entitled to vote, present in person or by proxy, shall act as chairman. The Secretary, or, in his absence, an Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

           (b)        The Board of Directors of the corporation shall be entitled to make such rules or regulations for the conduct of meetings of stockholders as it shall deem necessary, appropriate or convenient. Subject to such rules and regulations of the Board of Directors, if any, the chairman of the meeting shall have the right and authority to prescribe such rules, regulations and procedures and to do all such acts as, in the judgment of such chairman, are necessary, appropriate or convenient for the proper conduct of the meeting, including, without limitation, establishing an agenda or order of business for the meeting, rules and procedures for maintaining order at the meeting and the safety of those present, limitations on participation in such meeting to stockholders of record of the corporation and their duly authorized and constituted proxies and such other persons as the chairman shall permit, restrictions on entry to the meeting after the time fixed for the commencement thereof, limitations on the time allotted to questions or comments by participants and regulation of the opening and closing of the polls for balloting on matters which are to be voted on by ballot. The date and time of the opening and closing of the polls for each matter upon which the stockholders will vote at the meeting shall be announced at the meeting. Unless and to the extent determined by the Board of Directors or the chairman of the meeting, meetings of stockholders shall not be required to be held in accordance with rules of parliamentary procedure.

ARTICLE IV

DIRECTORS

      Section 15.       Number And Term Of Office . The authorized number of directors of the corporation shall be fixed in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation. Directors need not be stockholders unless so required by the Certificate of Incorporation. If for any cause, the directors shall not have been elected at an annual meeting, they may be elected as soon thereafter as convenient at a special meeting of the stockholders called for that purpose in the manner provided in these Bylaws.

      Section 16.       Powers . The powers of the corporation shall be exercised, its business conducted and its property controlled by the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.

      Section 17.       Election of Directors .

           (a)        The Board of Directors shall be divided into three classes designated as Class I, Class II, and Class III, respectively. Directors shall be assigned to each class in accordance with a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors. At the first annual meeting of stockholders following January 1, 2005, the term of office of the Class I directors

7


 

shall expire and Class I directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the second annual meeting of stockholders following January 1, 2005, the term of office of the Class II directors shall expire and Class II directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At the third annual meeting of stockholders following January 1, 2005, the term of office of the Class III directors shall expire and Class III directors shall be elected for a full term of three years. At each succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors shall be elected for a full term of three years to succeed the directors of the class whose terms expire at such annual meeting.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this section, each director shall serve until his successor is duly elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation or removal. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

           (b)        No stockholder will be permitted to cumulate votes at any election of directors.

      Section 18.       Vacancies .

           (a)        Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, any vacancies on the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, disqualification, removal or other causes and any newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the number of directors shall, unless the Board of Directors determines by resolution that any such vacancies or newly created directorships shall be filled by stockholders, be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. Any director elected in accordance with the preceding sentence shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the director for which the vacancy was created or occurred and until such director’s successor shall have been elected and qualified. A vacancy in the Board of Directors shall be deemed to exist under this Section 18 in the case of the death, removal or resignation of any director.

           (b)        If at the time of filling any vacancy or any newly created directorship, the directors then in office shall constitute less than a majority of the whole board (as constituted immediately prior to any such increase), the Delaware Court of Chancery may, upon application of any stockholder or stockholders holding at least ten percent (10%) of the total number of the shares at the time outstanding having the right to vote for such directors, summarily order an election to be held to fill any such vacancies or newly created directorships, or to replace the directors chosen by the directors then in offices as aforesaid, which election shall be governed by Section 211 of the DGCL.

      Section 19.       Removal . Except as otherwise provided by applicable law or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors or any individual director may be removed from office at any time with or without cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the outstanding shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors.

8


 

      Section 20.       Resignation . Any director may resign at any time by delivering his or her notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Secretary, such resignation to specify whether it will be effective at a particular time, upon receipt by the Secretary or at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. If no such specification is made, it shall be deemed effective at the pleasure of the Board of Directors. When one or more directors shall resign from the Board of Directors, effective at a future date, a majority of the directors then in office, including those who have so resigned, shall have power to fill such vacancy or vacancies, the vote thereon to take effect when such resignation or resignations shall become effective, and each Director so chosen shall hold office for the unexpired portion of the term of the Director whose place shall be vacated and until his successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.

      Section 21.       Meetings .

           (a)        Regular Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time or date and at any place within or without the State of Delaware which has been designated by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors, either orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice-messaging system or other system designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means. No further notice shall be required for regular meetings of the Board of Directors.

           (b)        Special Meetings . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, special meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at any time and place within or without the State of Delaware whenever called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a majority of the authorized number of directors.

           (c)        Meetings by Electronic Communications Equipment . Any member of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and participation in a meeting by such means shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

           (d)        Notice of Special Meetings . Notice of the time and place of all special meetings of the Board of Directors shall be orally or in writing, by telephone, including a voice messaging system or other system or technology designed to record and communicate messages, facsimile, telegraph or telex, or by electronic mail or other electronic means, during normal business hours, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the date and time of the meeting. If notice is sent by US mail, it shall be sent by first class mail, charges prepaid, at least three (3) days before the date of the meeting. Notice of any meeting may be waived in writing, or by electronic transmission, at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

           (e)        Waiver of Notice . The transaction of all business at any meeting of the Board of Directors, or any committee thereof, however called or noticed, or wherever held, shall be as valid as though had at a meeting duly held after regular call and notice, if a quorum be

9


 

present and if, either before or after the meeting, each of the directors not present who did not receive notice shall sign a written waiver of notice or shall waive notice by electronic transmission. All such waivers shall be filed with the corporate records or made a part of the minutes of the meeting.

Section 22.       Quorum And Voting.

           (a)        Unless the Certificate of Incorporation requires a greater number, a quorum of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the exact number of directors fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation; provided, however , at any meeting whether a quorum be present or otherwise, a majority of the directors present may adjourn from time to time until the time fixed for the next regular meeting of the Board of Directors, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting.

           (b)        At each meeting of the Board of Directors at which a quorum is present, all questions and business shall be determined by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors present, unless a different vote be required by law, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws.

      Section 23.       Action Without Meeting . Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and such writing or writings or transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

      Section 24.       Fees And Compensation . Directors shall be entitled to such compensation for their services as may be approved by the Board of Directors, including, if so approved, by resolution of the Board of Directors, a fixed sum and expenses of attendance, if any, for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors and at any meeting of a committee of the Board of Directors. Nothing herein contained shall be construed to preclude any director from serving the corporation in any other capacity as an officer, agent, employee, or otherwise and receiving compensation therefor.

      Section 25.       Committees .

           (a)        Executive Committee . The Board of Directors may appoint an Executive Committee to consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors. The Executive Committee, to the extent permitted by law and provided in the resolution of the Board of Directors shall have and may exercise all the powers and authority of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the corporation, and may authorize the seal of the corporation to be affixed to all papers which may require it; but no such committee shall have the power or authority in reference to (i) approving or adopting, or recommending to the

10


 

stockholders, any action or matter expressly required by the DGCL to be submitted to stockholders for approval, or (ii) adopting, amending or repealing any bylaw of the corporation.

           (b)        Other Committees . The Board of Directors may, from time to time, appoint such other committees as may be permitted by law. Such other committees appointed by the Board of Directors shall consist of one (1) or more members of the Board of Directors and shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed by the resolution or resolutions creating such committees, but in no event shall any such committee have the powers denied to the Executive Committee in these Bylaws.

           (c)        Term . The Board of Directors, subject to any requirements of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock and the provisions of subsections (a) or (b) of this Bylaw, may at any time increase or decrease the number of members of a committee or terminate the existence of a committee. The membership of a committee member shall terminate on the date of his death or voluntary resignation from the committee or from the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may at any time for any reason remove any individual committee member and the Board of Directors may fill any committee vacancy created by death, resignation, removal or increase in the number of members of the committee. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of any committee, who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee, and, in addition, in the absence or disqualification of any member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.

           (d)        Meetings . Unless the Board of Directors shall otherwise provide, regular meetings of the Executive Committee or any other committee appointed pursuant to this Section 25 shall be held at such times and places as are determined by the Board of Directors, or by any such committee, and when notice thereof has been given to each member of such committee, no further notice of such regular meetings need be given thereafter. Special meetings of any such committee may be held at any place which has been determined from time to time by such committee, and may be called by any Director who is a member of such committee, upon notice to the members of such committee of the time and place of such special meeting given in the manner provided for the giving of notice to members of the Board of Directors of the time and place of special meetings of the Board of Directors. Notice of any special meeting of any committee may be waived in writing at any time before or after the meeting and will be waived by any director by attendance thereat, except when the director attends such special meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Unless otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolutions authorizing the creation of the committee, a majority of the authorized number of members of any such committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and the act of a majority of those present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of such committee.

      Section 26.       Organization . At every meeting of the directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or, if a Chairman has not been appointed or is absent, the President (if a director), or if the President is absent, the most senior Vice President (if a director), or, in the

11


 

absence of any such person, a chairman of the meeting chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall preside over the meeting. The Secretary, or in his absence, any Assistant Secretary directed to do so by the President, shall act as secretary of the meeting.

ARTICLE V

OFFICERS

      Section 27.       Officers Designated . The officers of the corporation shall include, if and when designated by the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, one or more Vice Presidents, the Secretary, the Chief Financial Officer, the Treasurer and the Controller. The Board of Directors may also appoint one or more Assistant Secretaries, Assistant Treasurers, Assistant Controllers and such other officers and agents with such powers and duties as it shall deem necessary. The Board of Directors may assign such additional titles to one or more of the officers as it shall deem appropriate. Any one person may hold any number of offices of the corporation at any one time unless specifically prohibited therefrom by law. The salaries and other compensation of the officers of the corporation shall be fixed by or in the manner designated by the Board of Directors.

      Section 28.       Tenure And Duties Of Officers .

           (a)        General . All officers shall hold office at the pleasure of the Board of Directors and until their successors shall have been duly elected and qualified, unless sooner removed. Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the Board of Directors. If the office of any officer becomes vacant for any reason, the vacancy may be filled by the Board of Directors.

           (b)        Duties of Chairman of the Board of Directors . The Chairman of the Board of Directors, when present, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. If there is no President, then the Chairman of the Board of Directors shall also serve as the Chief Executive Officer of the corporation and shall have the powers and duties prescribed in paragraph (c) of this Section 28.

           (c)        Duties of President . The President shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and at all meetings of the Board of Directors, unless the Chairman of the Board of Directors has been appointed and is present. Unless some other officer has been elected Chief Executive Officer of the corporation, the President shall be the chief executive officer of the corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction and control of the business and officers of the corporation. The President shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time.

           (d)        Duties of Vice Presidents . The Vice Presidents may assume and perform the duties of the President in the absence or disability of the President or whenever the office of President is vacant. The Vice Presidents shall perform other duties commonly incident to their

12


 

office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

           (e)        Duties of Secretary . The Secretary shall attend all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors and shall record all acts and proceedings thereof in the minute book of the corporation. The Secretary shall give notice in conformity with these Bylaws of all meetings of the stockholders and of all meetings of the Board of Directors and any committee thereof requiring notice. The Secretary shall perform all other duties provided for in these Bylaws and other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers, as the Board of Directors shall designate from time to time. The President may direct any Assistant Secretary to assume and perform the duties of the Secretary in the absence or disability of the Secretary, and each Assistant Secretary shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

           (f)        Duties of Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall keep or cause to be kept the books of account of the corporation in a thorough and proper manner and shall render statements of the financial affairs of the corporation in such form and as often as required by the Board of Directors or the President. The Chief Financial Officer, subject to the order of the Board of Directors, shall have the custody of all funds and securities of the corporation. The Chief Financial Officer shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time. The President may direct the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer, or the Controller or any Assistant Controller to assume and perform the duties of the Chief Financial Officer in the absence or disability of the Chief Financial Officer, and each Treasurer and Assistant Treasurer and each Controller and Assistant Controller shall perform other duties commonly incident to the office and shall also perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors or the President shall designate from time to time.

      Section 29.       Delegation Of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officer or agent, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

      Section 30.       Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by giving notice in writing or by electronic transmission to the Board of Directors or to the President or to the Secretary. Any such resignation shall be effective when received by the person or persons to whom such notice is given, unless a later time is specified therein, in which event the resignation shall become effective at such later time. Unless otherwise specified in such notice, the acceptance of any such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective. Any resignation shall be without prejudice to the rights, if any, of the corporation under any contract with the resigning officer.

      Section 31.       Removal . Any officer may be removed from office at any time, either with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors in office at the time, or by the unanimous written consent of the directors in office at the time, or by any committee or

13


 

superior officers upon whom such power of removal may have been conferred by the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE VI

EXECUTION OF CORPORATE INSTRUMENTS AND

VOTING OF SECURITIES OWNED BY THE CORPORATION

      Section 32.       E xecution Of Corporate Instruments . The Board of Directors may, in its discretion, determine the method and designate the signatory officer or officers, or other person or persons, to execute on behalf of the corporation any corporate instrument or document, or to sign on behalf of the corporation the corporate name without limitation, or to enter into contracts on behalf of the corporation, except where otherwise provided by law or these Bylaws, and such execution or signature shall be binding upon the corporation.

     All checks and drafts drawn on banks or other depositaries on funds to the credit of the corporation or in special accounts of the corporation shall be signed by such person or persons as the Board of Directors shall authorize so to do.

     Unless authorized or ratified by the Board of Directors or within the agency power of an officer, no officer, agent or employee shall have any power or authority to bind the corporation by any contract or engagement or to pledge its credit or to render it liable for any purpose or for any amount.

      Section 33.       Voting Of Securities Owned By The Corporation . All stock and other securities of other corporations owned or held by the corporation for itself, or for other parties in any capacity, shall be voted, and all proxies with respect thereto shall be executed, by the person authorized so to do by resolution of the Board of Directors, or, in the absence of such authorization, by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or any Vice President.

ARTICLE VII

SHARES OF STOCK

      Section 34.       Form And Execution Of Certificates . Certificates for the shares of stock of the corporation shall be in such form as is consistent with the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law. Every holder of stock in the corporation shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by or in the name of the corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the President or any Vice President and by the Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or Assistant Secretary, certifying the number of shares owned by him in the corporation. Any or all of the signatures on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent, or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent, or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent, or registrar at the date of issue. Each certificate shall state upon the face or back thereof, in full or in summary, all of the powers, designations, preferences, and rights, and the limitations or restrictions of the shares

14


 

authorized to be issued or shall, except as otherwise required by law, set forth on the face or back a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional, or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights. Within a reasonable time after the issuance or transfer of uncertificated stock, the corporation shall send to the registered owner thereof a written notice containing the information required to be set forth or stated on certificates pursuant to this section or otherwise required by law or with respect to this section a statement that the corporation will furnish without charge to each stockholder who so requests the powers, designations, preferences and relative participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.

      Section 35.       Lost Certificates . A new certificate or certificates shall be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen, or destroyed. The corporation may require, as a condition precedent to the issuance of a new certificate or certificates, the owner of such lost, stolen, or destroyed certificate or certificates, or the owner’s legal representative, to agree to indemnify the corporation in such manner as it shall require or to give the corporation a surety bond in such form and amount as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed.

      Section 36.       Transfers .

           (a)        Transfers of record of shares of stock of the corporation shall be made only upon its books by the holders thereof, in person or by attorney duly authorized, and upon the surrender of a properly endorsed certificate or certificates for a like number of shares.

           (b)        The corporation shall have power to enter into and perform any agreement with any number of stockholders of any one or more classes of stock of the corporation to restrict the transfer of shares of stock of the corporation of any one or more classes owned by such stockholders in any manner not prohibited by the DGCL.

      Section 37.       Fixing Record Dates .

           (a)        In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall, subject to applicable law, not be more than sixty (60) nor less than ten (10) days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which notice is given, or if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to

15


 

vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however , that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

           (b)        In order that the corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty (60) days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

      Section 38.       Registered Stockholders . The corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.

ARTICLE VIII

OTHER SECURITIES OF THE CORPORATION

      Section 39.       Execution Of Other Securities . All bonds, debentures and other corporate securities of the corporation, other than stock certificates (covered in Section 34), may be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President or any Vice President, or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, and the corporate seal impressed thereon or a facsimile of such seal imprinted thereon and attested by the signature of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer; provided, however , that where any such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be authenticated by the manual signature, or where permissible facsimile signature, of a trustee under an indenture pursuant to which such bond, debenture or other corporate security shall be issued, the signatures of the persons signing and attesting the corporate seal on such bond, debenture or other corporate security may be the imprinted facsimile of the signatures of such persons. Interest coupons appertaining to any such bond, debenture or other corporate security, authenticated by a trustee as aforesaid, shall be signed by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer of the corporation or such other person as may be authorized by the Board of Directors, or bear imprinted thereon the facsimile signature of such person. In case any officer who shall have signed or attested any bond, debenture or other corporate security, or whose facsimile signature shall appear thereon or on any such interest coupon, shall have ceased to be such officer before the bond, debenture or other corporate security so signed or attested shall have been delivered, such bond, debenture or other corporate security nevertheless may be adopted by the corporation and issued and delivered as though the person who signed the same or whose facsimile signature shall have been used thereon had not ceased to be such officer of the corporation.

16


 

ARTICLE IX

DIVIDENDS

      Section 40.       Declaration Of Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors pursuant to law at any regular or special meeting. Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and applicable law.

      Section 41.       Dividend Reserve . Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of any funds of the corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Board of Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the corporation, or for such other purpose as the Board of Directors shall think conducive to the interests of the corporation, and the Board of Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.

ARTICLE X

FISCAL YEAR

      Section 42.       Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the corporation shall be fixed by resolution of the Board of Directors.

ARTICLE XI

INDEMNIFICATION

      Section 43.       Indemnification Of Directors, Executive Officers, Other Officers, Employees And Other Agents .

           (a)        Directors and Executive Officers . The corporation shall indemnify its current and former directors and executive officers (for the purposes of this Article XI, “Executive Officers” shall have the meaning defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the 1934 Act) to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL or any other applicable law; provided, however , that the corporation may modify the extent of such indemnification by individual contracts with its directors and executive officers; and, provided, further , that the corporation shall not be required to indemnify any director or executive officer in connection with any proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person unless (i) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (ii) the proceeding was authorized by the Board of Directors of the corporation, (iii) such indemnification is provided by the corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the corporation under the DGCL or any other applicable law or (iv) such indemnification is required to be made under subsection (d).

           (b)        Officers, Employees and Other Agents . The corporation shall have power to indemnify its other current and former officers, employees and other agents as set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law. The Board of Directors shall have the power to

17


 

delegate the determination of whether indemnification shall be given to any such person except executive officers to such officers or other persons as the Board of Directors shall determine.

           (c)        Expenses . The corporation shall advance to any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or executive officer, of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or executive officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, prior to the final disposition of the proceeding, promptly following request therefor, all expenses incurred by any director or executive officer in connection with such proceeding provided, however , that if the DGCL requires, an advancement of expenses incurred by a director or executive officer in his or her capacity as a director or executive officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such indemnitee, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) shall be made only upon delivery to the corporation of an undertaking (hereinafter an “undertaking”), by or on behalf of such indemnitee, to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined by final judicial decision from which there is no further right to appeal (hereinafter a “final adjudication”) that such indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified for such expenses under this Section 43 or otherwise.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise determined pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section 43, no advance shall be made by the corporation to an executive officer of the corporation (except by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation in which event this paragraph shall not apply) in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, if a determination is reasonably and promptly made (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to the proceeding, even if not a quorum, or (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (iii) if there are no such directors, or such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, that the facts known to the decision-making party at the time such determination is made demonstrate clearly and convincingly that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation.

           (d)        Enforcement . Without the necessity of entering into an express contract, all rights to indemnification and advances to directors and executive officers under this Bylaw shall be deemed to be contractual rights and be effective to the same extent and as if provided for in a contract between the corporation and the director or executive officer. Any right to indemnification or advances granted by this Section 43 to a director or executive officer shall be enforceable by or on behalf of the person holding such right in any court of competent jurisdiction if (i) the claim for indemnification or advances is denied, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition of such claim is made within ninety (90) days of request therefor. The claimant in such enforcement action, if successful in whole or in part, shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting the claim. In connection with any claim for indemnification, the corporation shall be entitled to raise as a defense to any such action that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct that make it permissible under the DGCL or any other applicable law for the corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed. In connection with any claim by an executive officer of the corporation (except in any action, suit or proceeding,

18


 

whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that such executive officer is or was a director of the corporation) for advances, the corporation shall be entitled to raise a defense as to any such action clear and convincing evidence that such person acted in bad faith or in a manner that such person did not believe to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, or with respect to any criminal action or proceeding that such person acted without reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was lawful. Neither the failure of the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the DGCL or any other applicable law, nor an actual determination by the corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct. In any suit brought by a director or executive officer to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, the burden of proving that the director or executive officer is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Section 43 or otherwise shall be on the corporation.

           (e)        Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall not be exclusive of any other right which such person may have or hereafter acquire under any applicable statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in his official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office. The corporation is specifically authorized to enter into individual contracts with any or all of its directors, officers, employees or agents respecting indemnification and advances, to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL, or by any other applicable law.

           (f)        Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by this Bylaw shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or executive officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.

           (g)        Insurance . To the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL or any other applicable law, the corporation, upon approval by the Board of Directors, may purchase insurance on behalf of any person required or permitted to be indemnified pursuant to this Section 43.

           (h)        Amendments . Any repeal or modification of this Section 43 shall only be prospective and shall not affect the rights under this Bylaw in effect at the time of the alleged occurrence of any action or omission to act that is the cause of any proceeding against any agent of the corporation.

           (i)        Saving Clause . If this Bylaw or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the corporation shall nevertheless indemnify each director and executive officer to the full extent not prohibited by any applicable portion of this Section 43 that shall not have been invalidated, or by any other applicable law. If this Section 43 shall be invalid due to the application of the indemnification provisions of

19


 

another jurisdiction, then the corporation shall indemnify each director and officer to the full extent under any other applicable law.

           (j)        Certain Definitions . For the purposes of this Bylaw, the following definitions shall apply:

                (1)        The term “proceeding” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, the investigation, preparation, prosecution, defense, settlement, arbitration and appeal of, and the giving of testimony in, any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative.

                (2)        The term “expenses” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, court costs, attorneys’ fees, witness fees, fines, amounts paid in settlement or judgment and any other costs and expenses of any nature or kind incurred in connection with any proceeding.

                (3)        The term the “corporation” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section 43 with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as he would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

                (4)        References to a “director,” “executive officer,” “officer,” “employee,” or “agent” of the corporation shall include, without limitation, situations where such person is serving at the request of the corporation as, respectively, a director, executive officer, officer, employee, trustee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise.

                (5)        References to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to an employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee, or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the corporation” as referred to in this Section 43.

20


 

ARTICLE XII

NOTICES

      Section 44.       Notices .

           (a)        Notice To Stockholders . Written notice to stockholders of stockholder meetings shall be given as provided in Section 7 herein. Without limiting the manner by which notice may otherwise be given effectively to stockholders under any agreement or contract with such stockholder, and except as otherwise required by law, written notice to stockholders for purposes other than stockholder meetings may be sent by US mail or nationally recognized overnight courier, or by facsimile, telegraph or telex or by electronic mail or other electronic means.

           (b)        Notice To Directors . Any notice required to be given to any director may be given by the method stated in subsection (a), as otherwise provided in these Bylaws, or by overnight delivery service, facsimile, telex or telegram, except that such notice other than one which is delivered personally shall be sent to such address as such director shall have filed in writing with the Secretary, or, in the absence of such filing, to the last known post office address of such director.

           (c)        Affidavit Of Mailing . An affidavit of mailing, executed by a duly authorized and competent employee of the corporation or its transfer agent appointed with respect to the class of stock affected, or other agent, specifying the name and address or the names and addresses of the stockholder or stockholders, or director or directors, to whom any such notice or notices was or were given, and the time and method of giving the same, shall in the absence of fraud, be prima facie evidence of the facts therein contained.

           (d)        Methods of Notice . It shall not be necessary that the same method of giving notice be employed in respect of all recipients of notice, but one permissible method may be employed in respect of any one or more, and any other permissible method or methods may be employed in respect of any other or others.

           (e)        Notice To Person With Whom Communication Is Unlawful . Whenever notice is required to be given, under any provision of law or of the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of the corporation, to any person with whom communication is unlawful, the giving of such notice to such person shall not be required and there shall be no duty to apply to any governmental authority or agency for a license or permit to give such notice to such person. Any action or meeting which shall be taken or held without notice to any such person with whom communication is unlawful shall have the same force and effect as if such notice had been duly given. In the event that the action taken by the corporation is such as to require the filing of a certificate under any provision of the DGCL, the certificate shall state, if such is the fact and if notice is required, that notice was given to all persons entitled to receive notice except such persons with whom communication is unlawful.

           (f)        Notice to Stockholders Sharing an Address . Except as otherwise prohibited under DGCL, any notice given under the provisions of DGCL, the Certificate of

21


 

Incorporation or the Bylaws shall be effective if given by a single written notice to stockholders who share an address if consented to by the stockholders at that address to whom such notice is given. Such consent shall have been deemed to have been given if such stockholder fails to object in writing to the corporation within 60 days of having been given notice by the corporation of its intention to send the single notice. Any consent shall be revocable by the stockholder by written notice to the corporation.

ARTICLE XIII

AMENDMENTS

      Section 45.       The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation Bylaws. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the authorized number of directors. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the corporation; provided, however , that, in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the corporation required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66-2/3%) of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class, shall be required to adopt, amend or repeal any provision of the Bylaws of the corporation.

ARTICLE XIV

LOANS TO OFFICERS

      Section 46.       Loans To Officers . Except as otherwise prohibited by applicable law, the corporation may lend money to, or guarantee any obligation of, or otherwise assist any officer or other employee of the corporation or of its subsidiaries, including any officer or employee who is a Director of the corporation or its subsidiaries, whenever, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, such loan, guarantee or assistance may reasonably be expected to benefit the corporation. The loan, guarantee or other assistance may be with or without interest and may be unsecured, or secured in such manner as the Board of Directors shall approve, including, without limitation, a pledge of shares of stock of the corporation. Nothing in these Bylaws shall be deemed to deny, limit or restrict the powers of guaranty or warranty of the corporation at common law or under any statute.

22

 

Exhibit 4.5

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

     This Supplemental Indenture (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of           , 2005, is by and among Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation and successor to Global Cash Access, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Company ”), Central Credit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, as the sole current Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and The Bank of New York, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

     WHEREAS, the Company and Global Cash Access Finance Corporation, a Delaware corporation that was subsequently merged with and into the Company, has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “Indenture”), dated as of March 10, 2004, providing for the issuance of an aggregate principal amount of $235 million of 8 3 / 4 % Senior Subordinated Notes due 2012 (the “ Notes ”);

     WHEREAS, Holdings holds 100% of the outstanding equity interests in the Company and Holdings desires to execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which Holdings shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Guarantee ”); and

     WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, Holdings and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

     1.  Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

     2.  Agreement to Guarantee . Holdings hereby agrees as follows:

     (a)      Along with all Subsidiary Guarantors, to jointly and severally guarantee to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of the Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Company hereunder or thereunder, that:

               (i)      the principal of and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

1


 

               (ii)      in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately.

     (b)      The obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.

     (c)      The following are hereby waived: diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever.

     (d)      This Guarantee shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and the Indenture.

     (e)      If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, Holdings, the Subsidiary Guarantors, or any Custodian, Trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company, Holdings or the Subsidiary Guarantors, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.

     (f)      Holdings shall not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby.

     (g)      As between Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article Six of the Indenture for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article Six of the Indenture, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by Holdings and the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

     (h)      The obligations of Holdings pursuant to its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount which, after giving effect to any all other contingent and fixed liabilities that are relevant under any applicable Bankruptcy or fraudulent conveyance laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under Article Eleven of the Indenture, will result in the obligations of Holdings under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance under federal or state law.

2


 

     3.  Subordination . The Obligations of Holdings under its Guarantee pursuant to this Supplemental Indenture shall be junior and subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture, except that all references in such definition to “Co-Obligors” shall be deemed for purposes of this section to be references to “Holdings”) of Holdings on the same basis as the Notes are junior and subordinated to the Senior Indebtedness of the Company. For the purposes of the foregoing sentence, the Trustee and the Holders shall have the right to receive and/or retain payments by Holdings only at such time as they may receive and/or retain payments in respect of the Notes pursuant to the Indenture, including Article Ten thereof.

     4.  Execution and Delivery . Holdings agrees that its Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.

     5.  No Recourse Against Others . No director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Company, Holdings or any Subsidiary Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture, the Guarantee or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws.

     6.  NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

     7.  Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

     8.  Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     9.  Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by Holdings and the Company.

3


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated:                 , 2005
         
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Kirk Sanford   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Kirk Sanford   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  CENTRAL CREDIT, LLC
 
 
  By:      
    Name:   Kirk Sanford   
    Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer   
 
  THE BANK OF NEW YORK, AS TRUSTEE
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 

 


 

GUARANTEE

     For value received, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”) has, jointly and severally with each Subsidiary Guarantor (as defined in the Indenture, which term includes any successor person under the Indenture), fully and unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture dated as of March 10, 2004, as amended by that certain Supplemental Indenture dated as of                                  , 2005, (the “Indenture”) among Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation and successor to Global Cash Access, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture), and The Bank of New York, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal and premium, and, to the extent permitted by law, interest, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders (as defined in the Indenture) or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of Holdings to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Guarantee are expressly set forth in the Indenture, and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. The Indebtedness evidenced by this Guarantee is, to the extent and in the manner provided in the Indenture, subordinate and subject in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture, except that all references in such definition to “Co-Obligors” shall be deemed to be references to “Holdings”) of Holdings, whether outstanding on the date of the Indenture or thereafter, and this Guarantee is issued subject to such provisions. Each Holder of a Note, by accepting the same, (a) agrees to and shall be bound by such provisions, (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee, on behalf of such Holder, to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination as provided in the Indenture, and (c) appoints the Trustee as attorney-in-fact of such Holder for such purpose; provided that the Indebtedness evidenced by this Guarantee shall cease to be so subordinated and subject in right of payment upon any defeasance of this Note in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture. This Guarantee shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof.

 


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Holdings has caused this Guarantee to be signed manually or by facsimile by its duly authorized officers.
         
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Kirk Sanford, President and Chief Executive Officer   
     
  By:      
    Harry Hagerty, Chief Financial Officer   
       
 

 

 

Exhibit 5.1

         
(MORRISON & FOERSTER LOGO)
  755 PAGE MILL ROAD   morrison & foerster llp
  PALO ALTO   new york, san francisco,
  CALIFORNIA 94304-1018   los angeles, palo alto,
 
     
san diego, washington, d.c.
 
  TELEPHONE: 650.813.5600   denver, northern virginia,
 
  FACSIMILE: 650.494.0792   orange county, sacramento,
 
      walnut creek, century city
 
  WWW.MOFO.COM  
tokyo, london, beijing,
 
      shanghai, hong kong,
 
      singapore, brussels

             , 2005

Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.
3525 East Post Road, suite 120
Las Vegas, Nevada 89120

Re:  Registration Statement on Form S-1

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     We are acting as counsel to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the registration of $      of the Company’s Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share, (the “Shares”), pursuant to a Registration Statement on Form S-1, as amended (the “Registration Statement”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. The Shares are being sold by the Company and the Selling Stockholders identified as such in the Registration Statement.

     As counsel for the Company, we have examined originals or copies, certified or otherwise identified to our satisfaction, of such documents, corporate records, certificates of public officials and other instruments as we have deemed necessary for the purposes of rendering this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the genuineness of all signatures, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity with the originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. We are not licensed to practice law in the State of Delaware, and our opinions as to the Delaware General Corporation Law are based solely on our review of standard compilations of the official statutes of Delaware.

     Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion that the Shares to be registered for sale by the Company and the Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized by the Company, and the Shares to be registered for sale by the Selling Stockholders are, and the Shares to be registered for sale by the Company, when issued, delivered and paid for in accordance with the terms of the underwriting agreement referred to in the Registration Statement and in accordance with the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, will be, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

     We consent to the use of this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, and we consent to the reference of our name under the caption “Legal Matters” in the Prospectus forming a part of the Registration Statement.

Very truly yours,

 

Exhibit 10.26

EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

     This Employment Agreement (this “Agreement”) by and between Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Kirk E. Sanford (“Executive”), is entered into on March 22, 2005, to be effective upon the consummation of the initial public offering of equity securities of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation and the sole stockholder of the Company, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Effective Date”).

R E C I T A L S

      A.  Executive has been employed by the Company pursuant to an oral arrangement and has been appointed President and Chief Executive Officer by the Board of Directors of the Company on June 7, 2004.

      B.  The Company desires assurance of the continued association and services of Executive in order to retain Executive’s experience, skills, abilities, background and knowledge, and desires to memorialize the terms and conditions of Executive’s services as set forth in this Agreement.

      C.  Executive desires to continue in the employ of the Company, and is willing to accept such employment on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

      D.  The Company and Executive wish to enter into an employment relationship pursuant to a written employment agreement intended to supersede all other written and oral representations regarding Executive’s employment with Company.

A G R E E M E N T

     NOW, THEREFORE, based on the foregoing recitals and in consideration of the commitments set forth below, Executive and the Company agree as follows:

      1. Position, Duties, Responsibilities

           1.1. Position . The Company hereby employs Executive to render services to the Company in the position of President and Chief Executive Officer, reporting directly to the Board of Directors of the Company, for the period commencing on the Effective Date and ending on the third anniversary of the Effective Date (the “Term”). The duties of this position shall include such duties and responsibilities as are reasonably assigned to Executive by the Board of Directors, including but not limited to those customarily performed by chief executive officers of similarly situated corporations. Additionally, Executive shall serve in such other capacity or capacities as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe. During his employment by the Company, Executive shall, subject to Section 1.2, devote his full energies, interest, abilities and productive time to the proper and efficient performance of his duties under this Agreement.

1


 

           1.2. Other Activities . Except upon the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company, Executive will not (i) accept any other employment, (ii) receive any compensation or other remuneration from USA Payments, USA Payment Systems, Infonox on the Web or from Robert Cucinotta or Karim Maskatiya or any entity controlled by either one or both of them other than amounts to be paid to Executive on the Effective Date pursuant to that certain Promissory Note, dated March 22, 2005, issued by M&C International to Executive, (iii) engage, directly or indirectly, in any other business activity (whether or not pursued for pecuniary advantage) that is or may be in conflict with, or that might place Executive in a conflicting position to that of, the Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall be permitted to engage in occasional professional or charitable activities outside the scope of his employment with the Company so long as such activities (A) do not conflict with the actual or proposed business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates, and (B) do not affect the performance of his duties hereunder. In addition, subject to the prior written consent of the Board of Directors of the Company and subject to Executive’s fiduciary duties to the Company, Executive shall be permitted to serve as a director of other corporations provided that their businesses are not competitive with the actual or proposed business of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates and provided further that Executive’s service as a director of such other corporations does not interfere with his performance of his duties hereunder. Any such prior written consent may be subsequently revoked in the event that the Board of Directors determines, in good faith, that Executive’s position as a director of any such other corporation has developed into a conflict of interest.

           1.3. Proprietary Information . Executive recognizes that his employment with the Company will involve contact with information of substantial value to the Company, which is not generally known in the trade, and which gives the Company an advantage over its competitors who do not know or use such information. As a condition precedent to Executive’s employment by the Company, Executive agrees to execute and deliver to the Company, concurrent with his execution and delivery of this Agreement, a copy of the “Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement” attached hereto as Exhibit A .

      2. Compensation of Executive

           2.1. Base Salary . In consideration of the services to be rendered under this Agreement, while employed by the Company, the Company shall pay Executive an initial base annual salary of two hundred ninety-seven thousand five hundred dollars ($297,500), less standard deductions and withholdings, payable in regular periodic payments in accordance with Company payroll policy. Such salary shall be prorated for any partial month of employment on the basis of a thirty (30) day fiscal month. Such base salary shall be subject to annual review by the Board of Directors.

           2.2. Bonus . Executive also shall be eligible for such bonuses as may be awarded by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion from time to time.

           2.3. Stock Option . On January 8, 2005 pursuant to Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.’s 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Stock Option Plan”), the Board of Directors of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. approved the grant to Executive of an option to purchase one million four hundred forty-four

2


 

thousand four hundred thirty (1,444,430) shares of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.’s Class A Common Stock pursuant to a Stock Option Agreement entered into as of January 8, 2005 by and between Executive and Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (the “Stock Option Agreement”).

           2.4. Benefits . Executive shall be entitled to participate in the Company’s group medical, dental, life insurance, 401(k), deferred compensation or other benefit plans and programs on the same terms and conditions as other members of the Company’s senior executive management. Executive shall be provided such perquisites of employment, including four (4) weeks of paid vacation per year, and all paid holidays and sick leave as are provided to all other members of the Company’s senior executive management. Executive shall be entitled to reimbursement of all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of his duties hereunder, in accordance with the policies and procedures established by the Company from time to time, and as may be amended from time to time.

      3. Employment At Will

     Company or Executive may terminate Executive’s employment with Company at any time for any reason, including no reason at all, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in or arising from any statements, policies, or practices of Company relating to the employment, discipline, or termination of its employees. This at-will employment relationship cannot be changed except in writing signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company other than Executive. This Section 3 shall survive any termination or expiration of this Agreement.

      4. Termination of Employment

           4.1. Termination by Executive . Executive may terminate his employment upon notice to the Company. In the event that Executive elects to terminate his employment other than for Good Reason (as defined below), the Company shall pay Executive all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the last day actually worked and thereafter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate.

           4.2. Termination by the Company for Cause . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment for Cause, the Company shall pay Executive all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the last day actually worked and thereafter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate. For the purposes of this Agreement, termination shall be for “Cause” if (i) Executive refuses or fails to act in accordance with any lawful order or instruction of the Board of Directors, and such refusal or failure to act has not been cured within thirty (30) days of notice of such disobedience, (ii) Executive fails to devote reasonable attention and time during normal business hours to the business affairs of the Company or Executive is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors to have been unfit (e.g., denied any license, permit or qualification required by any gaming regulator or found unsuitable by any gaming regulator) (other than as a result of an Incapacity), unavailable for service (other than as a result of an Incapacity) or grossly negligent in connection with the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company, which unfitness, unavailability or gross negligence has not been cured within thirty

3


 

(30) days of notice of the same; (iii) Executive is reasonably determined by the Board of Directors to have committed a material act of dishonesty or willful misconduct or to have acted in bad faith to the material detriment of the Company in connection with the performance of his duties on behalf of the Company; (iv) Executive is convicted of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty, breach of trust, moral turpitude or physical harm to any person, or (v) Executive materially breaches any agreement with the Company which breach has not been cured within thirty (30) days notice of the same. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “without Cause” shall mean termination of Executive’s employment for reasons other than for “Cause.”

           4.3. Termination by the Company without Cause or Termination by Executive for Good Reason . In the event that the Company terminates Executive’s employment without Cause or Executive terminates his employment for Good Reason other than within twelve (12) months following a Change of Control (as defined in Section 4.6), the Company shall pay Executive all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the last day actually worked, and Executive shall be entitled to receive the severance payments and benefits set forth below in this Section 4.3; provided, however, that such severance and benefits are conditioned on Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B , and thereafter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate. For the purposes of this Agreement, termination shall be for “Good Reason” if (i) there is a material diminution of Executive’s responsibilities with the Company, or a material change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities or title, in each case without Executive’s consent; (ii) there is a reduction by the Company in the Executive’s annual base salary then in effect without Executive’s consent; or (iii) Executive’s principal work location is relocated outside of the Las Vegas, Nevada metropolitan area without Executive’s consent. Executive agrees that he may be required to travel from time to time as required by the Company’s business and that such travel shall not constitute grounds for Executive to terminate his employment for Good Reason.

                4.3.1. Pro Rata Target Bonus for Current Year . Within ten (10) days of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to Executive, in a single lump-sum payment, subject to standard deductions and withholdings, a bonus in the amount of two-thirds (2/3) of his then-current base salary, pro rated based on the number of days actually elapsed through the date of termination in the year in which such termination occurs (the “Target Bonus”).

                4.3.2. Base Salary Continuation . The Company shall continue to pay to Executive his then-current base annual salary for a period of twelve (12) months following his termination. Such salary continuation shall be subject to standard deductions and withholdings and shall be payable in regular periodic payments in accordance with Company payroll policy.

                4.3.3. Target Bonus on Base Salary Continuation . The Company shall pay to Executive, subject to standard deductions and withholdings, a bonus in the amount of two-thirds (2/3) of his then-current base salary, payable in equal installments concurrent with the salary continuation payments pursuant to Section 4.3.2.

4


 

                4.3.4. Vesting of Stock Option . Shares subject to the stock option described in Section 2.3 shall vest in accordance with and subject to the terms of the Stock Option Agreement.

                4.3.5. Group Medical Coverage . The Company shall provide the Executive with continued coverage for the remainder of the Term under the Company’s group health insurance plans in effect upon termination of Executive’s employment without Cause or for Good Reason to the extent permitted under the terms of such plans then in effect, at no cost to Executive. If such continued coverage is not permitted under the terms of such plans, then the Company shall, subject to Executive making an election under the Federal COBRA law within the time prescribed by law, reimburse Executive for his payment of premiums for such benefits for the remainder of the Term. If COBRA or similar benefits are not available by law during any portion of the remainder of the Term, then the Company shall pay Executive each month during which COBRA or similar benefits are not available by law an amount equal to the premium paid by Executive for the last month during which such COBRA or similar benefits were available.

           4.4. Termination for Incapacity . In the event that Executive suffers an Incapacity during the Term, the Company may elect to terminate Executive’s employment pursuant to this Section 4.4. In such event, the Company shall pay Executive all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the date on which an Incapacity is determined to exist (the “Determination Date”). In addition, within ten (10) days of such termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to Executive, in a single lump-sum payment, subject to standard deductions and withholdings, a bonus in the amount of two-thirds (2/3) of his then-current base salary, pro rated based on the number of days through the Determination Date in the year in which such termination occurs. Thereafter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that nothing

5


 

contained in this Agreement shall limit Executive’s rights to payments or other benefits under any long-term disability plans of the Company in which Executive participates, if any. For the purposes of this Agreement, Executive shall be deemed to have suffered an “Incapacity” if Executive shall, due to illness or mental or physical incapacity, be unable to perform the duties and responsibilities required to be performed by him on behalf of the Company for a period of at least one hundred eighty (180) days.

           4.5. Termination upon Death . In the event that Executive dies during the Term, Executive’s employment shall be deemed to have terminated upon the date of death. In such event, the Company shall pay Executive’s estate all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the date of death. In addition, within ten (10) days of such termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to Executive’s estate, in a single lump-sum payment, subject to standard deductions and withholdings, a bonus in the amount of two-thirds (2/3) of his then-current base salary, pro rated based on the number of days actually elapsed during the year in which such termination occurs. Thereafter the Company’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate; provided, however, that nothing contained in this Agreement shall limit Executive’s estate’s or beneficiaries’ rights to payments or other benefits under any life insurance plan or policy in which Executive participates or with respect to which Executive has designated a beneficiary, if any.

           4.6. Termination following Change of Control . In the event that (i) the Company or the resulting or surviving entity in a Change in Control (as defined in the Stock Option Plan) or Corporate Transaction (as defined in the Stock Option Plan) (Change in Control and Corporate Transaction collectively referred to herein as “Change of Control”) terminates Executive’s employment without Cause within twelve (12) months following the occurrence of such Change of Control, or (ii) there is a material diminution of Executive’s responsibilities with the Company or the resulting or surviving entity in a Change of Control, or a material change in the Executive’s reporting responsibilities or title, in each case without Executive’s consent and within twelve (12) months following the occurrence of such Change of Control (which diminution or change the parties hereby agree shall constitute a constructive termination of Executive’s employment without Cause), then (A) the Company shall pay Executive all base salary due and owing and all other accrued but unpaid benefits (e.g., accrued vacation) through the last day actually worked, and (B) within ten (10) days of the termination of Executive’s employment, the Company shall pay to Executive, in a single lump-sum payment, subject to standard deductions and withholdings, an amount equal to two and ninety-nine one hundredths (2.99) times the sum of his then-current base salary and the Target Bonus as severance; provided, however, that such payments and benefits are conditioned on Executive’s execution and non-revocation of a release agreement, the form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B , and thereafter the Company’s or the resulting or surviving entity’s obligations under this Agreement shall terminate. The parties’ obligations under this Section 4.6 shall survive the expiration of this Agreement for a period of twelve (12) months and ten (10) days following the occurrence of a Change of Control.

           4.7. Gross-Up Payment . Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in the event that it shall be determined that any payment or distribution by the Company to or for the benefit of Executive, whether paid or payable or distributed or

6


 

distributable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or otherwise (the “Payment”), would constitute an “excess parachute payment” within the meaning of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), Executive shall be paid an additional amount (the “Gross-Up Payment”) such that the net amount retained by Executive after deduction of any excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code, and any federal, state and local income and employment tax and excise tax imposed upon the Gross-Up Payment shall be equal to the Payment. For purposes of determining the amount of the Gross-Up Payment, Executive shall be deemed to pay federal income tax and employment taxes at the highest marginal rate of federal income and employment taxation in the calendar year in which the Gross-Up Payment is to be made and state and local income taxes at the highest marginal rate of taxation in the state and locality of Executive’s residence (or, if greater, the state and locality in which Executive is required to file a nonresident income tax return with respect to the Payment) on the date on which the Executive’s employment terminates, net of the maximum reduction in federal income taxes that may be obtained from the deduction of such state and local taxes.

                4.7.1. All determinations to be made under this Section 4.7 shall be made by a nationally-recognized independent public accountant (the “Accounting Firm”), which firm shall provide its determinations and any supporting calculations both to the Company and Executive within thirty (30) days of each of a Change of Control and the termination of Executive’s employment. Any such determination by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and Executive. Within five (5) days after the Accounting Firm’s determination, the Company shall pay (or cause to be paid) or distribute (or cause to be distributed) to or for the benefit of Executive such amounts as are then due to Executive pursuant to this Section 4.7.

                4.7.2. Executive shall notify the Company in writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority that, if successful, would require the payment by the Company of the Gross-Up Payment (taking into account any amounts theretofore already paid by the Company). Such notification shall be given as soon as practicable but no later than ten (10) business days after Executive knows of such claim and shall apprise the Company of the nature of such claim and the date on which such claim is requested to be paid. Executive shall not pay such claim prior to the expiration of the thirty (30) day period following the date on which he gives such notice to the Company (or such shorter period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to such claim is due). If the Company notifies Executive in writing prior to the expiration of such period that it desires to contest such claim, Executive shall:

                     (a)  give the Company any information reasonably request by the Company relating to such claim;

                     (b)  take such action in connection with contesting such claim as the Company shall reasonably request in writing from time to time, including, without limitation, accepting legal representation with respect to such claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

                     (c)  cooperate with the Company in good faith in order to effectively contest such claim; and

7


 

                     (d)  permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to such claim;

provided, however, that the Company shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses (including additional interest and penalties) incurred in connection with such contest and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, for any excise tax, income tax or employment tax, including interest and penalties, with respect thereto, imposed as a result of such representation and payment of costs and expenses. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.7.2, the Company shall control all proceedings taken in connection with such contest and, at its sole option, may pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings, hearings and conferences with the taxing authority in respect of such claim and may, at its sole option, either direct Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a refund or contest the claim in any permissible manner, and Executive agrees to prosecute such contest to a determination before any administrative tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction and in one or more appellate courts, as the Company shall determine; provided further, however, that if the Company directs Executive to pay such claim and sue for a refund the Company shall advance the amount of such payment to Executive, on an interest-free basis and shall indemnify and hold Executive harmless, on an after-tax basis, from any excise tax, income tax or employment tax, including interest or penalties with respect thereto, imposed with respect to such advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to such advance; and provided further that any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of taxes for the taxable year of Executive with respect to which such contested amount is claim to be due is limited solely to such contested amount. Furthermore, the Company’s control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable hereunder and Executive shall be entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                4.7.3. If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.7, Executive becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to such claim, Executive shall promptly pay to the Company the amount of such refund (together with any interest paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto). If, after the receipt by Executive of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant to this Section 4.7, a determination is made that Executive shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to such claim and the Company does not notify Executive in writing of its intent to contest such denial of refund prior to the expiration of thirty (30) days after such determination, then such advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required to be repaid and the amount of such advance shall offset, to the extent thereof, the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

                4.7.4. All of the fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm in performing determinations referred to in subsections 4.7.1 and 4.7.2 above shall be borne solely by the Company.

           4.8. No Other Compensation or Benefits . Executive acknowledges that except as expressly provided in this Agreement, he will not be entitled to any additional compensation, severance payments or benefits after the termination of his employment.

8


 

      5. Termination Obligations

           5.1. Return of Company’s Property . Without in any way limiting Executive’s obligations and the Company’s rights under the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement described in Section 1.3, Executive hereby acknowledges and agrees that all books, manuals, records, reports, notes, contracts, lists, spreadsheets and other documents or materials, or copies thereof, and equipment furnished to or prepared by Executive in the course of or incident to Executive’s employment, belong to Company and shall be promptly returned to Company upon termination of Executive’s employment.

           5.2. Cooperation in Pending Work . Following any termination of Executive’s employment, Executive shall, at the Company’s request, reasonably cooperate with the Company in all matters relating to the winding up of pending work on behalf of the Company and the orderly transfer of work to other employees of the Company. Executive shall also cooperate, at the Company’s request, in the defense of any action brought by any third party against the Company that relates in any way to Executive’s acts or omissions while employed by the Company. In consideration of Executive’s cooperation under this Section 5.2, the Company shall reimburse Executive for his reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred to cooperate and the Company shall pay Executive an hourly consulting fee equal to the hourly rate that results from dividing his then-current base annual salary by two thousand eighty (2,080).

           5.3. Resignation . Upon the termination of Executive’s employment for any reason, Executive shall be deemed to have resigned from all offices and directorships then held with the Company, GCA Holdings or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates. Executive agrees to execute and delivery such documents or instruments as are reasonably requested by the Company, GCA Holdings or any such subsidiary or affiliate to evidence such resignations.

           5.4. Survival . The representations and warranties contained herein and Executive’s obligations under Sections 5, and 8 and under the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement shall survive termination of Executive’s employment and the expiration of this Agreement.

      6. Intentionally Omitted

      7. Intentionally Omitted

      8. Arbitration

           8.1. Agreement to Arbitrate Claims . The Company and Executive hereby agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any and all claims or controversies between them (or between Executive and any present or former officer, director, agent, or employee of the Company or any parent, subsidiary, or other entity affiliated with the Company) relating in any manner to the employment or the termination of employment of Executive shall be resolved by final and binding arbitration. Except as specifically provided herein, any arbitration proceeding shall be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the

9


 

Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association (“the AAA Rules”). Claims subject to arbitration shall include contract claims, tort claims, claims relating to compensation and stock options, as well as claims based on any federal, state, or local law, statute, or regulation, including but not limited to any claims arising under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, the Americans with Disabilities Act, and the California Fair Employment and Housing Act. However, claims for unemployment compensation, workers’ compensation, and claims under the National Labor Relations Act shall not be subject to arbitration.

           8.2. Arbitrator . A neutral and impartial arbitrator shall be chosen by mutual agreement of Executive and the Company; however, if Executive and the Company are unable to agree upon an arbitrator within a reasonable period of time, then a neutral and impartial arbitrator shall be appointed in accordance with the arbitrator nomination and selection procedure set forth in the AAA Rules. The arbitrator shall prepare a written decision containing the essential findings and conclusions on which the award is based so as to ensure meaningful judicial review of the decision. The arbitrator shall apply the same substantive law, with the same statutes of limitations and same remedies, that would apply if the claims were brought in a court of law. The arbitrator shall have the authority to consider and decide pre-hearing motions, including dispositive motions.

           8.3. Enforcement Actions . Either the Company or Executive may bring an action in court to compel arbitration under this Agreement and to enforce an arbitration award. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, neither party shall initiate or prosecute any lawsuit in any way related to any arbitrable claim, including without limitation any claim as to the making, existence, validity, or enforceability of the agreement to arbitrate. All arbitration hearings under this Agreement shall be conducted in Las Vegas, Nevada.

           8.4. Exceptions . Nothing in this Agreement precludes a party from filing an administrative charge before an agency that has jurisdiction over an arbitrable claim. In addition, either party may, at its option, seek injunctive relief in a court of competent jurisdiction for any claim or controversy arising out of or related to the unauthorized use, disclosure, or misappropriation of the confidential and/or proprietary information of either party. By way of example, the Company may choose to use the court system to seek injunctive relief to prevent disclosure of its proprietary information or trade secrets; similarly, Executive may elect to use the court system to seek injunctive relief to protect Executive’s own inventions or trade secrets.

           8.5. Governing Law . The agreement to arbitrate under this Section 8 shall be governed by the Uniform Arbitration Act of 2000 (Nevada Revised Statutes 38.206 et seq ). In ruling on procedural and substantive issues raised in the arbitration itself, the Arbitrator shall in all cases apply the substantive law of the State of Nevada.

           8.6. Attorneys’ Fees . Each party shall pay its own costs and attorney’s fees, unless a party prevails on a statutory claim, and the statute provides that the prevailing party is entitled to payment of its attorneys’ fees. In that case, the arbitrator may award reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs to the prevailing party as provided by law. The costs and fees of the arbitrator shall be borne equally by Executive and the Company.

10


 

           8.7. Survival . The parties’ obligations under this Section 8 shall survive the termination of Executive’s employment with the Company and the expiration of this Agreement.

           8.8. Acknowledgements . THE PARTIES UNDERSTAND AND AGREE THAT THIS SECTION 8 CONSTITUTES A WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIMS OR CONTROVERSIES COVERED BY THIS SECTION 8. THE PARTIES AGREE THAT NONE OF THOSE CLAIMS OR CONTROVERSIES SHALL BE RESOLVED BY A JURY TRIAL. THE PARTIES FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THEY HAVE BEEN GIVEN THE OPPORTUNITY TO DISCUSS THIS SECTION 8 WITH THEIR LEGAL COUNSEL AND HAVE AVAILED THEMSELVES OF THAT OPPORTUNITY TO THE EXTENT THEY WISH TO DO SO.

      9. Expiration of Term

     The terms of this Agreement are intended by the parties to govern Executive’s employment with the Company during the Term. Upon the expiration of the Term, this Agreement shall terminate and be of no further force or effect, except to the extent of provisions hereof which expressly survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement.

      10. Entire Agreement

     The terms of this Agreement are intended by the parties to be the final and exclusive expression of their agreement with respect to the employment of Executive by Company and may not be contradicted by evidence of any prior or contemporaneous statements or agreements. Nothing herein is intended to modify or supersede Executive’s obligations under that certain Noncompete Agreement between Executive and the parent corporation of the Company made as of May 14, 2004. The parties further intend that this Agreement shall constitute the complete and exclusive statement of its terms and that no extrinsic evidence whatsoever may be introduced in any judicial, administrative, or other legal proceeding involving this Agreement. To the extent any provisions in this Agreement are inconsistent with any provisions of the Exhibits, the provisions of the Exhibits shall supersede and be controlling.

      11. Amendments, Waivers

     This Agreement may not be modified, amended, or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by Executive and by a duly authorized representative of the Company other than Executive. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, or power under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other right, remedy, or power provided herein or by law or in equity.

      12. Assignment; Successors and Assigns

     Executive agrees that Executive may not assign, sell, transfer, delegate or otherwise dispose of, whether voluntarily or involuntarily, or by operation of law, any rights or obligations under this Agreement, nor shall Executive’s rights be subject to encumbrance or the claims of

11


 

creditors. Any purported assignment, transfer, or delegation shall be null and void. Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent the consolidation of the Company with, or its merger into, any other corporation, or the sale by the Company of all or substantially all of its properties or assets, or the assignment by the Company of this Agreement and the performance of its obligations hereunder to any successor in interest.

      13. Entire Agreement; Severability; Enforcement

     This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes in its entirety all prior undertakings and agreements of the Company and Executive with respect to the subject matter hereof; provided, however, that to the extent of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement, on the one hand, and either the Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A or the Stock Option Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B , on the other hand, the provisions of such Employee Proprietary Information and Inventions Agreement or Stock Option Agreement shall govern. If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof to any person, place, or circumstance, shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, the remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect. Such court shall have the authority to modify or replace the invalid or unenforceable term or provision with one which most accurately represents the parties’ intention with respect to the invalid or unenforceable term or provision.

      14. Governing Law

     The validity, interpretation, enforceability, and performance of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the law of the State of Nevada.

      15. Acknowledgment

     The parties acknowledge (a) that they have consulted with or have had the opportunity to consult with independent counsel of their own choice concerning this Agreement, and (b) that they have read and understand the Agreement, are fully aware of its legal effect, and have entered into it freely based on their own judgment and not on any representations or promises other than those contained in this Agreement.

      16. Notices

     All notices or demands of any kind required or permitted to be given by the Company or Executive under this Agreement shall be given in writing and shall be personally delivered (and receipted for) or mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

     
If to Company:
  Global Cash Access, Inc.
  Attn: Corporate Secretary
  3525 East Post Road, Suite 120
  Las Vegas, NV 89120

12


 

     
If to Executive:
  Kirk E. Sanford
   
   
   
   

Any such written notice shall be deemed received when personally delivered or three (3) days after its deposit in the United States mail as specified above. Either party may change its address for notices by giving notice to the other party in the name specified in this section.

      17. Representations and Warranties.

     Executive represents and warrants that he is not restricted or prohibited, contractually or otherwise, from entering into and performing each of the terms and covenants contained in this Agreement, and that his execution and performance of this Agreement will not violate or breach any other agreements between Executive and any other person or entity.

      18. Counterparts

     This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, all of which together shall contribute one and the same instrument.

13


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Employment Agreement as of the date first set forth above, to be effective upon the Effective Date.

         
GLOBAL CASH ACCESS, INC.   KIRK E. SANFORD
       
By:
  /s/ Karim Maskatiya   /s/ Kirk E. Sanford
       
  Karim Maskatiya   Kirk E. Sanford
  Co-Chairman of the Board of Directors   President and Chief Executive Officer

14


 

EXHIBIT A

EMPLOYEE PROPRIETARY INFORMATION AND INVENTIONS AGREEMENT

1


 

EXHIBIT B

RELEASE AND WAIVER OF CLAIMS

     In exchange for the severance payments and other benefits to which I would not otherwise be entitled, I hereby furnish Global Cash Access, Inc., its parent corporation, Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. and each of their respective subsidiaries and affiliates (collectively, the “Company”) with the following release and waiver.

     I hereby release, and forever discharge the Company, its officers, directors, agents, employees, stockholders, attorneys, successors, assigns and affiliates, of and from any and all claims, liabilities, demands, causes of action, costs, expenses, attorneys fees, damages, indemnities and obligations of every kid and nature, in law, equity, or otherwise, known and unknown, suspected and unsuspected, disclosed and undisclosed, arising at any time prior to and including the date I sign this Release with respect to any claims relating to my employment and the termination of my employment, including but not limited to: any and all such claims and demands directly or indirectly arising out of or in any way connected with my employment with the Company or the termination of that employment; claims or demands related to salary, bonuses, commissions, stock, stock options, or any other ownership interests in the Company, vacation pay, fringe benefits, expense reimbursements, sabbatical benefits, severance benefits, or any other form of compensation; claims pursuant to any federal, state or local law or cause of action including, but not limited to, the federal Civil Rights Act of 1964, as amended; the federal Age Discrimination Act of 1990; the Delaware Fair Employment Practices Act, as amended; tort law; contract law; wrongful discharge; discrimination; harassment; fraud; emotional distress; and breach of the implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing, provided, however, that this Release shall not apply to claims or causes of action for defamation, libel, or invasion of privacy.

     In granting the releases herein, I acknowledge that I understand that I am waiving any and all rights and benefits conferred by the provisions of Section 1542 of the Civil Code of the State of California and any similar provision of law of any other state or territory of the United States or other jurisdiction to the following effect: “ A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him must have materially affected his settlement with the debtor. ” I hereby expressly waive and relinquish all rights and benefits under that section and any law or legal principle of similar effect in any jurisdiction with respect to the release of unknown and unsuspected claims granted in this Agreement.

     I acknowledge that, among other rights, I am waiving and releasing any rights I may have under ADEA, that this waiver and release is knowing and voluntary, and that the consideration given for this waiver and release is in addition to anything of value to which I was already entitled. I further acknowledge that I have been advised, as required by the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act, that: (a) the waiver and release granted herein does not relate to claims which may arise after this agreement is executed; (b) I have the right to consult with an attorney prior to executing this agreement (although I may choose voluntarily not to do so); (c) I have twenty-one (21) days from the date I receive this agreement, in which to consider this agreement (although I may choose voluntarily to execute this agreement earlier); (d) I have seven (7) days following the execution of this agreement to revoke my consent to the agreement; and (e) this agreement shall not be effective until the seven (7) day revocation period has expired.

         
Date:
       
       
      Kirk E. Sanford

1

 

EXHIBIT 10.27

GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

     THIS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of                                          , by and between Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”, which term shall include, where appropriate, any Entity (as hereinafter defined) controlled directly or indirectly by the Company), and                      (the “ Indemnitee ”).

     WHEREAS, it is essential to the Company that it be able to retain and attract as directors and/or officers the most capable persons available;

     WHEREAS, increased corporate litigation has subjected directors and officers to litigation risks and expenses, and the limitations on the availability of directors and officers liability insurance have made it increasingly difficult for companies to attract and retain such persons;

     WHEREAS, the Company desires to provide Indemnitee with specific contractual assurance of Indemnitee’s rights to full indemnification against litigation risks and expenses (regardless, among other things, of any amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation or revocation of any provision of the Company’s by-laws or any change in the ownership of the Company or the composition of its Board of Directors); and

     WHEREAS, Indemnitee is relying upon the rights afforded under this Agreement in accepting Indemnitee’s position as a director and/or officer of the Company.

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

  1.   Definitions .

     (a) “ Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person who is serving or has served (i) as a director of the Company, including as a member of any committee thereof, (ii) as an officer of the Company, (iii) in any capacity with respect to any employee benefit plan of the Company, or (iv) as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee, or agent of any other Entity at the request of the Company. For purposes of subsection (iv) of this Section 1(a), an officer or director of the Company who is serving or has served as a director, partner, trustee, officer, employee or agent of a Subsidiary (as defined below) shall be deemed to be serving at the request of the Company.

     (b) “ Entity ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, foundation, association, organization or other legal entity.

     (c) “ Expenses ” shall mean all fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Proceeding (as defined below), including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and retainers (including, without limitation, any such fees, disbursements and retainers incurred by Indemnitee pursuant to Sections 8 and 10(c) of this Agreement), fees and disbursements of expert witnesses, private investigators and professional advisors (including, without limitation, accountants and investment bankers), court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, travel expenses, duplicating, printing and binding costs, telephone and fax transmission charges, postage, delivery services, secretarial services and other disbursements and expenses.

 


 

     (d) “ Indemnifiable Amounts ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.

     (e) “ Indemnifiable Expenses ,” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.

     (f) “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ” shall have the meaning ascribed to it in Section 3(a) below.

     (g) “ Liabilities ” shall mean judgments, damages, liabilities, losses, penalties, excise taxes, fines and amounts paid in settlement.

     (h) “ Proceeding ” shall mean any threatened, pending or completed claim, action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution process, investigation, administrative hearing, appeal, or any other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, arbitrative or investigative, whether formal or informal, including a proceeding initiated by Indemnitee pursuant to Section 10 of this Agreement to enforce Indemnitee’s rights hereunder.

     (i) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other Entity of which the Company owns (either directly or through or together with another Subsidiary of the Company) either (i) a general partner, managing member or other similar interest or (ii) (A) 50% or more of the voting power of the voting capital equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity, or (B) 50% or more of the outstanding voting capital stock or other voting equity interests of such corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other Entity.

     2.  Services of Indemnitee . In consideration of the Company’s covenants and commitments hereunder, Indemnitee agrees to serve or continue to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company. However, this Agreement shall not impose any obligation on Indemnitee or the Company to continue Indemnitee’s service to the Company beyond any period otherwise required by law or by other agreements or commitments of the parties, if any.

     3.  Agreement to Indemnify . The Company agrees to indemnify Indemnitee as follows:

     (a) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(a) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the Company) by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Expenses and Liabilities incurred or paid by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (referred to herein as “ Indemnifiable Expenses ” and “ Indemnifiable Liabilities ,” respectively, and collectively as “ Indemnifiable Amounts ”).

     (b) Subject to the exceptions contained in Section 4(b) below, if Indemnitee was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, Indemnitee shall be indemnified by the Company against all Indemnifiable Expenses.

     (c) If any of Summit Ventures VI-A, L.P., Summit Ventures VI-B, L.P. or any of their respective affiliates (each, a “ Summit Fund ”) is or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant in any Proceeding, and the Summit Fund’s involvement in the Proceeding arises in whole or in part from the Indemnitee’s service to the Company as an officer or director

-2-


 

of the Company, then the Summit Fund shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies, and shall to the extent indemnified hereunder, undertake the obligations of the Indemnitee, under this Agreement to the same extent as Indemnitee and to the same extent as if such Summit Fund was a party hereto.

     4.  Exceptions to Indemnification . Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification under Sections 3(a) and 3(b) above in all circumstances other than the following:

     (a) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(a) and it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (i) in good faith and (ii) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

     (b) If indemnification is requested under Section 3(b) and

     (i) it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that, in connection with the subject of the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, Indemnitee failed to act (A) in good faith and (B) in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Expenses hereunder; or

     (ii) it has been adjudicated finally by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is liable to the Company with respect to any claim, issue or matter involved in the Proceeding out of which the claim for indemnification has arisen, including, without limitation, a claim that Indemnitee received an improper personal benefit,

no Indemnifiable Expenses shall be paid with respect to such claim, issue or matter unless the court of law or another court in which such Proceeding was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, but in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such Indemnifiable Expenses which such court shall deem proper.

     5.  Procedure for Payment of Indemnifiable Amounts . Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Amounts for which Indemnitee seeks payment under Section 3 of this Agreement and the basis for the claim. The Company shall pay such Indemnifiable Amounts to Indemnitee within ten (10) calendar days following receipt of the request.

     6.  Indemnification for Expenses of a Party Who is Wholly or Partly Successful . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, and without limiting any such provision, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall be indemnified against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with each successfully resolved claim, issue or matter. For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, shall be deemed to be a successful result as to such claim, issue or matter.

-3-


 

     7.  Effect of Certain Resolutions . Neither the settlement nor termination of any Proceeding nor the failure of the Company to award indemnification or to determine that indemnification is payable shall create an adverse presumption that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification hereunder. In addition, the termination of any proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company or, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s action was unlawful.

     8.  Agreement to Advance Expenses; Conditions . The Company shall pay to Indemnitee all Indemnifiable Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any Proceeding, including a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company, in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding, as the same are incurred. To the extent required by Delaware corporate law, Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay the amount of Indemnifiable Expenses paid to Indemnitee if it is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction that Indemnitee is not entitled under this Agreement to indemnification with respect to such Expenses. This undertaking is an unlimited and unsecured general obligation of Indemnitee and no interest shall be charged thereon.

     9.  Procedure for Advance Payment of Expenses . Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request specifying the Indemnifiable Expenses for which Indemnitee seeks an advancement under Section 8 of this Agreement, together with documentation evidencing that Indemnitee has incurred such Indemnifiable Expenses. Payment of Indemnifiable Expenses under Section 8 shall be made no later than ten (10) calendar days after the Company’s receipt of such request.

     10.  Remedies of Indemnitee .

     (a) Right to Petition Court . In the event that Indemnitee makes a request for payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under Sections 3 and 5 above or a request for an advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under Sections 8 and 9 above and the Company fails to make such payment or advancement in a timely manner pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, Indemnitee may petition a court of law to enforce the Company’s obligations under this Agreement.

     (b) Burden of Proof . In any judicial proceeding brought under Section 10(a) above, the Company shall have the burden of proving that Indemnitee is not entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts hereunder.

     (c) Expenses . The Company agrees to reimburse Indemnitee in full for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with investigating, preparing for, litigating, defending or settling any action brought by Indemnitee under Section 10(a) above, or in connection with any claim or counterclaim brought by the Company in connection therewith.

     (d) Validity of Agreement . The Company shall be precluded from asserting in any Proceeding, including, without limitation, an action under Section 10(a) above, that the provisions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable or that there is insufficient consideration for this Agreement and shall stipulate in court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement.

     (e) Failure to Act Not a Defense . The failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors or any committee thereof, independent legal counsel or stockholders) to make a determination concerning the permissibility of the payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or the

-4-


 

advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses under this Agreement shall not be a defense in any action brought under Section 10(a) above, and shall not create a presumption that such payment or advancement is not permissible.

     11.  Representations and Warranties of the Company . The Company hereby represents and warrants to Indemnitee as follows:

     (a) Authority . The Company has all necessary power and authority to enter into, and be bound by the terms of, this Agreement, and the execution, delivery and performance of the undertakings contemplated by this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Company.

     (b) Enforceability . This Agreement, when executed and delivered by the Company in accordance with the provisions hereof, shall be a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.

     12.  Insurance . The Company shall use its reasonable efforts to maintain requisite directors and officers indemnity insurance coverage in effect at all times (subject to appropriate cost considerations) and the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws shall at all times provide for indemnification and exculpation of directors to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s officers and directors. The Company shall hereafter take all necessary or desirable actions to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of the Indemnitee, all Indemnifiable Amounts in accordance with the terms of such policies; provided that nothing in this Section 12 shall affect the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or the Company’s obligations to comply with the provisions of this Agreement in a timely manner as provided.

     13.  Fees and Expenses . If Indemnitee serves as a non-employee director, then during the term of such service, the Company shall promptly reimburse the Indemnitee for all expenses incurred by him in connection with his service as a director or member of any board committee or otherwise in connection with the Company’s business and shall pay or provide the Indemnitee with fees and other compensation, including stock options or awards, in amounts and value which are at least equal to those provided to any of the Company’s other non-employee directors from time to time.

     14.  Contract Rights Not Exclusive . The rights to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts and advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses provided by this Agreement shall be in addition to, but not exclusive of, any other rights which Indemnitee may have at any time under applicable law, the Company’s by-laws or certificate of incorporation, or any other agreement, vote of stockholders or directors (or a committee of directors), or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in any other capacity as a result of Indemnitee’s serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

     15.  Successors . This Agreement shall be (a) binding upon all successors and assigns of the Company (including any transferee of all or a substantial portion of the business, stock and/or assets of the Company and any direct or indirect successor by merger or consolidation or otherwise by operation of law) and (b) binding on and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, personal representatives, executors and administrators of Indemnitee and in the case of Section 3(c), the Summit Funds. This Agreement shall continue for the benefit of Indemnitee and such heirs, personal representatives, executors and

-5-


 

administrators and in the case of Section 3(c), the Summit Funds, after Indemnitee has ceased to have Corporate Status.

     16.  Subrogation . In the event of any payment of Indemnifiable Amounts under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of contribution or recovery of Indemnitee against other persons, and Indemnitee shall take, at the request and expense of the Company, all reasonable action necessary to secure such subrogation rights, including the execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit to enforce such rights.

     17.  Change in Law . To the extent that a change in Delaware law (whether by statute or judicial decision) shall permit broader indemnification or advancement of expenses than is provided under the terms of the certificate of incorporation and/or by-laws of the Company and this Agreement, Indemnitee shall be entitled to such broader indemnification and advancements, and this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically amended to such extent.

     18.  Severability . Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted in such a manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Agreement, or any clause thereof, shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, such provision or clause shall be limited or modified in its application to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision or clause valid, legal and enforceable, and the remaining provisions and clauses of this Agreement shall remain fully enforceable and binding on the parties.

     19.  Indemnitee as Plaintiff . Except as provided in Section 10(c) of this Agreement and in the next sentence, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to payment of Indemnifiable Amounts or advancement of Indemnifiable Expenses with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee against the Company, any Entity which it controls, any director or officer thereof, or any third party, unless such Company has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding. This Section shall not apply to counterclaims or affirmative defenses asserted by Indemnitee in an action brought against Indemnitee.

     20.  Modifications and Waiver . Except as provided in Section 17 above with respect to changes in Delaware law which broaden the right of Indemnitee to be indemnified by the Company, no supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by each of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions of this Agreement (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

     21.  General Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given (a) when delivered by hand, (b) when transmitted by facsimile and receipt is acknowledged, or (c) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

             
  (i)   If to Indemnitee, to :    
 
           
      [address]    
      Telephone:    
      Telecopy:    
 
           
  (ii)   If to the Company, to:    
 
           
      Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc.    

-6-


 

             
      3525 E. Post Road    
      Suite 120    
      Las Vegas, Nevada 89120    
      Attention: Chief Executive Officer    

or to such other address as may have been furnished in the same manner by any party to the others.

     22.  Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced under the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to the provisions thereof relating to conflicts of law.

* * * * *

-7-


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.
         
  GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.
 
 
  By:      
    Name:      
    Title:      
 
         
  INDEMNITEE
 
 
        
    Print Name:  
       
 

 

Exhibit 10.28

PATENT PURCHASE AND LICENSE AGREEMENT

This Patent Purchase and License Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of March 22, 2005 by and between USA Payments, a Nevada corporation having its principal place of business at 643 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134 (“ Seller ”), and Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation having its principal place of business at 3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120 (“ Buyer ”).

Whereas , Seller is the owner of the entire right, title and interest in and to the Designated Patents;

Whereas , Buyer desires to purchase the entire right, title and interest in and to the Designated Patents;

Whereas , Seller desires to sell to Buyer the entire right, title and interest in and to the Designated Patents, subject to the retention of a non-exclusive license under the Designated Patents outside of the Buyer Field; and

Whereas , the parties desire for the sale, purchase and license contained herein to become effective upon the satisfaction of certain conditions precedent.

Now, Therefore , in consideration of the representations, covenants and other terms and conditions contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1. Definitions

For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

      1.1. Buyer Field ” shall mean the gaming industry, including without limitation the business of providing cash access services (including, without limitation, by way of automated teller machines) to patrons of gaming establishments. For purposes of clarification:

          (a) “cash access services,” as used in the foregoing sentence, includes “quasi-cash” transactions whereby credit cards and debit cards are used to purchase instruments that can be negotiated for cash; and

          (b) Buyer Field does not include non-gaming merchant operations (including but not limited to hotels, restaurants, retail shops, travel agencies or car rental agencies) conducted at establishments at which gaming activity occurs to the extent that such non-gaming merchant operations involve the sale or provision of goods or services other than money orders or gaming goods or services, but Buyer Field does include such non-gaming merchant operations to the extent that such non-gaming merchant operations (i) sell or otherwise provide money orders or gaming goods or services, or (ii) provide, enable, facilitate or permit ATM cash withdrawals, credit card cash advances or debit card cash access transactions in any establishment at which gaming activity occurs.

      1.2. Designated Patents ” shall mean (a) United States Patent No. 6,081,792 entitled “ATM and POS Terminal and Method of Use Thereof,” (which the parties hereby acknowledge is erroneously reflected in the records of the United States Patent and Trademark Office as being held by “USA Payment, Inc.”) and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/869754 entitled “ATM and POS Terminal and Method of Use Thereof,” (b) any parent or provisional patent application(s) upon which the priority of either of the foregoing patent or patent application is based, (c) all past, present and future divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reexaminations, substitutions, reissues, extensions and renewals of any of the foregoing patents or patent applications in subsection (a) or (b), (d) all foreign counterparts of any of the foregoing patents or patent applications in subsection (a), (b), or (c), and (e) all patents that have issued or issue in the future (including the right to apply for such patents) from any of the foregoing patents or patent applications in subsection (a), (b), (c) or (d).

      1.3. Licensed Product ” shall mean any product or service now or hereafter made, used, sold, provided, operated or offered by or on behalf of Seller (including any finished product and any product used in the manufacture of another product) that falls within the scope of, or that utilizes any method or process which falls within the scope of, any of the claims of any Designated Patents, or that incorporates, or is itself, the subject invention of any Designated Patents, other than such products and services that have historically been provided exclusively to Buyer.

      1.4. Subsidiary ” shall mean, with respect to a party, any entity at least 50% of whose equity is owned directly or indirectly by such party.

1


 

2. Patent Transfer

      2.1 Assignment . Effective upon the Effective Date, Seller hereby irrevocably assigns, conveys, sells, grants and transfers to Buyer, its successors and assigns all of its rights, title and interest of every kind and character throughout the world in and to the Designated Patents to the full extent of its ownership or interest therein, including, without limitation:

          (a) all rights to causes of action and remedies related thereto (including, without limitation, the right to sue for past, present or future infringement, misappropriation or violation of rights related to the foregoing); and

          (b) any and all other rights and interests arising out of, in connection with or in relation to the Designated Patents, including without limitation the right to receive any royalties or other consideration relating to any license or similar permission within the Buyer Field.

      2.2 Recordation; Further Assurances . The parties shall execute and file with the United States Patent and Trademark Office the confirmatory assignment with respect to the Designated Patents attached hereto as Exhibit A .

      2.3 Correction of Recordation Error . Seller represents and warrants that on or prior to the date first set forth above, it has caused to be filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office a request for corrective assignment to correct the name of the original assignee of United States Patent No. 6,081,792 from “USA Payment, Inc.” to “USA Payments” to correct the error referenced in the definition of “Designated Patents”. Following execution of this Agreement, Seller shall take all action at its own cost and expense, including, without limitation, the prompt execution and delivery of documents in recordable form, and otherwise use its commercially reasonable best efforts to correct the error referenced in the definition of “Designated Patents” as may be reasonably necessary to vest, secure, perfect, protect and enforce the rights and interests of Buyer in and to the Designated Patents and other patents, patent applications, and related rights assigned under Section 2.1 above. In any event, the foregoing recording error shall be corrected to Buyer’s reasonable satisfaction prior to the Effective Date.

      2.4 Appointment . In the event that Buyer is unable, after reasonable notice to Seller, for any reason whatsoever, to secure Seller’s signature to any document Seller is required to execute pursuant to this Section 2 to vest, secure, perfect, protect or enforce the rights and interests of Buyer in and to the Designated Patents, Seller hereby irrevocably designates and appoints Buyer and its duly authorized officers and agents as Seller’s agents and attorneys-in-fact, to act for and on its behalf and instead of Seller, to execute and file any such documents and to do all other lawfully permitted acts to further the purposes of Section 2 with the same legal force and effect as if executed by Seller.

      2.5 Certain Conditions Precedent. The transfer of interests in the Designated Patents in this Section 2 and the license grant in Section 3 are subject to and conditioned upon both of the following conditions precedent: (i) Seller obtaining the consent or acknowledgement by a majority in interest of the lenders under Global Cash Access, Inc.’s senior secured credit facilities that the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not constitute a breach of any provision of or event of default under that certain Credit Agreement, dated March 10, 2004, as amended, to which Seller is a party (the “Credit Agreement”), and (ii) the consummation of an underwritten initial public offering of equity securities by Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “IPO”). The date upon which both such conditions are first satisfied is referred to herein as the “ Effective Date ”.

3. License Grant-Back

      3.1 License Grant . Effective upon the Effective Date, and conditioned upon Seller’s correction of the recordation error in accordance with Section 2.3, Buyer hereby grants to Seller a non-exclusive, perpetual, irrevocable, fully paid up, royalty-free, non-transferable (except as set forth in Section 6.3), right and license under United States Patent No. 6,081,792 and U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/869754 entitled “ATM and POS Terminal and Method of Use Thereof” (including any patent that issues thereon) to (a) make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell and import any products and services solely for use and distribution outside of the Buyer Field, (b) practice any methods or processes solely outside of the Buyer Field, and (c) sublicense to third parties the rights granted to Seller under subsections (a) and (b) above. For purposes of clarification, Seller shall have no right to grant any sublicenses under the Designated Patents within the Buyer Field, and nothing contained in this Agreement shall prohibit Buyer from granting additional licenses under the Designated Patents in any field of use for any products or services. Seller shall use commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that its customers and distributors, and its

2


 

sublicensees’ and their respective customers and distributors, do not directly or indirectly use such products or services to make, have made, use, sell, offer to sell, or import any products or services in the Buyer Field (such efforts shall include, without limitation, contractual restrictions on use and distribution consistent with this Agreement, and shall provide that Buyer is a third party beneficiary for the purpose of enforcing any such contractual restriction).

      3.2 No Implied Licenses . Except as expressly set forth in Section 3.1, Buyer grants no rights or licenses under the Designated Patents to Seller, including, without limitation, any implied rights or licenses that may otherwise arise out of this Agreement or the activities of the parties hereunder.

4. Payment

      4.1 Purchase Price . Buyer shall pay to Seller by wire transfer the sum of ten million US dollars (US$10,000,000.00) within one (1) business day following the actual receipt by Buyer of the proceeds of the IPO allocable to the Buyer.

      4.2 Taxes . Buyer shall pay, and shall indemnify and hold Seller harmless from, all taxes, duties and levies directly imposed by all federal, state, local or other taxing authorities (including, without limitation, export, sales, use, excise, and value-added taxes) based on the transactions or payments under this Agreement, other than taxes imposed or based on Seller’s net income.

5. Representations and Warranties; Covenants

      5.1 Mutual Representations and Warranties . Each party represents and warrants that it has the power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder, that this Agreement is binding on and enforceable against the parties in accordance with its terms, and that compliance by each party with its obligations hereunder shall not conflict with or result in a breach of any agreement to which such party is a party or is otherwise bound.

      5.2 Seller Representations and Warranties. Seller represents and warrants that, as of the Effective Date:

          (a) Seller is the lawful owner of all right, title and interest in and to the Designated Patents, and has the unrestricted right to assign such right, title and interest to Buyer free and clear of any encumbrances, liens, registrations or claims of any nature.

          (b) To Seller’s knowledge, the Designated Patents are valid and enforceable.

          (c) The Designated Patents (i) to Seller’s knowledge, are valid, subsisting and in full force and effect, (ii) have not been abandoned or passed into the public domain and (iii) to Seller’s knowledge, are free and clear of any encumbrances.

          (d) Seller has not granted any licenses of or any other rights under the Designated Patents to any person other than to Buyer.

          (e) To Seller’s knowledge, all necessary registration, maintenance and renewal fees in connection with the Designated Patents have been paid and all necessary documents and certificates in connection with the Designated Patents have been filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (the “PTO”) for the purposes of maintaining the Designated Patents. To Seller’s knowledge, there are no actions that must be taken by Seller within one hundred twenty (120) days following the Effective Date, including the payment of any registration, maintenance or renewal fees or the filing of any responses to office actions, documents, applications or certificates for the purposes of obtaining, maintaining, perfecting, preserving or renewing the Designated Patents.

          (f) To Seller’s knowledge, there is no action, suit, litigation, arbitration, proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or appellate proceeding), prosecution, contest, hearing, inquiry, inquest, audit, examination or investigation by or before any governmental authority (including the PTO) anywhere in the world related to the Designated Patents other than litigation to which Buyer is a party as of the date hereof.

          (g) To Seller’s knowledge, the Designated Patents are not subject to any decree, order, judgment, office action or settlement agreement or stipulation that restricts in any manner the use, transfer or licensing thereof by Seller or that may affect the validity, use or enforceability of the Designated Patents.

3


 

          (h) The Designated Patents will be fully transferable, alienable and licensable by Buyer without restriction (subject to the license granted to Seller under this Agreement) and without payment of any kind to any third party.

          (i) Seller has no right, title or interest in or to any patent or patent application (excluding the Designated Patents) that reads on or is infringed by any of Buyer’s businesses, products or services as such businesses, products and services are operated and provided as of the Effective Date.

      5.3 Buyer’s Obligation to Maintain Patent . Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, from and after the Effective Date, Seller shall have no obligation to pay any maintenance fees for the Designated Patents or take any other actions to maintain the Designated Patents, including without limitation any steps to defend against any allegation that any Designated Patent is invalid or otherwise unenforceable. In the event the validity or other unenforceability of a Designated Patent is challenged, Buyer shall promptly notify Seller in writing of such challenge, and if Buyer does not defend against such challenge within ninety (90) days of receipt of written notice from Seller of Seller’s desire to defend against a claim of invalidity or other unenforceability, then Seller may, at its own cost and expense, defend against such challenge on Buyer’s behalf, and (a) Buyer shall join such action as a party and cooperate in such defense, and (b) Buyer will be represented in such action by Seller’s counsel and at Seller’s cost and expense, unless Buyer elects to retain its own counsel at its sole cost and expense. Buyer shall provide all cooperation reasonably necessary for the defense against such claim or challenge (including providing testimony, documents and records relating to the Designated Patents) and Seller shall reimburse Buyer for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Buyer in connection therewith. Seller shall be entitled to recovery of any damages or any settlement amounts resulting from any such action.

      5.4 Third Party Infringement .

          (a) Buyer shall have the sole and exclusive right to initiate any lawsuit (or to decline to initiate such a lawsuit) against a third party for infringement of any claims of any Designated Patent within the Buyer Field. Seller agrees to join as a party plaintiff in any such lawsuit initiated by Buyer, if requested by Buyer. In such case, Seller will be represented in the lawsuit by Buyer’s counsel and at Buyer’s cost and expense, unless Seller elects to retain its own counsel at its sole cost and expense. Seller shall provide all cooperation reasonably necessary for the prosecution of any such lawsuit (including providing testimony, documents, and records relating to the Designated Patents) and Buyer shall reimburse Seller for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Seller in connection therewith. Buyer shall be entitled to any recovery of damages or any settlement amounts resulting from any such lawsuit.

          (b) Each party shall notify the other party in writing of any suspected infringement of a Designated Patent outside the Buyer Field and shall inform the other party of any evidence of such infringement. Buyer shall have the first right to institute suit for any such infringement. Seller agrees to join as a party plaintiff in any such lawsuit initiated by Buyer, if requested by Buyer. In such case, Seller will be represented in the lawsuit by Buyer’s counsel and at Buyer’s cost and expense, unless Seller elects to retain its own counsel at its sole cost and expense. However, if Buyer does not institute suit for infringement(s) within ninety (90) days of receipt of written notice from Seller of Seller’s desire to pursue a suit for infringement, then Seller may, at its own cost and expense, bring suit for infringement(s) and (i) Buyer shall join such action as a party and cooperate in such action, and (ii) Buyer will be represented in such action by Seller’s counsel and at Seller’s cost and expense, unless Buyer elects to retain its own counsel at its sole cost and expense; provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing Seller shall in no event be entitled to file or prosecute any lawsuit or otherwise bring any claim under the Designated Patents against any entity that is at such time a supplier to, or customer of, Buyer. Each party shall be entitled to any recovery of damages resulting from a lawsuit brought by it, and, in the event both Seller and Buyer are parties to any lawsuit, Seller and Buyer shall share in any recovery in an amount proportionate to their respective proved damages. Neither party may settle with an infringer without the prior approval of the other party if such settlement would affect the rights of the other party under the Designated Patents.

          (c) After the Effective Date, Buyer shall be responsible for and shall have full control over the litigation currently pending in the United States District Court, District of Nevada in which both Seller and Buyer are co-plaintiffs against U.S. Bancorp d/b/a U.S. Bank, Certegy Inc., Certegy Check Services, Inc., Game Financial Corporation and GameCash, Inc. (the “Existing Litigation”). All attorneys fees and expenses arising after of the Effective Date with respect to counsel retained on behalf of Buyer shall be paid by Buyer (even if such counsel is jointly retained for Buyer and Seller). Seller shall have the right to retain separate counsel at its own cost and

4


 

expense with respect to the Existing Litigation. All damages, settlement proceeds, fees and other proceeds of the Existing Litigation shall be paid to Buyer.

      5.5 Disclaimer . EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5, NEITHER PARTY MAKES ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE OR NON-INFRINGEMENT, OR ANY WARRANTIES THAT MAY ARISE FROM COURSE OF PERFORMANCE, COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

6. Miscellaneous

      6.1 Marking; Requests for Disclosure . From and after the Effective Date, Seller shall mark all Licensed Products manufactured, used, sold, offered, operated or provided by Seller or any of its sublicensees under this Agreement with such patent notice as may be required under Title 35, United States Code or other applicable rules or regulations in foreign jurisdictions. With respect to the Designated Patents, Seller and its sublicensees shall respond to any request for disclosure under 35 U.S.C. § 287(b)(4)(B) only by notifying Buyer of the request for disclosure. Seller shall be responsible for compliance by its sublicensees with the terms and conditions of this Section 6.1 to the same extent as Seller itself, and such sublicensees shall agree in writing that they are subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 6.1 and that Buyer shall have a right of action against the sublicensees to the same extent as Seller itself.

      6.2 Notice . All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in writing and shall be hand delivered or sent by certified or registered mail, private industry express courier (with written confirmation of receipt) or facsimile (with a confirmation letter of the facsimile) to the address specified below or to such changed address as may have been previously specified in writing by the addressed party:

          If to Seller:

     
 
  USA Payments
  643 River Oaks Parkway
  San Jose, California 95134
  Attention: Robert Cucinotta
  Telephone: (408) 922-0635
  Facsimile: (408) 922-0463

          If to Buyer:

     
 
  Global Cash Access, Inc.
  3525 East Post Road, Suite 120
  Las Vegas, Nevada 89120
  Attention: Kirk Sanford
  Telephone (702) 855-3006
  Facsimile: (702) 262-5039

Each such notice shall be effective upon receipt.

      6.3 Nonassignability . Seller shall not, and shall have no right to, assign or transfer any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of Buyer; provided, however, such consent shall be deemed to have been given by Buyer to Seller in the event of an assignment or transfer of rights to any Subsidiary of Seller or any entity that acquires all or substantially all of Seller’s assets or equity interests or with which Seller merges, including without limitation any corporate form into which Seller converts or with whom Seller merges, or in the event of the grant of a security interest, lien, or other mortgage in this Agreement and the rights granted hereunder or the realization, enforcement or foreclosure thereunder whether by Seller or any secured creditor. For the avoidance of doubt, and without limiting the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit Seller (including, without limitation, Seller as a debtor in possession or a trustee in bankruptcy on behalf of Seller’s bankruptcy estate) from assuming, or from assuming and assigning, this Agreement pursuant to section 365 of title 11 of the United States Code (the “Bankruptcy Code”) in a case under the Bankruptcy Code in which Seller is a debtor (or under any similar law in any similar proceeding then available to Seller, or a secured creditor of Seller, under applicable state or federal law, including, without limitation, bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation, moratorium or other similar state or federal laws relating to the

5


 

enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, or under general principles of equity) and Buyer shall be deemed to have consented to any such assumption, or assumption and assignment, of this Agreement. In particular, and without limiting the foregoing, Buyer hereby consents to the assumption, and to the assumption and assignment, of this Agreement by Seller, including without limitation Seller as a debtor in possession or a trustee in bankruptcy on behalf of Seller’s bankruptcy estate, for all purposes under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code including without limitation section 365(c)(1)(B) of the Bankruptcy Code (in the event that section 365(c)(1)(A) of the Bankruptcy Code is applicable). In the event that Seller becomes a debtor in a case under the Bankruptcy Code, on request of Seller as a debtor in possession or a trustee appointed or elected in such case, Buyer agrees to promptly reaffirm in writing its consent to the assumption, or the assumption and assignment, of this Agreement for all purposes under section 365 of the Bankruptcy Code. Except as otherwise permitted herein, any purported assignment or transfer of this Agreement or the license herein without the prior written consent of Buyer shall be null and void.

      6.4 Governing Law; Dispute Resolution . This Agreement is to be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of California (as permitted by Section 1646.5 of the California Civil Code or any similar successor provision) without giving effect to any choice of law rule that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the internal laws of the State of California to the rights and duties of the parties. Any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be commenced in a federal court in the Northern District of California or in state court in Santa Clara County, California, and each party hereto irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction and venue of any such court in any such suit, action or proceeding.

      6.5 No Waiver . Any failure of either party to enforce, at any time or for any period of time, any of the provisions of this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of such provisions or of the right of such party thereafter to enforce such provisions.

      6.6 Severability . If any term, clause or provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, the validity of any other term, clause or provision shall not be affected; and such invalid term, clause or provision shall be deemed deleted from this Agreement.

      6.7 Headings . The headings and captions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

      6.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement and understanding of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof and merges and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous discussions, negotiations, understandings and agreements between the parties concerning the license and rights in and to the Designated Patents, including, without limitation, that certain Patent License Agreement between Buyer and Seller effective as of March 10, 2004 (as amended by that certain Letter Agreement Related to Technology dated as of May 13, 2004), which shall be superseded to the extent inconsistent with this Agreement. Each party expressly waives any implied right or obligation concerning the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may be modified only by an instrument in writing signed by both Seller and Buyer.

      6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one instrument binding upon the parties.

6


 

In Witness Whereof , the parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives:

                 
USA Payments       Global Cash Access, Inc.
 
               
By:
  /s/ Robert Cucinotta       By:   /s/ Kirk Sanford
               
  Robert Cucinotta, Secretary           Kirk Sanford, Chief Executive Officer
 
               
Date: March 22, 2005       Date: March 22, 2005

7


 

Exhibit A

In the United States Patent and Trademark Office

Assignment

Whereas , USA Payments, a Nevada corporation, with offices at 643 River Oaks Parkway, San Jose, California 95134 (“ ASSIGNOR ”) owns the patent registrations and applications listed in Schedule 1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by this reference (“ PATENTS ”); and

Whereas , Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware limited liability company, with offices at 3525 East Post Road, Suite 120, Las Vegas, Nevada 89120 (“ ASSIGNEE ”), desires to acquire all of the right, title and interest of ASSIGNOR in, to and under the PATENTS;

Whereas , ASSIGNOR and ASSIGNEE have entered into a certain Patent Purchase and License Agreement dated as of March 18, 2005, assigning, among other things, all right, title and interest in and to the PATENTS from ASSIGNOR to ASSIGNEE;

Now, Therefore , in consideration of the sum of One Dollar ($1.00) and other good and valuable consideration paid by ASSIGNEE to ASSIGNOR, the receipt and sufficiency of which hereby is acknowledged, ASSIGNOR does hereby sell, assign, transfer and convey unto ASSIGNEE its entire right, title and interest in and to the PATENTS, including all divisionals, continuations, continuations-in-part, reexaminations, substitutions, reissues, extensions and renewals of the applications and registrations for the PATENTS (and the right to apply for any of the foregoing); all rights to causes of action and remedies related thereto (including, without limitation, the right to sue for past, present or future infringement, misappropriation or violation of rights related to the foregoing); and any and all other rights and interests arising out of, in connection with or in relation to the PATENTS.

In Witness Whereof , ASSIGNOR has caused this Assignment to be duly executed by an authorized officer on this ___day of ___, 2005.

         
By:
       
 
   
 
       
Name:
       
 
   
 
       
Title:
       
 
   

8


 

             
STATE OF
          )
           
          ) ss.
COUNTY OF
          )
           

     On                                           , 2005, before me, the undersigned notary public in and for said County and State, personally                                          appeared                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                   ,

         
 
      personally known to me [or]
       
      proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence
       

to be the person(s) whose name(s)                                           subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that                                           executed the same in                                          authorized capacity(ies) and that, by                                           signature(s) on the instrument, the person(s) or the entity(ies) upon behalf of which the person(s) acted executed the instrument.

Witness my hand and official seal.

     
   
  My commission expires on
 
   
 
   
   

9


 

Schedule 1

Patents

United States Patent No. 6,081,792 entitled “ATM and POS Terminal and Method of Use Thereof.”

U.S. patent application Ser. No. 10/869754 entitled “ATM and POS Terminal and Method of Use Thereof.”

10

 

EXHIBIT 10.29

TERMINATION AND CONSENT

     This Termination and Consent is executed and delivered by the undersigned as of March 16, 2005 with reference to (A) that certain Stockholders Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004 (the “Stockholders Agreement”), by and among GCA Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation to be renamed Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) and each of the Stockholders (as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) listed on the signature pages thereto, and (B) that certain Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 13, 2004 (the “Investor Rights Agreement”), by and among the Company and each of the persons listed on the Schedule of Investors attached thereto.

     The undersigned hereby agree to waive the restrictions set forth in Section 1D(xi) of the Investor Rights Agreement with respect to an Employment Agreement between Global Cash Access, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and Kirk Sanford, provided that the form of such Employment Agreement is unanimously approved by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     The undersigned hereby agree that effective upon the consummation an underwritten initial public offering and sale by the Company of its Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 1G of the Investor Rights Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

     The undersigned hereby agree that effective upon the consummation an underwritten initial public offering and sale by the Company of its Common Stock to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, Section 12 of the Stockholders Agreement shall be terminated and of no further force or effect.

     This Termination and Consent embodies the complete agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and preempts any prior understandings, agreements or representations by or among the parties, written or oral, which may have related to the subject matter hereof in any way.

     This Termination and Consent shall bind and inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Company and each Stockholder and their successors and assigns.

     This Termination and Consent may be executed in multiple counterparts (including by means of telecopied signature pages), each of which shall be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

     All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Termination and Consent shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law rules or provisions (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.

* * * * *

1


 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Termination and Consent on the day and year first above written.

         
 
  GCA HOLDINGS, INC.
 
       
  By:   /s/ Kirk Sanford
     
  Its:   President
     
 
       
 
       
 
  M&C INTERNATIONAL
 
       
  By:   /s/ Robert Cucinotta
     
  Its:   Secretary
 
     
 
       
 
  BANK OF AMERICA CORPORATION
 
       
  By:   /s/ Karen A. Gosnell
     
  Its:   Senior Vice President
     

2


 

         
 
  SUMMIT VENTURES VI-A, L.P.
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), LLC
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   /s/ Walter Kortschak
     
      Member
 
       
 
       
 
  SUMMIT VENTURES VI-B, L.P.
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), LLC
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   /s/ Walter Kortschak
     
      Member
 
       
 
       
 
  SUMMIT VI ADVISORS FUND, L.P.
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), LLC
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   /s/ Walter Kortschak
     
      Member

3


 

         
 
  SUMMIT VI ENTREPRENEURS FUND, L.P.
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), LLC
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   /s/ Walter Kortschak
     
      Member
 
       
 
       
 
  SUMMIT INVESTORS VI, L.P.
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners VI (GP), L.P.
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   Summit Partners, VI (GP), LLC
  Its:   General Partner
 
       
  By:   /s/ Walter Kortschak
     
      Member

4

 

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF GLOBAL CASH ACCESS HOLDINGS, INC.

     
Name   Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization
Global Cash Access, Inc.
  Delaware
CashCall Systems, Inc.
  Canada
QuikPlay, LLC
  Delaware
Central Credit, LLC
  Delaware
Global Cash Access (BVI), Inc.
  British Virgin Islands

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

      We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated March 10, 2005, relating to the financial statements of Global Cash Access Holdings, Inc. appearing in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

Las Vegas, Nevada
March 17, 2005